ATP-45 EDE V1 E

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

ATP-45

WARNING AND REPORTING AND HAZARD PREDICTION OF CHEMICAL,

BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL AND NUCLEAR INCIDENTS (OPERATORS

MANUAL)

Edition E Version 1

JANUARY 2014

NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION

ALLIED TECHNICAL PUBLICATION

Published by the NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY (NSA)

© NATO/OTAN

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION (NATO)

NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY (NSA)

NATO LETTER OF PROMULGATION

23 January 2014

1. The enclosed Allied Technical Publication ATP-45 Edition EVersion 1, WARNING AND REPORTING AND HAZARD PREDICTION OF CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL AND NUCLEAR INCIDENTS (OPERA TORS MANUAL), which has been approved by the nations in the MCJSB, is promulgated herewith. The agreement of nations to use this publication is recorded in STANAG 2103.

2. A TP-45 Edition E Version 1 is effective on a date to be promulgated by the NSA. When made effective it shall supersede A TP-45(D), which shall be destroyed in accordance with the local procedure for the destruction of documents.

3. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, used commercially, adapted, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission of the publisher. With the exception of commercial sales, this does not apply to member nations and Partnership for Peace countries, or NATO commands and bodies.

4. This publication shall be handled in accordance with C-M(2002)60.

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

NATO UNCLASSIFIED ATP-45

I EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

RESERVED FOR NATIONAL LETTER OF PROMULGATION


II EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK


III EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

RECORD OF RESERVATIONS

CHAPTER RECORD OF RESERVATION BY NATIONS

Note: The reservations listed on this page include only those that were recorded at time of promulgation and may not be complete. Refer to the NATO Standardization Document Database for the complete list of existing reservations.


IV EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK


v EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

RECORD OF SPECIFIC RESERVATIONS

[nation] [detail of reservation] BGR Because of lack of technical devices for biological reconnaissance and taking

of samples, the Bulgarian Armed Forces will not implement the part of the standardization document which is related to the biological weapons and the biological incidents.

CZE CZE, as inland country, will not implement Chapter 7 Hazard prediction and warning (coastal/sea) and merchant shipping warning.

GRC As regards the Hellenic Armed Forces units and formations that are not yet equipped with the appropriate software and biological detector resources, the STANAG parts that reply such resources wil be implemented gradually through a long-term national NBC procurement programme.

HRV Croatian Armed Forces and Croatian Army don't have organized control centers for gathering and sending NBC reports and prediction and warning of dangerous zone.

NOR In Norway, the prediction of hazard area will mainly be based on local weather information.

SVN Contents of ATP-45, Slovenia will implement gradually, according to the intensity of outfitting the units with appropriate equipment and the level of building a network of CBRN warning and reporting.

Note: The reservations listed on this page include only those that were recorded at time of promulgation and may not be complete. Refer to the NATO Standardization Document Database for the complete list of existing reservations.


vi EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK


vii EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 CBRN WARNING AND REPORTING .................................................... 1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................... 1 0101. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1 0102. General ........................................................................................................ 1 0103. Purpose of ATP-45 ...................................................................................... 1 0104. Classes of Weapons/Devices ...................................................................... 1 0105. CBRN Defence Principles ........................................................................... 2 0106. CBRN Warning and Reporting .................................................................... 2

SECTION II - FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................... 4 0107. CBRN Warning and Reporting Areas .......................................................... 4 0108. CBRN Warning and Reporting Centres ....................................................... 4 0109. Functions ..................................................................................................... 4 0110. Source Level ............................................................................................... 5 0111. CBRN Collection or Sub Collection Centres Responsibilities ...................... 5 0112. CBRN Area Control Centre and Zone Control Centre Responsibilities ....... 6

SECTION III - COORDINATION.................................................................................. 8 0113. Importance of Coordination ......................................................................... 8 0114. Overlap and Duplication .............................................................................. 8 0115. Clarification and Correlation ........................................................................ 8 0116. Area of Observation HQs ............................................................................ 8 0117. Civil/Military Cooperation ............................................................................. 8

SECTION IV – PLOTTING PROCEDURES ................................................................ 9 0118. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas ................................................ 9 0119. Definitions .................................................................................................... 9 0120. Plotting Techniques ................................................................................... 10

SECTION V – CBRN REPORTS ............................................................................... 11 0121. CBRN 1 through CBRN 6 Reports ............................................................ 11 0122. Missile Intercept Report ............................................................................. 11 0123. Friendly Nuclear Strike Warning Report .................................................... 11 0124. Hazardous Material Warning Report ......................................................... 11 0125. Weather Reports ....................................................................................... 11 0126. CBRN Situational Report ........................................................................... 12 0127. Position Referencing ................................................................................. 12 0128. Classification and Precedence .................................................................. 13 0129. Meaning of Sets used in all CBRN Reports ............................................... 13

CHAPTER 2 METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS ........................................................... 1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................... 1


viii EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0201. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1 0202. Meteorological Definitions ........................................................................... 1 0203. Influence of Weather and Terrain on the Effectiveness of CBRN Releases 1 0204. Meteorological Data..................................................................................... 4

SECTION II - CBRN CHEMICAL (BIOLOGICAL) DOWNWIND REPORTS .............. 6 0205. CBRN Chemical Downwind Reports ........................................................... 6 0206. Meteorological Air Stability Category Requirements ................................... 7

SECTION III - CBRN BASIC WIND AND EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS REPORTS ..... 9 0207. CBRN Basic Wind and Effective Downwind Reports ................................... 9

SECTION IV - COMPUTATION OF EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS, USING STANDARD PRESSURE LEVEL WINDS ..................................................................................... 10

0208. Introduction ................................................................................................ 10 0209. Assumptions .............................................................................................. 10 0210. Method ...................................................................................................... 10 0211. Procedure .................................................................................................. 10 0212. Worked Example ....................................................................................... 11

SECTION V - AREAS OF VALIDITY FOR CBRN METEOROLOGICAL DATA ...... 14 0213. Purpose ..................................................................................................... 14 0214. Explanation ................................................................................................ 14 0215. Provision of Meteorological Data for Out of Area Operations .................... 15

CHAPTER 3 CHEMICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (ON LAND)....... 1

SECTION I – GENERAL ............................................................................................. 1 0301. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1 0302. General ........................................................................................................ 1 0303. Chronology .................................................................................................. 2 0304. Primary Factors Influencing Hazard Predictions .......................................... 2 0305. Assumptions ................................................................................................ 2 0306. Types and Sub-types of Chemical Releases ............................................... 3 0307. Procedures and Constraints ........................................................................ 3

SECTION II – CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................... 6

0308. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction - Simplified Procedures .................... 6 0309. Release Area - Simplified Procedures ......................................................... 6 0310. Hazard Area - Simplified Procedures .......................................................... 6 0311. Immediate Warning ..................................................................................... 9

SECTION III – CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 10

0312. Types of Chemical Weapon Releases....................................................... 10 0313. Chemical Plotting Decision Tree ............................................................... 13


ix EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0314. Type A - Air Contaminating Attack and Downwind Hazard Area Distance (Kilometres) "On Land" .......................................................................................... 14 0315. Type B - Ground Contaminating Attacks ................................................... 18

TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// ........................................................................................... 21 0316. Type C – Chemical Agent Release of Unknown Origin ............................. 26

SECTION IV – TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE ....................................................................................... 28

0317. General ...................................................................................................... 28 0318. Release Area – Simplified Procedures ...................................................... 28 0319. Hazard Area – Simplified Procedures........................................................ 28 0320. Immediate Warning ................................................................................... 31

SECTION V – TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURE ......................................................................................... 32

0321. Sub-types of Chemical Substance Releases ............................................. 32 0322. Chemical Substance – Type D - Plotting Decision Tree ............................ 38 0323. Type D, Sub-type 1 – Point Source Release from Tank or Container ....... 40 0324. Type D, Sub-type 2 – Moving Source Release from Tank or Container .... 43 0325. Type D, Sub-type 3 - Unobserved Release ............................................... 51

SECTION VI – RECALCULATION OF PREDICTED DOWNWIND HAZARD AREAS................................................................................................................................... 53

0326. General ...................................................................................................... 53 0327. Calculation of the Maximum Downwind Hazard Area Distances ............... 53

SECTION VII – REPORT FORMATTING INSTRUCTIONS AT THE CBRN CENTRE................................................................................................................................... 66

0328. Reporting of Chemical Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System ................................................................................................................ 66 0329. Reporting CBRN 1 CHEM ......................................................................... 66 0330. Reporting CBRN 2 CHEM ......................................................................... 66 0331. Reporting CBRN 3 CHEM ......................................................................... 67 0332. Reporting CBRN 4 CHEM ......................................................................... 68 0333. Reporting CBRN 5 CHEM ......................................................................... 69 0334. Reporting CBRN 6 CHEM ......................................................................... 70

CHAPTER 4 - BIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING .................... 1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................... 1 0401. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1 0402. General ........................................................................................................ 1 0403. Aerosol Cloud Travel ................................................................................... 1 0404. Aerosol Dissemination ................................................................................. 1 0405. Factors Influencing Prediction ..................................................................... 2 0406. Types of Releases ....................................................................................... 2


x EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0407. Cases Considered ....................................................................................... 3 0408. Procedures .................................................................................................. 3 0409. Constraints .................................................................................................. 3

SECTION II - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................... 5

0410. Release Area ............................................................................................... 5 0411. Hazard Area ................................................................................................ 5 0412. Immediate Warning ..................................................................................... 5

SECTION III - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................... 6

0413. Biological Agent Hazard Areas .................................................................... 6 0414. Release Areas ............................................................................................. 6 0415. Downwind Travel Distances for the Initial Period (First CDR) ..................... 8 0416. Leading and Trailing Edge Calculations ...................................................... 9 0417. Biological Hazard Area Predicting Decision Tree ...................................... 11

SECTION IV - PROCEDURES FOR THE INITIAL HAZARD AREA ......................... 12 0418. Determining the Hazard Areas .................................................................. 12 0419. Prediction of the Initial Hazard – Step by Step Procedures ....................... 14 0420. Releases from Biological Agent Bunkers or Production Facilities ............. 24 0421. Elevated Release and Extends Continously .............................................. 25

SECTION V - PROCEDURES FOR THE FIRST CDR .............................................. 27 0422. Hazard Areas for the First CDR ................................................................. 27 0423. Hazard Duration ........................................................................................ 38 0424. Times of Arrival Calculation ....................................................................... 38

SECTION VI - CALCULATION OF FURTHER HAZARD AREA .............................. 40 0425. Hazards beyond the First CDR .................................................................. 40 0426. Termination of Biological Hazard Assessment .......................................... 41

SECTION VII - CBRN BIO REPORTS 1- 6 ............................................................... 42 0427. Reporting of Biolocal Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System ................................................................................................................ 42 0428. Reporting CBRN 1 BIO .............................................................................. 42 0429. Reporting CBRN 2 BIO .............................................................................. 43 0430. Reporting CBRN 3 BIO .............................................................................. 44 0431. Reporting CBRN 4 BIO .............................................................................. 45 0432. Reporting CBRN 5 BIO .............................................................................. 47 0433. Reporting CBRN 6 BIO .............................................................................. 47

CHAPTER 5 RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING ................ 1

SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION ................................................................... 1 0501. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1 0502. Nature of Radiological Release ................................................................... 1


xi EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0503. Hazards from Radiological Releases .......................................................... 2 0504. Radiological Hazard Areas .......................................................................... 2

SECTION II – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION – PROCEDURES AND CONTRAINTS ............................................................................................................. 8

0505. General ........................................................................................................ 8 0506. Procedures .................................................................................................. 8 0507. Constraints ................................................................................................ 10 0508. Scope of Simplified, Detailed and Enhanced Procedures ......................... 11

SECTION III – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION – SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 13

0509. General ...................................................................................................... 13 0510. Immediate Warning ................................................................................... 13

SECTION IV – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION – DETAILED PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 24

0511. Processing and Analysing RAD Messages ............................................... 24 0512. Analyse CBRN 1 RAD Messages .............................................................. 24 0513. Reporting CBRN 2 RAD ............................................................................ 24 0514. Reporting CBRN 3 RAD ............................................................................ 26 0515. Reporting CBRN 4 RAD ............................................................................ 26 0516. Reporting CBRN 5 RAD ............................................................................ 26 0517. Reporting CBRN 6 RAD ............................................................................ 27

SECTION V – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD – WARNING & REPORTING MESSAGES .............................................................................................................. 28

0518. Examples of CBRN RAD Messages .......................................................... 28

SECTION VI – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD - EVALUATION AND CALCULATION . 34 0519. Evaluation of Radiological Information ...................................................... 34 0520. Determination of Decay Rate .................................................................... 34 0521. Determination of Dose Rate for an Arbitrary Time ..................................... 34 0522. Determination of Earliest Time of Entry ..................................................... 34 0523. Approximations .......................................................................................... 35 0524. Simple Dose Estimation ............................................................................ 35 0525. Stay Time Estimation................................................................................. 35 0526. Crossing a Contaminated Area ................................................................. 36 0527. Manual Calculation of dose rate from point source ................................... 36

CHAPTER 6 NUCLEAR HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING ............................ 1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................... 1 0601. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1 0602. Categories of Fallout ................................................................................... 1 0603. Hazards of Fallout ....................................................................................... 1 0604. Height of Burst ............................................................................................. 1 0605. Significance of Fallout ................................................................................. 2


xii EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II – YIELD ESTIMATION ............................................................................ 3 0606. Introduction .................................................................................................. 3 0607. Distance from Observer to GZ ..................................................................... 3 0608. Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Angular Cloud Width .................................................................................................................. 4 0609. Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom Angle ........................................................................................................... 5 0610. Height of Stabilized Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom .................................. 5 0611. Yield Estimation in Ships ............................................................................. 5

SECTION III – FALLOUT PREDICTION IN GENERAL .............................................. 6 0612. Fallout Prediction Method ............................................................................ 6 0613. Fallout Area Zones ...................................................................................... 6 0614. Significance of Fallout Ashore versus that at Sea ....................................... 7 0615. Prediction of Fallout from Atomic Demolition Munitions (ADM) ................... 7 0616. Multiple Burst Fallout ................................................................................... 7

SECTION IV - FALLOUT PREDICTION; SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE ....................... 8 0617. The Simplified Procedure ............................................................................ 8 0618. CBRN EDM ................................................................................................. 8 0619. Use of CBRN EDM and Template ............................................................... 9 0620. Special Cases ........................................................................................... 10

SECTION V - FALLOUT PREDICTION; DETAILED PROCEDURE ......................... 14 0621. The Detailed Procedure............................................................................. 14 0622. CBRN Basic Wind Message (CBRN BWM)/Forecast (CBRN BWF) ......... 14 0623. Example of a CBRN Basic Wind Message ................................................ 14 0624. Wind Vector Plot ........................................................................................ 15 0625. Fallout Calculation ..................................................................................... 16 0626. Special Case ............................................................................................. 22

SECTION VI - NOMOGRAMS - TABLES - GRAPHS ............................................... 23 0627. Disclaimer .................................................................................................. 23

SECTION VII - RECORDING AND CALCULATION OF RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION .................................................................................................... 33

0628. Locating and Reporting Radiological Contamination ................................. 33 0629. Airborne Radioactivity................................................................................ 33 0630. Measuring Radiological Data ..................................................................... 34 0631. Surveys ..................................................................................................... 34 0632. Reporting Instructions................................................................................ 35 0633. Report Formatting Instructions at the CBRN Centre ................................. 36 0634. Evaluation of Radiological Information ...................................................... 37 0635. Determination of Decay Rate .................................................................... 38 0636. Determination of the Dose Rate for an Arbitrary Time ............................... 40 0637. Determination of the Time at which a given Dose Rate is to be Expected 41 0638. Total Dose Reduction ................................................................................ 41 0639. Total Dose Procedures .............................................................................. 42


xiii EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0640. Crossing a Fallout Area ............................................................................. 45 0641. Optimum Time of Exit from Fallout Areas .................................................. 46 0642. Induced Radiation ..................................................................................... 47 0643. Decay of Induced Radiation ...................................................................... 48 0644. Dose Rate Calculations ............................................................................. 49 0645. Total Dose Calculations ............................................................................. 50 0646. Transmission Factors ................................................................................ 52 0647. Crossing an Induced Radiation Area ......................................................... 52 0648. Plotting Data and Producing a CBRN 5 NUC Message............................. 53 0649. Reporting Data .......................................................................................... 55 0650. Determination of Decay Rate .................................................................... 58

SECTION VIII - CBRN NUC REPORTS 1- 6 ........................................................... 107 0651. Reporting of Nuclear Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System .............................................................................................................. 107 0652. Reporting CBRN 1 NUC .......................................................................... 107 0653. Reporting CBRN 2 NUC .......................................................................... 107 0654. Reporting CBRN 3 NUC .......................................................................... 108 0655. Reporting CBRN 4 NUC .......................................................................... 109 0656. Reporting CBRN 5 NUC .......................................................................... 109 0657. Reporting CBRN 6 NUC .......................................................................... 110

CHAPTER 7 HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (COASTAL/SEA) AND MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING ............................................................................ 1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................... 1 0701. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1

SECTION II - CHEMICAL HAZARD AREA PREDICTION (COASTAL/SEA) ............ 2 0702. Agents at Sea or on Shorelines ................................................................... 2 0703. General Procedures .................................................................................... 2 0704. Prediction Procedures ................................................................................. 3 0705. Plotting Procedures in Case of Releases Near a Coast .............................. 3 0706. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Simplified Procedure Requirements. 3 0707. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (Nautical Miles) "Sea" ............................ 4 0708. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Detailed Procedure Requirements ... 5 0709. Determination of Downwind Hazard Areas .................................................. 7 0710. Change in Meteorological Conditions .......................................................... 7 0711. Agent Clouds crossing the Coast Line ........................................................ 7

SECTION III – FALLOUT HAZARD AREA PREDICTION (COASTAL/SEA) ........... 15 0712. General ...................................................................................................... 15 0713. Effective Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed ................................ 15 0714. Ship's Fallout Template ............................................................................. 15 0715. Fallout Plotting ........................................................................................... 15 0716. Plotting from CBRN 3 NUC ....................................................................... 16


xiv EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV – MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING ................................................. 21 0717. Significance of CBRN Warnings for Merchant Shipping ............................ 21 0718. MERWARN, Warnings to Merchant Ships at Sea ..................................... 21 0719. MERWARN Originating and Diversion Authorities .................................... 21 0720. Precedence of MERWARN Messages ...................................................... 21 0721. Method of Promulgation ............................................................................ 21 0722. MERWARN CHEM .................................................................................... 22 0723. MERWARN BIO ........................................................................................ 23 0724. MERWARN RAD ....................................................................................... 23 0725. MERCHANT NUC ..................................................................................... 24 0726. MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER ............................................................. 25 0727. Other Warnings ......................................................................................... 25

CHAPTER 8 FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING (STRIKWARN) AND MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT (MIR) ....................................................................... 1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................... 1 0801. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1 0802. Requirement ................................................................................................ 1

SECTION II – FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING RESPONSIBILITIES ....... 2 0803. Coordinating Commander ........................................................................... 2 0804. Commanders authorization ......................................................................... 2 0805. Warning Dissemination................................................................................ 2 0806. Impending Strike Warning ........................................................................... 2 0807. Other Warning ............................................................................................. 2 0808. Message Characteristics ............................................................................. 2 0809. Action on Cancelled Attacks ........................................................................ 3 0810. Reporting STRIKWARN .............................................................................. 3 0811. CBRN 3 Reports .......................................................................................... 3

SECTION III – EXAMPLE STRIKWARN MESSAGES ............................................... 4 0812. Example of STRIKWARNs .......................................................................... 4

SECTION IV - TROOP WARNING AND PROTECTION FOR FRIENDLY USE OF NUCLEAR WEAPONS ................................................................................................ 6

0813. Friendly Force Protection Level ................................................................... 6 0814. Minimum Safe Distance Considerations ...................................................... 6 0815. STRIKWARNing and Unit Actions ............................................................... 7

SECTION V - DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM SAFE DISTANCES FOR MULTIPLE FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKES ................................................................................ 8

0816. Nuclear Weapons Packages ....................................................................... 8 0817. MSD Box ..................................................................................................... 8 0818. MSD Polygons ............................................................................................. 8 0819. Description of MSD Regions ....................................................................... 8 0820. Multiple STRIKWARN Messages ................................................................ 9


xv EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VI – BALISTIC MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT ..................................... 10 0821. General ...................................................................................................... 10 0822. Reporting Coordinating Responsibility....................................................... 10 0823. MIR Distribution ......................................................................................... 10 0824. Warnings ................................................................................................... 10 0825. Message Characteristics ........................................................................... 10 0826. Simplified Hazard Prediction Calculation ................................................... 10 0827. Detailed Hazard Prediction Calculation ..................................................... 11 0828. Hazard Area Prediction – Chemical Warhead Interception ....................... 12 0829. Hazard Area Prediction – Nuclear Warhead Interception .......................... 15 0830. Reporting CBRN MIR ................................................................................ 16

CHAPTER 9 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL RELEASE WARNING TO FRIENDLY FORCES (HAZWARN) ............................................................................................... 1

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................... 1 0901. Aim .............................................................................................................. 1

SECTION II – OPERATIONAL PLANNING AND RESPONSIBILITIES ..................... 2 0902. Operations Planning Process ...................................................................... 2 0903. Hazard Estimation and Warning Responsibilities ........................................ 2 0904. Planning ...................................................................................................... 3 0905. Determination of Units to be Warned........................................................... 3 0906. Hazard Estimate and Warning Timeliness ................................................... 3 0907. Other Warnings ........................................................................................... 3 0908. Message Characteristics ............................................................................. 4 0909. Warning Cancellation .................................................................................. 4 0910. Reporting HAZWARN .................................................................................. 4

ANNEX A CBRN OPERATIONAL SYMBOLS ........................................................... 1

ANNEX B CONVERSION TABLE ............................................................................... 1

ANNEX C CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT INSTRUCTIONS ................................ 1

SECTION I - CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT.........................................................1

SECTION II - LEGAL ENTRIES FOR CIS USE ...................... ..................................20

SECTION III - CBRN MESSAGES, SETS AND OCCURRENCE MATR.................. 35

SECTION IV - CBRN MESSAGE VALIDATION TABLES . .......................................43

ANNEX D ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS/LEGAL ENTRIES/SETS ........................ 1

ANNEX E LEXICON .................................................................................................... 1


xvi EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED


xvii EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category .......................................................................................7 Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment ...............................................................................................8 Table 2 - 3. Layers allocated to Standard Pressure Levels, Cloud Base (Bottom) Parameters for the

seven Yield Groups ....................................................................................................................... 13 Table 2 - 4. Weighting Factors applied to Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain the EDW Speed in Knots 13 Table 2 - 5. Weighting Factors applied to Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain EDW Speed in km/h ....... 13 Table 3 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Chemical Weapons Release Hazard Areas ................. 12 Table 3 - 2. Type A, Case 2, Downwind Hazard Area Distance ........................................................... 16 Table 3 - 3. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (km) versus Wind Speed (km/h) and Air Stability, on

LAND ............................................................................................................................................. 17 Table 3 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (km) versus Wind Speed (km/h) and Air Stability, on

LAND ............................................................................................................................................. 17 Table 3 - 5. Type B, Probable Time Required before Mask Removal after a release .......................... 18 Table 3 - 6. Type D - Summary of Chemical Substances Release Hazard Areas ................................ 34 Table 3 - 7. Recalculation - Summary of Sub-types and Cases ........................................................... 54 Table 3 - 8. CBRN 1 CHEM - Example ................................................................................................. 66 Table 3 - 9. CBRN 2 CHEM - Example ................................................................................................. 67 Table 3 - 10. CBRN 3 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 68 Table 3 - 11. CBRN 4 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 69 Table 3 - 12. CBRN 5 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 70 Table 3 - 13. CBRN 6 CHEM - Example ............................................................................................... 71 Table 4 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Biological Releases Hazard Areas ..................................7 Table 4 - 2. CBRN 1 BIO - Example ...................................................................................................... 43 Table 4 - 3. CBRN 2 BIO - Example ..................................................................................................... 44 Table 4 - 4. CBRN 3 BIO - Example ..................................................................................................... 45 Table 4 - 5. CBRN 4 BIO - Example ...................................................................................................... 46 Table 4 - 6. CBRN 5 BIO - Example ...................................................................................................... 47 Table 4 - 7. CBRN 6 BIO - Example ...................................................................................................... 48 Table 5 - 1. Type of Radiological Incident, Description and Template Source Term ...............................4 Table 5 - 2. Types and Cases of Radiological Releases..........................................................................7 Table 5 - 3. CBRN 1 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 28 Table 5 - 4. CBRN 2 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 29 Table 5 - 5. CBRN 3 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 30 Table 5 - 6. CBRN 4 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 31 Table 5 - 7. CBRN 5 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 32 Table 5 - 8. CBRN 6 RAD - Example .................................................................................................... 33 Table 5 - 9. Values for D at different distances (d) up to 100 m – Isotope is not specified ................... 37 Table 5 - 10. Dose - Activity conversion factor ...................................................................................... 38 Table 5 - 11. Distance Coefficient ......................................................................................................... 39 Table 6 - 1. Angular Variation as a Function of Effective Wind Speed and Yield for the Northwest

European Area .............................................................................................................................. 19 Table 6 - 2. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in km/h ....................................... 27 Table 6 - 3. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in Knots ...................................... 27 Table 6 - 4. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in km/h ..................................... 27 Table 6 - 5. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in Knots .................................... 28 Table 6 - 6. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in km/h ..................................... 28 Table 6 - 7. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in Knots .................................... 29 Table 6 - 8. Transmission Factors/Protection Factors ........................................................................... 31 Table 6 - 9. Examples of CBRN 4 NUC Reports ................................................................................... 37 Table 6 - 10. Radii of Induced Contamination ....................................................................................... 48 Table 6 - 11. Soil Types for Induced Radiation Calculations ................................................................ 49 Table 6 - 12. Normalizing Factors (Correction to H + 1 hour) ............................................................... 60 Table 6 - 13. CBRN 1 NUC – Example ............................................................................................... 107 Table 6 - 14. CBRN 2 NUC – Example ............................................................................................... 108


xviii EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 6 - 15. CBRN 3 NUC – Example ............................................................................................... 108 Table 6 - 16. CBRN 4 NUC – Example ............................................................................................... 109 Table 6 - 17. CBRN 5 NUC – Example ............................................................................................... 109 Table 6 - 18. CBRN 6 NUC – Example ............................................................................................... 110 Table 7 - 1. Downwind Hazard Area Distance versus Wind Speed (KTS) and Air Stability, SEA ..........5 Table 7 - 2. Downwind Hazard Area Distance versus Wind Speed (KTS) and Air Stability, SEA ..........5 Table 7 - 3. Example Chemical Prediction Data Sheet (CPDS) ...............................................................6 Table 8 - 1. CBRN STRIKWARN ..............................................................................................................3 Table 8 - 2. Single Airburst (Minimum Safe Distance (MSD) 1 and MSD 2) ............................................4 Table 8 - 3. Single Airburst (Only MSD 2 Transmitted) ............................................................................4 Table 8 - 4. Multiple Bursts (All Airbursts) ................................................................................................4 Table 8 - 5. Multiple Bursts (3 Surface Bursts) .........................................................................................5 Table 8 - 6. Multiple Bursts (3 Surface) and MSD 1 and MSD 2 ..............................................................5 Table 8 - 7. Relationship between MSD and protection ...........................................................................6 Table 8 - 8. Downwind hazard area distance (km) in case of missile intercept .................................... 11 Table 8 - 9. CBRN MIR - Example ........................................................................................................ 16 Table 9 - 1. CBRN HAZWARN - Example ................................................................................................5 Table A - 1. Filed Types and Description of Symbols ..............................................................................3 Table A - 2. Example CBRN Related Incident and Unit Symbols ............................................................4 Table B - 1. Conversion Table and Distance Conversion Factors ...........................................................1 Table B - 2. Conversion Table, Degrees to Mils .......................................................................................2 Table C - 1. Legal Entries for Type of Substances………………………………………………………….20 Table C - 2. Legal Entries for Substance Name or IUPAC Isotope Name………………………………..21 Table C - 3. List of Radionuclides Commonly used for Industrial,Medical and Research Applications 23 Table C - 4. Occurrence Matrix for Common Message Heading ………………………………………….37 Table C - 5. Occurrence Matrix for CBRN Defence Messages ...………………………………………….38 Table C - 6. Type and Means of Delivery versus Type of Substance Container . ……………………….44 Table C - 7. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Container ........ ……………………….45 Table C - 8. Type of Persistency versus Type of Substance Container ............... ……………………….45 Table C - 9. Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of

Substance Container .....................................................................................................................46 Table C - 10. Type of Substance versus Type of Substance-Release-Height ..... ……………………….47 Table C - 11. Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of Persistency…………………………………………………………………………………………….48 Table C - 12. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Persistency………………………….49 Table C - 13. Type of CBRN Report versus Type of Substance Container ......... ……………………….49 Table D - 1. List of Abbreviation, Acronym, Legal Entries and Sets . ………………………………………1


xix EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1 - 1. Chemical, Biological, Radiological or Nuclear Incident .......................................................3 Figure 1 - 2. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas........................................................................9 Figure 2 - 1. Typical Effects of Terrain and Structures on Wind Patterns ................................................4 Figure 2 - 2. DELTAM Yield Group Wind Vector Plot ........................................................................... 12 Figure 2 - 3. Areas of Validity for the Northern Hemisphere ................................................................ 16 Figure 2 - 4. Areas of Validity for the Southern Hemisphere ................................................................ 17 Figure 3 - 1. Simplified Procedures Case 1 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area, Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h 7 Figure 3 - 2. Simplified Procedures Case 2 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area, Wind Speed > 10 km/h 9 Figure 3 - 3. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree ........................................... 13 Figure 3 - 4. Type A, Case 1 - Wind Speed ≤10 km/h ........................................................................... 15 Figure 3 - 5. Type A, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h .......................................................................... 16 Figure 3 - 6. Type B, Case 1 - Wind Speed ≤10 km/h ........................................................................... 19 Figure 3 - 7. Type B, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h .......................................................................... 20 Figure 3 - 8. Type B, Case 3 - Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h .......................................................................... 21 Figure 3 - 9. Type B, Case 4 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h .......................................................................... 22 Figure 3 - 10. Type B, Case 5 - Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h ..... 24 Figure 3 - 11. Type B, Case 6 - Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed > 10 km/h ..... 25 Figure 3 - 12. Type C, Case 1 – Chemical Agent release of Unknown Origin ...................................... 26 Figure 3 - 13. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 1 .......................................................................... 29 Figure 3 - 14. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 2 .......................................................................... 30 Figure 3 - 15. Type D, Chemical Substance Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree ....................... 39 Figure 3 - 16. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 1 - Point Source, Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h ............................. 42 Figure 3 - 17. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 2 - Point Source, Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............................. 42 Figure 3 - 18. Type D, Sub-type 2 – Daytime (Unstable) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction

Factor ............................................................................................................................................ 44 Figure 3 - 19. Type D, Sub-type 2 – Night time (Neutral or Stable) Line source Hazard Distance

Reduction Factor ........................................................................................................................... 46 Figure 3 - 20. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 1 - Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h .................................................... 48 Figure 3 - 21. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h .................................................... 50 Figure 3 - 22. Type D, Sub-type 3, Case 1 ............................................................................................ 51 Figure 3 - 23. Recalculation, Type A, - From ≤ 10 km/h to > 10 km/h................................................... 55 Figure 3 - 24. Recalculation from Type A Case 2 to Type A Case 1 - From > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h .. 58 Figure 3 - 25. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h.................................................... 59 Figure 3 - 26. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h.................................................... 61 Figure 3 - 27. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 - Change in Downwind Direction by >30° ..................... 62 Figure 3 - 28. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 - Change in Stability Category and/or Downwind Speed

...................................................................................................................................................... 63 Figure 3 - 29. Recalculation, Type B, Case 6 - Change in Downwind Direction > 30° ......................... 65 Figure 4 - 1. Simplified Procedures, Biological Substance Hazard Area ................................................5 Figure 4 - 2. Downwind Travel Distances – Initial Period (First CDR) ................................................. 10 Figure 4 - 3. Biological Incident Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree .......................................... 11 Figure 4 - 4.Type “P” Case “1”, Point Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h ............................................... 12 Figure 4 - 5. Type “R” Case “1”, Line Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h ................................................ 13 Figure 4 - 6. Type “P” Case “2”, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h .............................................. 14 Figure 4 - 7.Type “R” Case “2”, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h................................................. 14 Figure 4 - 8. Type “P” Case “1”, Point Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h .............................................. 15 Figure 4 - 9. Type “P” Case “2”, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h .............................................. 16 Figure 4 - 10. Type “Q” Case “1”, Point Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h ............................................ 18 Figure 4 - 11. Type “Q” Case “2”, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............................................ 19 Figure 4 - 12. Type “R” Case “1”, Line Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h .............................................. 20 Figure 4 - 13. Type “R” Case “2”, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............................................. 22 Figure 4 - 14. Types “S”, Unobserved Release .................................................................................... 23 Figure 4 - 15. Extended Duration Release ........................................................................................... 25


xx EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 4 - 16. Elevated Release (Combined Areas BWR/CDR) .......................................................... 26 Figure 4 - 17. Single Hazard Area Type “P” Case “2”, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h ............ 27 Figure 4 - 18. Step 1 ............................................................................................................................. 28 Figure 4 - 19. Step 2 ............................................................................................................................. 28 Figure 4 - 20. Step 3 ............................................................................................................................. 29 Figure 4 - 21. Step 4 ............................................................................................................................. 29 Figure 4 - 22. Step 5 ............................................................................................................................. 30 Figure 4 - 23. Step 6 ............................................................................................................................. 30 Figure 4 - 24. Step 7 ............................................................................................................................. 31 Figure 4 - 25. Step 8 ............................................................................................................................. 32 Figure 4 - 26. Step 6 ............................................................................................................................. 33 Figure 4 - 27. Step 7 (a) ....................................................................................................................... 33 Figure 4 - 28. Step 7 (b) and Step 8 ..................................................................................................... 34 Figure 4 - 29. Step 7 (c) and Step 8 ..................................................................................................... 34 Figure 4 - 30. Step 2 ............................................................................................................................. 35 Figure 4 - 31. Step 3 ............................................................................................................................. 36 Figure 4 - 32. Step 4 (a) ....................................................................................................................... 36 Figure 4 - 33. Step 4 (b) ....................................................................................................................... 37 Figure 4 - 34. ........................................................................................................................................ 40 Figure 4 - 35. ........................................................................................................................................ 40 Figure 4 - 36. ........................................................................................................................................ 41 Figure 4 - 37. ........................................................................................................................................ 41 Figure 5 - 1. Hazard Area Template for RAD Releases with exposed radiation sources or extended

releases, Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h .....................................................................................................5 Figure 5 - 2. Hazard Area Template for RAD Releases with exposed radiation sources or extended

releases – Wind Speed > 10 km/h ...................................................................................................6 Figure 5 - 3. Warning and Reporting Flow Chart - Radiological Incidents ...............................................9 Figure 5 - 4. Decision Sheet for Simplified Procedure for RAD ............................................................ 14 Figure 5 - 5. TYPE F, Case 1, Damaged Source with Dispersion – Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h ................ 15 Figure 5 - 6. TYPE F, Case 2: Damaged Source with Dispersion – Wind Speed > 10 km/h ................ 16 Figure 5 - 7. TYPE F, Case 3, Exposed/Unshielded Radiation Sources .............................................. 17 Figure 5 - 8. TYPE G, Case 1, Radiological Dispersion Device – Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h ................... 18 Figure 5 - 9. TYPE G, Case 2, Radiological Dispersion Device – Wind Speed > 10 km/h ................... 19 Figure 5 - 10. TYPE F, Case 3, Exposed Unshielded Radiation Sources ............................................ 20 Figure 5 - 11. TYPE H, Case 1, Severe Release from Nuclear Power Plant ........................................ 21 Figure 5 - 12. TYPE H, Case 2 Moderate Release from Nuclear Power Plant ..................................... 22 Figure 5 - 13. TYPE H, Case 3 Release from other Nuclear Facilities ................................................. 22 Figure 5 - 14. TYPE I: Detection of unobserved incident, reported using CBRN 4 RAD ...................... 23 Figure 5 - 15. Decision Chart for Comparison of CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 RAD Messages ..................... 25 Figure 6 - 1. Fallout Template with Fallout Prediction Plot ...................... Error! Bookmark not defined. Figure 6 - 2. Wind Vector Plot ............................................................................................................... 17 Figure 6 - 3. Wind Vector Plot with Cloud and Stem Radial Lines (50 KT) ........................................... 17 Figure 6 - 4. Wind Vector Plot with expanded Radial Lines .................................................................. 18 Figure 6 - 5. Radials Lines, Zone I and Zone II Arcs……………………………………………………….20 Figure 6 - 6. Cloud Radius Circle and Tangent Lines ........................................................................... 21 Figure 6 - 7. Detailed Fallout Prediction Plot and CBRN 3 NUC ........................................................... 22 Figure 6 - 8. Yield Estimation, Angular Cloud Width and Flash-to-Bang-Time/Distance to Ground Zero

...................................................................................................................................................... 24 Figure 6 - 9. Yield Estimation, Angle to Top/Bottom of Cloud and Flash-to-Bang-Time/Distance to

Ground Zero .................................................................................................................................. 25 Figure 6 - 10. Stabilized Cloud and Stem Parameters (H+10 minutes) ................................................ 26 Figure 6 - 11. Determination of Zone I, Downwind Distance ................................................................. 30 Figure 6 - 12. Total Dose Received in an Induced Area ....................................................................... 32 Figure 6 - 13. Decay Rate Determination (Measurement of Slope) ...................................................... 39 Figure 6 - 14. Fallout Decay Nomogram ............................................................................................... 41 Figure 6 - 15. Total Dose (Fallout) ......................................................................................................... 43 Figure 6 - 16. Total Dose Received in an Induced Area ....................................................................... 51


xxi EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 17. Fallout Pattern plotted from Survey Data ........................................................................ 54 Figure 6 - 18. Stabilized Cloud and Stem Parameters (Graph) ............................................................ 56 Figure 6 - 19. Safety Distance as a Function of Weapon Yield ............................................................. 57 Figure 6 - 20. Decay Rate Determination (Measurement of Slope) ...................................................... 59 Figure 6 - 21. Overlay for Determination of Decay Rate ....................................................................... 59 Figure 6 - 22. Graphical Method for Determining Normalization Factor ................................................ 61 Figure 6 - 23. Graphical Method for Determining Normalization Factor ................................................ 62 Figure 6 - 24. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.2 ................................................................................... 63 Figure 6 - 25. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.3 ................................................................................... 64 Figure 6 - 26. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.4 ................................................................................... 65 Figure 6 - 27. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.5 ................................................................................... 66 Figure 6 - 28. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.6 ................................................................................... 67 Figure 6 - 29. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.7 ................................................................................... 68 Figure 6 - 30. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.8 ................................................................................... 69 Figure 6 - 31. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.9 ................................................................................... 70 Figure 6 - 32. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.0 ................................................................................... 71 Figure 6 - 33. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.1 ................................................................................... 72 Figure 6 - 34. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.2 ................................................................................... 73 Figure 6 - 35. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.3 ................................................................................... 74 Figure 6 - 36. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.4 ................................................................................... 75 Figure 6 - 37. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.5 ................................................................................... 76 Figure 6 - 38. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.6 ................................................................................... 77 Figure 6 - 39. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.7 ................................................................................... 78 Figure 6 - 40. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.8 ................................................................................... 79 Figure 6 - 41. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 1.9 ................................................................................... 80 Figure 6 - 42. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 2.0 ................................................................................... 81 Figure 6 - 43. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.2 ............................................................................................ 82 Figure 6 - 44. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.3 ............................................................................................ 83 Figure 6 - 45. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.4 ............................................................................................ 84 Figure 6 - 46. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.5 ............................................................................................ 85 Figure 6 - 47. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.6 ............................................................................................ 86 Figure 6 - 48. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.7 ............................................................................................ 87 Figure 6 - 49. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.8 ............................................................................................ 88 Figure 6 - 50. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.9 ............................................................................................ 89 Figure 6 - 51. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.0 ............................................................................................ 90 Figure 6 - 52. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.1 ............................................................................................ 91 Figure 6 - 53. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.2 ............................................................................................ 92 Figure 6 - 54. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.3 ............................................................................................ 93 Figure 6 - 55. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.4 ............................................................................................ 94 Figure 6 - 56. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.5 ............................................................................................ 95 Figure 6 - 57. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.6 ............................................................................................ 96 Figure 6 - 58. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.7 ............................................................................................ 97 Figure 6 - 59. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.8 ............................................................................................ 98 Figure 6 - 60. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 1.9 ............................................................................................ 99 Figure 6 - 61. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 2.0 .......................................................................................... 100 Figure 6 - 62. Multiplication Factor ...................................................................................................... 101 Figure 6 - 63. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type I ........................................................................ 102 Figure 6 - 64. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type II ....................................................................... 103 Figure 6 - 65. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type III ...................................................................... 104 Figure 6 - 66. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type IV ..................................................................... 105 Figure 7 - 1. Graph for Determination of Air Stability Category (SEA) .....................................................4 Figure 7 - 2. Ship's Chemical Template (example) ..................................................................................9 Figure 7 - 3. Chemical Downwind Hazard Area Plot (Simplified Procedures ....................................... 10 Figure 7 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 10 knots or more ....................... 11 Figure 7 - 5. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 5 knots or less or variable ......... 12 Figure 7 - 6. Recalculation of Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, after Change in Downwind

Direction at Point B ....................................................................................................................... 14


xxii EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 7 - 7. Ship’s Fallout Template ..................................................................................................... 18 Figure 7 - 8. Fallout Plotting, using Ship’s Template ............................................................................. 19 Figure 8 - 1. STRIKWARN for a Single Burst ...........................................................................................7 Figure 8 - 2. Example plot of multiple burst STRIKWARN .......................................................................9 Figure 8 - 3. Example plot of multiple burst STRIKWARN under manoeuvre restrictions .......................9 Figure 8 - 4. Example plot of Intercept Point ......................................................................................... 12 Figure 8 - 5. Example plot of Intercept Point and Predicted Target Point ............................................. 13 Figure 8 - 6. Example plot of IP and PTP and Downwind Direction ...................................................... 13 Figure 8 - 7. Example plot of Missile Intercept Hazard Area ................................................................. 14 Figure 8 - 8. Example plot of Missile Intercept Hazard Area ................................................................. 15 Figure A - 1. Icon-Base Symbol ................................................................................................................1 Figure A - 2. Placement of modifiers for CBRN incidents ........................................................................2


1-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 1 CBRN WARNING AND REPORTING

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION

0101. Aim 1. The aim of Chapter 1 is to describe CBRN warning and reporting procedures. 0102. General 1. Defence against Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) weapons has traditionally been treated as a single subject area within NATO military doctrine publications. This approach derives from: the wide geographic areas that may be affected by such attacks; the large numbers of personnel potentially at risk; the similarity of some hazard impacts at the individual level; certain commonalties in protection measures; and the supposed ‘novelty’ of each of these classes of science-derived weapons. It must also be recognized that CBRN weapons and their means of delivery are subject to continuous development, with consequent alterations to their employment characteristics and impacts. Finally, the nature of military operations is itself in a period of rapid change, led in part by shifting public perceptions of acceptable risk and increasing concerns about environmental hazards. 0103. Purpose of ATP-45 1. The purpose of this publication is to prescribe the CBRN procedures to be followed by Land, Air and Naval forces for the:

a. Reporting of all chemical, biological or radiological attacks and nuclear detonations and resulting contamination.

b. Predicting and warning of hazard areas from CBRN incidents. c. Contributing to the evaluation of CBRN information in order to complete the common

operational picture for the commander. d. Warning of friendly nuclear strikes and the interception of an adversary incoming missile. e. Transmitting of advanced hazard warning of a potential CBRN agent or Toxic Industrial

Materials (TIM) release.

f. Interchange of reports, quoted in a., b., c., d. and e. above, as required. 0104. Classes of Weapons/Devices 1. The 4 established classes of CBRN weapons/devices together with analogous risks and the unique distinguishing characteristics of each are: 0105. Chemical. A chemical weapon/device is an item of materiel that projects, disperses, or disseminates a chemical substance. Depending upon volume and dissemination means, chemical attacks may be expected to encompass lesser areas of ground than nuclear fallout or biological attacks whilst the time-to-effect will lie between the instantaneous impact of a nuclear detonation and the delayed onset of biological agent effects.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

a. Biological. A biological weapon/device is an item of materiel, which projects, disperses, or disseminates a biological agent including arthropod vectors. Depending upon the volume of substance employed and the means of dissemination, the area of effect may be comparable to or even greater than that encompassed by the residual radiation from a low yield nuclear weapon.

b. Radiological. A radiological device is designed to employ radioactive material by disseminating

it to cause destruction, damage or injury by means of the radiation produced by the decay of such material.

c. Nuclear. A nuclear weapon is a complete assembly (i.e. implosion type, gun type or

thermonuclear type) in its intended ultimate configuration which, upon completion of the prescribed arming, fusing and firing sequence, is capable of producing the intended nuclear reaction and release of energy. This form of words points towards the 2 distinctive features of such weapons as compared to chemical and biological weapons: their effects derive from physical energy and some of this is released in the form of radioactivity.

0106. CBRN Defence Principles 1. The principles for the application of CBRN defence measures in support of Joint Force operations are as follows:

a. Intelligence Assessment. A current, comprehensive and accurate intelligence assessment of

the potential CBRN threat and Toxic Industrial Hazards (TIH) in a Joint Operations Area (JOA) provides the essential underpinning or foundation for all other measures. This assessment must be regularly updated.

b. Force Preparation. The components of the Joint Force need to be well prepared for CBRN

Defence in terms of the appropriate doctrine, equipment, procedures, organization and training. These CBRN Defence measures need to be prepared before deployment so that the necessary operational capability is present in-theatre. Such preparations are also to deter potential adversaries from considering the use of CBRN weapons or TIM.

c. Risk Management. A complete response to the wide range of potential CBRN risks is

unrealistic. Risks need to be anticipated, planned for, recognized and managed so that freedom of action can be maintained across the JOA.

d. Flexibility, Integration and Co-ordination. The CBRN threat can be diverse; hence the Joint

Force response needs to be comprehensive, flexible and coordinated. In addition, the CBRN defence posture must be coherent across all components of the force, and flexible enough to meet the diverse needs of all elements. Where possible, integration of capability needs to be extended to embrace the Host Nation and other in-theatre agencies and forces.

e. Sustainability. CBRN incidents may place additional burdens on the sustainability of the Joint

Force. CBRN Defence will require additional logistic resources and attacks may degrade the functioning of the supply chain. The Joint Force logistic plan will need to address the inherent vulnerability of fixed assets and facilities to CBRN incidents at entry points into theatre and on lines of communication (LoC) by the use of protection and redundancy.

0107. CBRN Warning and Reporting 1. CBRN incidents and resulting contamination can have a significant effect on any military operation, be it on land, in the air or at sea, and a decisive influence on a commander's decisions and estimates.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 1 - 1. Chemical, Biological, Radiological or Nuclear Incident Note. TIM – Toxic Industrial Material TIC – Toxic Industrial Chemical TIB – Toxic Industrial Biological TIR – Toxic industrial Radiological EIH – Environmental Industrial Hazard 2. In order to enable commanders at all levels to assess the impact of CBRN incidents on plans and decisions, they must be provided with timely, accurate and evaluated information on these incidents. Collection, evaluation and exchange of information on CBRN incidents form an extremely important part of CBRN defence. To ensure timely provision of the most accurate data on CBRN incidents and the resulting hazard areas, a CBRN warning and reporting capability is required. It is the responsibility of commanders at all levels that plans take into account CBRN defence and that directives and Standing Operating Procedures (SOPs) are available and that these fully meet the requirements of this Allied Tactical Publication (ATP) and their respective commands.

CBRN Substances

CBRN Agents

TIM (TIC, TIR, TIB) Environmental

Hazards

CBRN Device

CBRN Weapon

Counter Force

Targeting TIM

Release

CBRN Incident

CBRN Hazard

Management

EIH Management

EIH Incident

CBRN Defence Others

Supported

Supported



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II - FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 0108. CBRN Warning and Reporting Areas 1. In order to organize reporting and define responsibilities, the following areas and zones will be established:

a. Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Area of Observation. A CBRN Area of

Observation is a geographical area normally based on the boundaries of a nation state or theatre of operations within which CBRN warning and reporting is conducted under the supervision of a CBRN Area Control Centre (CBRN ACC). A single area of observation may be divided into a number of subordinate Zones of Observation.

b. Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Zone of Observation. A CBRN Zone of

Observation is a geographical sub-division of a CBRN Area of Observation.

0109. CBRN Warning and Reporting Centres 1. Inside the above areas and zones, the following CBRN functions will be established:

a. Source Level; b. CBRN Sub Collection Centres (CBRN SCC); c. CBRN Collection Centres (CBRN CC); d. CBRN Zone Control Centres (CBRN ZCC); and e. CBRN Area Control Centres (CBRN ACC).

2. The CBRN warning and reporting functions and responsibilities should not be confused with the normal chain of command. The exchange of CBRN information will of course follow the chain of command, but neighbouring units are to make arrangements for mutual exchange of CBRN information through lateral lines of communications and directives to this effect should be contained in command SOPs. The mutual exchange of CBRN information through lateral lines of communications should be executed at the lowest possible level. 0110. Functions 1. CBRN Warning and Reporting Centres (CBRN WRC) must be established at all levels of command. The type of CBRN WRC will depend on the unit role and its organization:

a. National. (CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC will be established at national commands. Each NATO nation will normally have at least one CBRN Area of Observation, with the national border as boundaries. In water areas, of common interest (i.e. English Channel) the middle line is defined as the borderline. The national authorities must appoint an appropriate command(s) to be the CBRN ACC for that designated area of observation. Each area of observation is sub-divided into Zones of Observation, and appropriate commands must be appointed to assume responsibilities as CBRN ZCCs.

b. NATO Commands. Normally, NATO Commands will not establish CBRN ACCs and CBRN

ZCCs, as these are territorially dependent. The senior CBRN CC in Out of Area Operations may assume the duties of the CBRN ACC. In this case, the responsibilities of a CBRN ACC are given to a NATO command. NATO units may be engaged in operations, e.g. under the United Nations, where national interests may create a dual chain of information resulting in a reporting requirement to both NATO and national authorities.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

c. Other Commands. At all NATO and subordinate National Commands, CBRN CCs or CBRN

SCCs must be established down to at least Brigade level, in accordance with national directives.

0111. Source Level 1. CBRN observation posts, survey and reconnaissance teams, sites, units and sub units, or any other agency below ZCC, CC or SCC, fall into this category. 2. All source level elements must have an appropriate number of personnel trained and qualified to perform efficiently and rapidly the tasks listed below:

a. Report the initial enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in

accordance with directives and SOPs (CBRN 1). b. Report immediately any CBRN incident and subsequent data to the respective CBRN Centre

(CBRN 1/4). c. Disseminate timely warnings of predicted CBRN hazard areas (CBRN 3) to enable forces to

increase their CBRN state of readiness, to conduct monitoring and to prepare for reconnaissance, survey and decontamination.

d. Report detection data, monitoring, reconnaissance and survey results to the respective CBRN

Centre (CBRN 4). e. Submit detailed information on CBRN incidents on request (CBRN 6).

0112. CBRN Collection or Sub Collection Centres Responsibilities 1. The CBRN CC or CBRN SCC is responsible for the receipt, consolidation and evaluation of reports of CBRN incidents, and the resultant contamination within the area of operation of the CC or the SCC. Furthermore, the agency is responsible for the production and dissemination of appropriate reports and warnings in accordance with SOPs, including exchange of information with adjacent centres. 2. CBRN SCC may be established below CBRN CCs where the organization and the chain of command require a sub division on CBRN centre levels. The establishment of SCCs enables commanders to define organization and allocate warning and reporting responsibilities to a certain level. 3. The CBRN CC or CBRN SCC will execute the tasks with regard to their area of operation for such CBRN incidents that have or may have influence on their units or sub units' operations. CBRN reports generated by CBRN CC or CBRN SCC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Local Incident Serial Number) field 2 (see Annex C). 4. All CBRN SCCs or CBRN CCs must therefore have an appropriate number of personnel equipped, trained and qualified to perform efficiently and rapidly the following tasks:

a. Report the initial enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in accordance with directives and SOPs (CBRN 1).

b. Clarify, consolidate and evaluate CBRN incident data reported from source level or from other

CBRN centres or agencies (CBRN 1, CBRN 2 and CBRN 4).

c. Calculate detailed CBRN hazard areas including recalculations as a result of significant weather changes. Pass the appropriate warnings to units likely to be affected (CBRN 3). The



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

calculations for the predicted hazard area must be reevaluated every 2 hours. However, the situation can suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential. Units currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that they are in (or are no longer in) the hazard area.

d. Direct survey efforts within their area of operations. e. Analyze survey and monitoring results and pass information on the actual contaminated areas

to units likely to be affected (CBRN 4 and CBRN 5). f. Request and provide detailed information on CBRN incidents as directed (CBRN 6). g. Exchange CBRN information with appropriate national military and civilian authorities as

arranged by directives and SOPs. h. Naval CBRN agencies provide information to merchant shipping on predicted CBRN

contamination (MERWARN CBRN Effective Downwind Message (EDM) and MERWARN CBRN 3).

0113. CBRN Area Control Centre and Zone Control Centre Responsibilities 1. CBRN Area Control Centre. The CBRN ACC is responsible for coordination of all activities of CBRN Centres in a given area of observation. The CBRN ACC is responsible for:

a. The final deconfliction, correlation, clarification and consolidation of CBRN reports. b. Evaluation of enemy or unidentified CBRN incidents in the area.

c. The exchange of information with national military and civilian authorities as required.

d. Tactical evaluations of the CBRN situation in its own and adjacent areas.

2. CBRN reports generated by a CBRN ACC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Official Incident Serial Number) in field 1 and 2 (See Annex C).

3. CBRN ACCs must furthermore be able to make final filtering and correlation of all CBRN incidents in the Area of Observation. 4. The CBRN ACC may be responsible for the organization and the implementation of sampling and identification of biological and chemical agents in accordance with relevant Allied Engineer Publications (AEP). 5. CBRN Zone Control Centres. The CBRN ZCC may be established at national land or naval commands, at territorial commands, or lower levels of commands. The CBRN ZCC is responsible for the receipt, consolidation and evaluation of reports of CBRN incidents, and the resultant contamination within the zone of observation. Furthermore the CBRN ZCC is responsible for the production and dissemination of appropriate warnings and reports in accordance with SOPs, including exchange of information with adjacent zones. 6. CBRN reports generated by a CBRN ZCC will normally be indicated in set ALFA (Local Incident Serial Number) in field 2. (See Annex C). 7. CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC. The CBRN ACC or CBRN ZCC will execute the tasks within the CBRN Area of Observation or Zone of Observation and to all CBRN incidents within that area or zone. 8. When operating in areas where the CBRN Area of Observation and the Zone of Observation are not defined beforehand, the CBRN ACC and CBRN ZCC responsibilities must be assigned to



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

suitable agencies, and appropriate SOPs must be established, agreed to and exercised by the involved commands. 9. CBRN ACCs and CBRN ZCCs must have an appropriate number of personnel equipped, trained and qualified to perform efficiently and rapidly the tasks listed below:

a. Report the enemy use of CBRN weapons by the most expeditious means available in accordance with directives and SOPs (CBRN 1).

b. Clarify, correlate, consolidate and evaluate CBRN incident data reported from other centres or

agencies (CBRN 1, CBRN 2 and CBRN 4). c. Transmit promptly CBRN warnings to adjacent HQ’s or agencies when predicted hazard areas

extend beyond their own area of responsibility (CBRN 3). d. Exchange CBRN information with appropriate national military and civilian authorities as

arranged by directives and SOPs. e. Organize and coordinate the CBRN warning and reporting system within their area or zone of

observation. f. Submit reports to higher HQ’s and adjacent agencies as required.

10. CBRN ACCs must furthermore be able to make final filtering and correlation of all CBRN incidents in the Area of Observation. In addition, the CBRN ACC may be responsible for the organization and the implementation of sampling and identification of biological and chemical agents in accordance with relevant AEP.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION III - COORDINATION 0114. Importance of Coordination 1. The importance of coordination, for contingency planning at all levels of the CBRN warning and reporting organization, is paramount. This planning has to aim at providing CBRN information rapidly where it is required and at reducing duplication of reports to an acceptable level. 0115. Overlap and Duplication 1. For functional and operational reasons, the areas of responsibility of NATO Army, Air and Navy forces overlap. Also the areas of responsibility of Territorial Army, civil defence and forces not assigned to NATO may overlap or even be identical. Consequently, CBRN reports will inevitably be duplicated, particularly in the case of a nuclear detonation. Therefore, commanders at all levels are to ensure that their plans are fully coordinated with all neighbouring CBRN centres in order to avoid duplication of reports by correlation and to ensure rapid and efficient exchange of useful CBRN information. CBRN Warning and Reporting plans must be available and state the requirement for CBRN reports to be submitted between units. 0116. Clarification and Correlation 1. It is mandatory that CBRN reporting manuals and SOP include procedures for clarification and correlation to cope with duplicate reports received in a CBRN centre. Reporting manuals and regulations must also provide for discrimination between enemy and NATO strikes, as NATO units, which are not warned of a NATO strike may be expected to report the detonation, assuming it to be an enemy strike. To obtain a final filtering and correlation for all CBRN incidents, this responsibility must be allocated to a particular agency for a particular area. CBRN SOPs must therefore define CBRN Areas of Observation and CBRN Zones of Observations. 0117. Area of Observation HQs 1. Area of Observation HQs are to maintain direct communication with regional HQ’s and/or appropriate units of the national civil defence organizations concerned. Information on nuclear bursts on shore targets and predictions of the land areas, which will probably be affected by fallout, is to be passed to Area of Observation HQs and/or relevant CBRN Centres. In the same manner, information on CBRN hazards is to be exchanged between Area of Observation HQs. 0118. Civil/Military Cooperation 1. Cooperation and coordination between the NATO CBRN warning and reporting system and the national military and civil systems is an important strengthening factor to the common defence effort of NATO. The details of information exchange depend upon national policy and the structure of the national forces and the civil defence organization. Commanders must delegate authority to the appropriate levels of command for negotiating agreements and arrangements with corresponding national armed forces and/or civil defence authorities. Warning information should be exchanged at the lowest level possible.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV – PLOTTING PROCEDURES 0119. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas 1. The procedures for hazard plotting are divided into three general areas: simplified, detailed and enhanced. This section provides a comparison of these areas in relationship to each other, the CBRN release area and areas of contamination. 2. CAUTION. All drawing except nomograms in the nuclear chapter must be considered NOT DRAWN TO SCALE.

Figure 1 - 2. Release, Contamination and Hazard Areas

0120. Definitions 1. Attack Area. The identified location of an intentionally created CBRN incident. 2. Release Area. The area predicted to be initially affected by the release of a CBRN hazard. 3. Contaminated Area. The area where a CBRN agent or TIM in solid or liquid form is actually present. 4. Hazard Area. An area in which unprotected personnel and materiel may be affected by a agent or TIM. Note: The hazard area may be defined as the result of a prediction or may be defined

Release Area

Hazard Area (simplified)

Hazard Area (enhanced)

Hazard Area (detailed)

Hazard Area (actual)

Attack Area

Contaminated Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

based upon measurements of contamination (CBRN 4, 5). These hazard areas are the result of CBRN incidents.

Note: The release area size and the downwind distance depend on the type of release and on the weather and terrain. Both the release area and the area downwind of the release are included in the hazard area.

0121. Plotting Techniques 1. Simplified Procedures. Simplified procedures are those procedures intended to be manually performed by a CBRN defence staff immediately upon receipt of a message indicating a new CBRN incident. These procedures, covered within ATP-45, will be as simple as possible and deal only with the first initial message(s), without taking into consideration recalculation in accordance with upcoming weather periods.

2. Detailed Procedures. Detailed procedures are those procedures intended to be performed manually or by an automated system using one or more messages. The procedures, covered within ATP-45, are only as complicated and time consuming as required for essential CBRN Warning and Reporting (W&R) capability. The output can be updated upon receipt of new information.

3. Enhanced Procedures. Enhanced procedures are those procedures intended to be performed only by an automated system due to complexity and/or time requirements. The output is immediately updated upon receipt of new data and is controlled by an operator. Enhanced procedures are covered within AEP-45.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION V – CBRN REPORTS1 0122. CBRN 1 through CBRN 6 Reports 1. The six standard CBRN messages allow the passage of information relating to a CBRN incident. Specific C, B, R or N messages will be dealt with in their respective chapter.

a. CBRN 1 - Observer’s report, giving basic data. b. CBRN 2 - Report for passing the evaluated data from collected CBRN 1 reports.

c. CBRN 3 - Report for immediate warning of predicted contamination and hazard areas.

d. CBRN 4 - Report for reporting detection data and passing monitoring and survey results. This

report is used for two cases. (1) Case one, used if an attack is not observed, and the first indication of contamination is by

detection. (2) Case two, used to report measured contamination as a part of a survey or monitoring

team.

e. CBRN 5 - Report for passing information on areas of actual contamination. f. CBRN 6 - Report for passing detailed information on CBRN incidents.

0123. Missile Intercept Report 1. Missile Intercept Report (MIR) provides warning on the interception of an adversary incoming missile and the associated predicted hazard area. 0124. Friendly Nuclear Strike Warning Report 1. Friendly nuclear Strike Warning (STRIKWARN) reports provide information on an imminent nuclear strike from friendly forces and the associated Minimum Safe Distance (MSD). 0125. Hazardous Material Warning Report 1. Hazard Warning (HAZWARN) reports provide warning of the possibility of a significant CBRN release caused by either friendly or an adversary action. 0126. Weather Reports 1. Weather reports provide detailed weather information such as temperature, humidity, wind-speed, wind direction, precipitation and stability that must be obtained to determine the effects of a CBRN hazard on surrounding environment of the incident.

1 This section includes CBRN Message Text Formats (MTF) as published in APP-11 (NATO Message Catalogue). The information is included for readability purposes only; the sole reference for NATO Text Messages being APP-11.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0127. CBRN Situational Report 1. Aim. The CBRN Situation Report (SITREP) is a free text but templated report for providing a summary of CBRN activity relating to possible or actual CBRN incidents, including ‘what if’ and planning scenarios. 2. Purpose. The report is to be forwarded by CBRN Staffs, as necessary, to Commanders and Staffs at whatever level who are not specifically involved with CBRN, to inform them of the general CBRN situation and activities. 3. Procedure. The CBRN Staff will generate a CBRN SITREP as a result of specific CBRN related activity or other information from all Staff branches or other relevant information from subordinate units. CBRN SITREPs may be required to support planning processes and to update Commanders. CBRN reach back information can also be transmitted using the SITREP template. 4. Template. The information contain within the SITREP will determine its classification. Example CBRN SITREP GENTEXT/CBRN SITREP/…. 1. SITUATION 1.A. SUMMARY OF CBRN 2/5 MESSAGES AND OTHER SUPPORTING ACTIVITIES IN THE REPORTING PERIOD 1.B. CONSEQUENCES OF THE CBRN INCIDENTS TO INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS, CASUALTY AND DAMAGE ESTIMATES 2. INTELLIGENCE (J2) 2.A. INFORMATION ON ADVERSARY CBRN CAPABILITIES AND INTENTIONS. WEATHER AND TERRAIN WILL ALSO BE CONSIDERED WITH REGARD TO SUITABLE CONDITIONS FOR CBRN INCIDENT(S) 2.B. CBRN WEAPON AND DEVICE THREAT LEVEL 2.C. TIM THREAT LEVEL 3. OPERATIONS (J3/5/7) 3.A. A SUMMARY OF THE INFLUENCE ON CURRENT AND PLANNED ACTIVITIES THAT CBRN INCIDENT(S) WILL/MAY HAVE ON FORCE PROTECTION AND OPERATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS 3.B. CBRN DRESS STATE 4. LOGISTICS (J4). A SUMMARY OF THE INFLUENCE ON CURRENT AND PLANNED ACTIVITIES THAT CBRN INCIDENT(S) WILL/MAY HAVE ON FORCE PROTECTION AND OPERATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS. THIS IS TO INCLUDE THE IMPACT ON OPERATIONS IN THE REAR AREA AND MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE INCIDENT(S) 5. COMMUNICATIONS (J6). SPECIFIC IMPACTS OF INCIDENT(S) ON COMMUNICATIONS/MEANS 6. PERSONNEL (J1). ASSOCIATED CBRN INFORMATION RELATING TO PERSONNEL. 7. CIMIC (J9). APPROPRIATE CIMIC CO-ORDINATING ACTIVITIES RELATED TO CBRN INCIDENTS 8. LEGAL AND IO. LEGAL AND IO CONSIDERATIONS MAY BE COVERED HERE 9. RECOMMENDATIONS. A SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES AND MITIGATING ACTIONS. 0128. Position Referencing 1. When using CBRN standard message formats locations must be identified in World Geodetic System (WGS) WGS84 by geographical coordinates (latitude and longitude (LAT/LONG)), standard Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates, in accordance with the Military Geographic Reference System (MGRS) or by geographical name.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

2. SOPs or software must provide for any situation where the use of differing systems may cause confusion. 0129. Classification and Precedence 1. Unless the CBRN message contains specific operational information, e.g. effects on troops, all such messages should be unclassified. However, when a STRIKWARN is sent the information contained in sets DELTAW and FOXONEW will not be sent in plain language unless the time of initiating the warning message is such that no compromise of security is involved and unless its passage in plain language is essential to personnel safety. Only coding systems, which meet NATO security criteria, are to be used. 2. CBRN 1 messages reporting the FIRST adversary use of CBRN weapons or devices must be given precedence FLASH (Z). All other messages should be given a precedence, which reflects the operational value of the contents. Normally IMMEDIATE (O) would be appropriate. 3. Once a CBRN incident occurs, the number of CBRN messages will be substantial. CBRN defence staffs must prepare their SOPs carefully in order to avoid an unnecessary load on the communication systems. 0130. Meaning of Sets used in all CBRN Reports 1. Each type of CBRN message is comprised of a sequence of sets and has a unique identifier. Each set contains a sequence of fields. The format for the sets, fields, allowable entries and conditionalities are explained in Annex C.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 2 METEOROLOGICAL FACTORS

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION 0201. Aim 1. The aim of this chapter is to describe the meteorological factors that influence the hazard resulting from a CBRN release and to describe the different meteorology messages used for predicting the associated hazard areas. 0202. Meteorological Definitions 1. In CBRN defence it is essential that a facility be readily available to provide up-to-date meteorological data being actual or forecast weather. This information is required for hazard prediction calculations and the protection of anyone downwind. The following lists the most commonly used meteorological terms within ATP-45:

a. Downwind Direction. The mean surface downwind direction towards which, the airborne cloud

travels in the hazard area. The optimal measuring height should be 10 m above the ground in open terrain averaged over a period of 10 minutes.

b. Downwind Speed. The mean surface downwind speed in the hazard area. The optimal

measuring height should be 10 m above the ground in open terrain averaged over a period of 10 minutes.

c. Air Stability Category. The stability category is normally reported in the CBRN CDR. If it must

be determined locally use Table 2 - 1 and Table 2 - 2. 2. When above listed measurements are taken, the results will be the actual Downwind Direction, the Downwind Speed and the Air Stability Category at the time and location of the measurement. When the values are given in a CBRN Chemical Downwind Message (CDM), they will represent average values for the given CBRN CDM area in the given 2 hour period. 0203. Influence of Weather and Terrain on the Effectiveness of CBRN Releases 1. Detailed weather information such as temperature, humidity, wind-speed, wind direction, precipitation and stability must be obtained to determine the effects of a CBRN hazard on surrounding environment of the incident. Two main questions must be answered:

a. What effect will weather have on the employment of CBRN weapons/devices and/or how will it

affect the spread of CBRN hazards? b. Over the next 72 hours, when is the weather favourable or unfavourable for the use of CBRN

weapons/devices?

2. Further, a predominant wind can switch direction in a matter of minutes to hours. These directional shifts occur, for example, as a result of: changing large-scale weather conditions; the onset of mountain slope, valley drainage and sea breeze flows; and the change of air stability due to heating or cooling of the earth’s surface.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

3. Weather. The following provides greater details on the different weather phenomena: a. Temperature. The rate of evaporation of a liquid chemical agent or toxic industrial chemical

varies with the temperature. High temperatures will increase the rate of evaporation while lower temperatures will decrease it. Initially, the vapour hazard of both persistent and non-persistent agents will be greater at higher temperatures, while the duration of the liquid contamination and vapour hazard will be shorter. Lower temperatures will have just the opposite effect. It should be noted that lower temperatures may actually reduce or even eliminate casualty potential. However, a contact hazard may remain for several days or weeks. On the other hand, temperature is not expected to have any significant effect on the hazard area resulting from a biological, radiological or nuclear release.

b. Air Stability Category. The air stability category describes the degree of mixing of a released

agent with the air in the lower atmosphere. There are three general air stability categories:

(1) Stable. Under stable conditions there is little mixing and thus higher concentrations, and the agent cloud will be effective over long distances.

(2) Neutral. Neutral conditions, the intermediate range for mixing, are most common. (3) Unstable. Under unstable conditions there is strong mixing and thus shorter hazard

distances. c. Wind. The wind speed and direction will affect the spread of CBRN contaminates. High winds

can increase the rate of evaporation of liquid chemical agents and the rate at which chemical clouds are dissipated. The effect on persistent agents is variable. Large spill (Greater than 1500 litres or kilograms but equal to or less than 50000 litres or kilograms) non-persistent agent releases are most effective in winds not exceeding 28 km/h. Small spill (200 litres or kilograms or less) non-persistent agent releases are most effective in winds not exceeding 10 km/h.

d. Humidity and Precipitation. Humidity and precipitation alter the effects of chemical agents in

different ways. High humidity, for example, will increase the effectiveness of blister agents, but will not directly affect the effectiveness of nerve agents. Humidity will alter the effects of biological agents in different ways. Very low humidity will decrease the effectiveness by increasing the rate at which agents dry out from atmospheric exposure. Heavy or continuous rain will wash away liquid chemical contamination, and light rain after a liquid release can cause the recurrence of a contact hazard. Rain after a blister or persistent nerve agent release will temporarily increase the evaporation rate, thus increasing the vapour hazard. Snow reduces the evaporation rate of liquid chemical agents, thus reducing the vapour hazard in the release area. Heavy or continuous rain will locally reduce nuclear and biological contamination by washing it out of the air.

e. Inversion Layers. In most cases the concentration of the agent will decrease with increasing

height and reach a low concentration (miosis for chemical) at approximately 800 metres altitude. Normally there will be no risk above 3000 metres above ground. Certain meteorological conditions in the atmosphere, known as inversion layers are associated with stable conditions specified in the CBRN Chemical Downwind Report (CDR) under the term "stability category". Stable conditions usually occur at night or in the morning under conditions of clear skies and low wind speed but will also result any time the ground or water surface is cooler than the air above it. An elevated inversion layer occurs when the surface inversion layer decays. With both inversion and elevated inversion layers the concentration of the agent will be higher within the layer than with no inversion. The concentration of the agent will be very small above the layer. If the height of the top of any inversion layer is lower than 800 metres, this will be indicated in the CBRN CDR by the letter "A" appearing in the coded "significant weather phenomena". If the height of the top is lower than 400 metres, letter "B" is



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

to be used, if lower than 200 metres, letter "C". These letters signify the lowest safe altitudes for aircraft to avoid airborne contamination.

f. Sunlight and Air Exposure. Most biological agents will lose their viability or toxicity with time

after exposure to the atmosphere. Most biological agents will have a greater rate of loss of viability or toxicity when exposed to bright sunlight.

g. Land and Sea Breeze Plotting Procedures Considerations:

(1) A sea breeze is the movement inland of the cooler sea air. On the other hand, as the sun

sets, cooling begins and since land cools more rapidly than water a higher air pressure is created over it relative to that over water and the air begins to flow down the pressure gradient toward the sea. This land and sea breeze weather phenomenon creates a situation where differences over ground and water temperatures along a coastline lead to a change in wind speed and direction that cannot be represented at the resolution provided in a CDM.

(2) The land and the sea breeze (winds) eventually get elevated and pushed back in a large-

scale direction, leading to an unpredictable downwind direction for the contaminant cloud. This weather phenomenon can lead to the requirement to recalculate the hazard area for certain release types.

(3) In a land and sea breeze condition, a biological release, chemical release, nuclear reactor

incident, radiological dispersion, biological bunker/production facility, chemical stockpile or TIM transport/storage release and elevated accidental release require recalculation if downwind direction changes by 30 degrees or more, the downwind speed changes from less than or equal to 10 km/h to greater than 10 km/h, or the downwind speed changes from greater than 10 km/h to less than or equal to 10 km/h. Meteorological conditions for following CDM time periods should be noted and will be used to determine the downwind distance.

(4) For plotting purposes, land and sea breeze conditions necessitating recalculation as

mentioned above would be treated in the same manner as recalculation procedures covered in chemical, biological chapters.

4. Impact of Terrain. The path and speed of an airborne cloud is considerably influenced by the nature of the terrain in the downwind area. Contaminant clouds can flow over rolling terrain, down valleys and around structures such as in urban terrain. Dangerous concentrations may persist in hollows, depressions and trenches. The contaminant clouds tend to go over or around obstacles such as hills, but tend to be retarded by rough ground, tall grass and bushes. Flat terrain allows for an even, steady movement. The movement of air around buildings and other structures is very complicated and such movement patterns may be very different, depending on building shape, relative heights and other factors. Figure 2 - 1 provides an outline of the typical terrain effects.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 2 - 1. Typical Effects of Terrain and Structures on Wind Patterns

0204. Meteorological Data 1. Hazard Prediction Weather Requirement. Current meteorological data are a vital prerequisite for CBRN downwind hazard prediction. It is the task of a CBRN Centre to predict CBRN hazard areas resulting from CBRN incidents. For this purpose the CBRN Centre must have the necessary meteorological information. The meteorological service will collect data and distribute the messages described below:

a. CBRN Chemical (Biological) Downwind Report (CBRN CDR). A CBRN Chemical Downwind

Report is either a CBRN Chemical Downwind Message (CBRN CDM) or a CBRN Chemical Downwind Forecast (CBRN CDF). These are messages containing basic meteorological information for predicting chemical vapour hazard areas (see Chapter 3), biological aerosol (see Chapter 4) and radioactive particles (see Chapter 5). The CBRN CDR is an ADP formatted message used to accommodate either the CBRN CDM or the CBRN CDF message when transmitted (see Annex C).

b. CBRN Basic Wind Report (CBRN BWR). A CBRN Basic Wind Report is either a CBRN Basic

Wind Message (CBRN BWM) or a CBRN Basic Wind Forecast (CBRN BWF). These are messages containing basic meteorological data to be used for fallout prediction (see Chapter 6). The CBRN BWR is an ADP formatted message used to accommodate either the CBRN BWM or the CBRN BWF when transmitted (see Annex C).

c. CBRN Effective Downwind Report (CBRN EDR). A CBRN Effective Downwind Report is

either a CBRN Effective Downwind Message (CBRN EDM) or a CBRN Effective Downwind Forecast (CBRN EDF). These are messages containing information on downwind speed and downwind direction (towards which the wind is blowing) for each of seven pre-selected weapon yields (see Chapter 6). The CBRN EDR is an ADP formatted message used to accommodate either the CBRN EDM or the CBRN EDF message when transmitted (see Annex C).

2. Special Case CBRN CDM. The CBRN Centre uses the CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports and the CDR weather information for the downwind hazard area prediction. However, should the local situation such as topography and size of the release indicates that the use of the locally measured weather information would be more appropriate, then proceed with using the locally measured weather information for the downwind hazard area prediction calculation. In that case a special form of a CBRN

Wind direction



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CDM could be used to document and report the local weather. Line ZULUM of this CDM will contain "Observation time" and "Effective Date-time valid from" as the same time and an "Effective Date-time valid to", which is only 30 minutes later than the observation time. The area of validity shall be reduced to the place of observation to indicate that it is a point measurement (AREAM with more than 10 characters). The message will only contain a line WHISKEYM as actual weather information. The following is an example: AREAM/NDEL12341234// ZULUM/231100ZNOV2008/231100ZNOV2008/231130ZNOV2008// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/070/022/4/15/-/-/1//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II - CBRN CHEMICAL (BIOLOGICAL) DOWNWIND REPORTS 0205. CBRN Chemical Downwind Reports 1. National and/or NATO directives must ensure the provision of applicable CBRN CDRs, and national or local SOPs must list directives for the observation and dissemination of local weather information. For more accurate hazard area estimates, a record of actual local meteorological conditions should be maintained and disseminated. The meteorological data contained in CDRs will be used for chemical and biological downwind hazard prediction procedures.

a. Transmission. The CBRN CDM and CDF are transmitted at least 4 times a day, and each

message is valid for a 6 hour period. Each 6 hour period of the CDM is subdivided into three 2 hours periods. The CBRN CDM can be sent down as far as source level.

b. CDM and CDF Content. The CBRN CDM and CDF contains the following information:

(1) Area of validity. (2) Date-time groups for time of observation, time valid from and time valid to.

(3) Units of measurement.

(4) Downwind direction and downwind speed.

(5) Air stability category.

(6) Surface air temperature.

(7) Relative Humidity.

(8) Significant weather phenomena.

(9) Cloud coverage.

c. Validity and Format. The CBRN CDM contains weather information valid for 6 hours, but the

period of validity for the CDF is more than 6 hours ahead. The CBRN CDM and CBRN CDF can be contained in a data format called the CBRN CDR. The detailed format for the CBRN CDR is explained in Annex C.

d. Sample Content of a Computer Generated CBRN CDM/CDF.

AREAM/NDEL1// ZULUM/231100ZNOV2010/231200ZNOV2010/231800ZNOV2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/070/022/4/15/-/-/1// XRAYM/075/025/4/13/9/6/2// YANKEEM/080/028/4/12/8/-/2//

e. Local Meteorology. Local meteorology should be assimilated into the CDM. Weighting should

be assigned for each local observation based on confidence in how well it represents the region.

f. CDM Area Selection. The CBRN CDM used in calculations is based on the location in

FOXTROT. If multiple FOXTROT locations exist, the mean location should be determined and the CBRN CDM provided for that location. If the single FOXTROT or mean location lies on the



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

border between two CDM areas, calculate hazard areas for both CDM areas and connect the outer points of hazard areas to cover the worst case.

0206. Meteorological Air Stability Category Requirements 1. If detailed meteorological information is not available, the air stability category should be determined by using Table 2 - 1, and this category should be adjusted using Table 2 - 2. The identified air stability category will form the basis for the determination of the maximum downwind hazard area distance.

Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category Morning (AM) Afternoon (PM)

Sun Elevation

Angle

Condition of sky

Sun Elevation

Angle

Condition of sky No

clouds/ Less than

half covered

More than half covered

Overcast No clouds/

Less than half

covered

More than half covered

Overcast

< 4° S S N > 46° U U N

> 4° - 32° N N N > 35° - 46° U N N

> 32° - 40° U N N > 12° - 35° N N N

> 40° U U N > 5° - 12° S N N

U = Unstable N = Neutral S = Stable < 5° S S N Enter with: - Time of day. - Degree of cloud coverage. - Sun elevation angle (night less than 4 degrees). Note 1: The stability category found in this table must be adjusted by using Table 2 - 2. Note 2: The sun elevation table contains basic information. Nations may convert the table into a suitable format for their own use.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment

Specific ground (terrain) and Weather influences Stability Category from

Table 2 - 1

U N S

Dry to slightly moist surface. U N S

Wet surface (i.e. after continuous rain) or dew. N N S

Frozen surface or partly covered with snow, ice or hoarfrost. N S S

Surface completely covered with snow. S S S

Continuous rainfall (no shower activity). N N N

Haze or mist (visibility 1 - 4 km). N N S

Fog (visibility less than 1 km). N S S

Desert Daytime or tropical environment U U U

Desert nightime S S S

Downwind speed more than 18 km/h. N N N 2. Table 2 - 2 is used for adjustment of the stability category found from Table 2 - 1, taking into account influences of surface and weather. All ten conditions of terrain and weather listed in Table 2 - 2 must be checked, and in case of doubt the most stable category is to be chosen.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION III - CBRN BASIC WIND AND EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS REPORTS 0207. CBRN Basic Wind and Effective Downwind Reports 1. The necessary meteorological data for the preparation of fallout prediction, be for the simplified procedure or the detailed procedure, will be available in the format of a CBRN EDR or a CBRN BWR. 2. The CBRN EDR is either a CBRN EDM or a CBRN EDF that contains information on downwind speed and downwind direction (towards which the wind is blowing). The CBRN EDR is used to calculate simplified fallout hazard prediction areas. 3. A CBRN EDM can be produced at CBRN Centres and meteorological centres from the CBRN BWM or by use of standard pressure level winds. The use of the CBRN EDM affords the subordinate commands direct and immediately usable means to estimate the fallout hazard with the least possible delay. 4. A CBRN EDF is produced at designated meteorological centres from computer originated forecast winds. The CBRN EDF is designed for planning purposes at NATO commands and higher national commands. It may be used at lower levels (CBRN Collection or CBRN Sub Collection Centres) only if actual wind data or CBRN EDM are not available. Chapter 6 provides the necessary details for the preparation and interpretation of CBRN EDM and CBRN EDF. The format of the CBRN EDF is the same as the format of the CBRN EDM. The detailed format for the CBRN EDR is explained in Annex C. 5. A CBRN BWR be either a CBRN BWM or a CBRN BWF meteorological message contains information on the wind conditions, i.e. wind directions (from which the wind is blowing) and wind speeds in a number of layers from the surface of the earth to 30000 m altitude. Additionally, the zone of validity and time of measuring are stated. Chapter 6 provides the complete details on the production and interpretation of CBRN BWM and CBRN BWF. The detailed format for the CBRN BWR is explained in Annex C.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV - COMPUTATION OF EFFECTIVE DOWNWINDS, USING STANDARD PRESSURE LEVEL WINDS

0208. Introduction 1. There may occur cases where units, in particular naval ships, cannot obtain the meteorological information normally used for fallout prediction, i.e. the "CBRN Basic Wind Message" (CBRN BWM) and the "CBRN Effective Downwind Message" (CBRN EDM). It may however be possible for the unit to obtain basic wind data, which are generally available from meteorological sources (airbases, MET-ships or mobile weather stations) and make use of this data for the computation of effective downwind direction and effective downwind speed. This method of computation involves the use of "Standard Pressure Level Winds" as described below. 0209. Assumptions 1. The method assumes that the standard pressure level winds used are representative mean vector winds for contiguous layers of air, and that for any Standard Level (SL) the top of the layer is defined by the level (identified by the letter “n” in the equation): SLn+1 - SLn SLn + SLn+1 SLn + = 2 2 and the bottom of the layer by the level: SLn - SLn -1 SLn + SLn-1 SLn - = 2 2 0210. Method 1. The layers of the air, or parts thereof, are combined to form a total layer from the surface to the nuclear Cloud Bottom (CB) height for a particular weapon yield. The layers allocated to each standard pressure level, and the nuclear cloud bottom parameters for the seven weapon yields, which are normally contained in a CBRN EDM are covered in Chapter 6. The method involves the vector addition of the winds representing the layers up to and including the nuclear CB height, appropriately weighted to account for:

a. The thickness of the layer associated with the standard pressure level; and b. The differing densities of the layers.

2. The weighting factors are given in Table 2 - 4 and Table 2 - 5, and are applied to the wind speeds given in units of knots, to obtain an effective downwind (EDW) speed in knots or in kilometres per hour (km/h) respectively. In the absence of the 1000 hecto Pascal (hPa)2 wind data, the surface wind data should be used. The reciprocal of the wind directions (adding or subtracting 180 degrees) contained in the meteorological wind data information must be used in the wind vector addition. A wind vector plot must be constructed for each of the seven yield groups. 0211. Procedure

a. Obtain the meteorological data containing the direction and wind speed for each of the

standard pressure levels.

2 1 hecto Pascal = 1 millibar (mbar), therefore, 1000 hPa = 1000 mbar



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

b. Convert all wind directions to downwind directions by adding or subtracting 180 degrees. c. Select the weapon yield or yields, for which the effective downwind direction and speed are to

be computed. d. By using Table 2 - 4 and Table 2 - 5, select the weighting factors which must be applied to the

reported wind speed for each standard pressure level related to the selected yield group. The weighting factors in Table 2 - 4 are to be used to obtain the EDW speed in knots, and Table 2 - 5 is used to obtain the EDW speed in km/h.

e. To prepare the wind vector plot, label ground zero (GZ). From GZ draw the 1000 hpa wind

vector. The direction of the vector must be the corrected direction, and the length of the vector is the wind speed in knots multiplied by the weighting factor for the 1000 hpa standard pressure level and the selected yield. Any map scale may be used.

f. From the end of the 1000 hpa vector, draw the 850 hpa vector using the same procedure, and

proceed by drawing all the vectors needed for the particular weapon yield group. g. Draw a line from GZ to the end of the last vector. h. Measure the angle between Grid North (GN) and the line from GZ to the CB height, clockwise.

The measured number of degrees is the effective downwind direction for the selected weapon yield.

i. Measure the length of the line from GZ to CB. The length (the same map scale as used for the

construction of the wind vector plot) gives the effective downwind speed for the selected weapon yield.

0212. Worked Example 1. Given: Meteorological (MET) information containing the following standard pressure level wind data: Surface 250° 08 knots 850 hpa 300° 10 " 700 hpa 300° 10 " 500 hpa 320° 15 " 400 hpa 290° 10 " 300 hpa 270° 15 " 200 hpa 280° 15 " 150 hpa 290° 20 " 100 hpa 320° 25 " 2. Problem: Compute effective downwind data for weapon yield group DELTAM (31 KT - 100 KT). The effective downwind speed must be in knots.

a. Convert the wind directions given in the MET information, by adding or subtracting 180 degrees:

Surface 070° 850 hpa 120° 700 hpa 120° 500 hpa 140° 400 hpa 110° 300 hpa 090°



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

b. Calculate the wind vector lengths by multiplying the wind speed for each standard pressure level by the appropriate weighting factor. As the wind speed is wanted in units of knots, the weighting factors for each standard pressure level are to be found from Table 2 - 4. Use the horizontal column for weapon yield group DELTAM:

1000 hpa (or surface) 0.12 * 08 knots = 0.96 knots 850 hpa 0.22 * 10 " = 2.2 " 700 hpa 0.26 * 10 " = 2.6 " 500 hpa 0.20 * 15 " = 3.0 " 400 hpa 0.13 * 10 " = 1.3 " 300 hpa 0.07 * 15 " = 1.05 "

c. Construct the wind vector plot. In this example the map scale 1 NM = 2 cm is used (Figure 2 - 2).

(1) Label GZ and the GN line. (2) From GZ draw the first vector in direction 070 degrees, the length being 1.92 cm. (3) From the end of the first vector, draw the second in direction 120 degrees and 4.4 cm

long. Proceed in this manner, thus completing the wind vector plot for the DELTAM weapon yield group.

(4) Draw the line from GZ to the end of the 300 hpa vector, and measure the direction of this

line to be 117° and the length of the line to be 21.2 cm, equal to 10.6 knots.

d. Solution. For the DELTAM weapon yield group the effective downwind direction is 117°, and the effective downwind speed is 10.6 knots.

Figure 2 - 2. DELTAM Yield Group Wind Vector Plot



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 2 - 3. Layers allocated to Standard Pressure Levels, Cloud Base (Bottom) Parameters for the seven Yield Groups

Standard Level Allocated Layer

103 Feet

Nuclear Cloud Base

103 Feet

Weapon Pressure

hpa Height

103 Feet Yield KT Group

1000 00,3 00,0 - 02,5 850 04,8 02,5 - 07,4 700 09,9 07,4 - 14,1 08,5 2 A

14,1 5 B 500 18,3 14,1 - 21,0 400 23,6 21,0 - 26,8 24,9 30 C 300 30,1 26,8 - 32,1 30,5 100 D 250 34,0 32,1 - 36,4 36,1 300 E 200 38,8 36,4 - 41,8 150 44,7 41,8 - 48,9 44,3 1 MT F 100 53,2 48,9 - 56,9 51,8 3 MT G

Table 2 - 4. Weighting Factors applied to

Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain the EDW Speed in Knots

Yield Group

Nuclear Cloud

Bottom 103 Feet

Standard Pressure Levels (hpa)

1000

850

700

500

400

300

250

200

150

100 A 08,5 0,33 0,56 0,11 B 14,1 0,21 0,36 0,43 C 24,9 0,14 0,24 0,29 0,22 0,11 D 30,5 0,12 0,22 0,26 0,20 0,13 0,07 E 36,1 0,11 0,20 0,23 0,18 0,13 0,09 0,06 F 44,3 0,10 0,18 0,21 0,17 0,11 0,09 0,06 0,06 0,02 G 51,8 0,10 0,17 0,20 0,16 0,10 0,08 0,06 0,06 0,05 0,02

Table 2 - 5. Weighting Factors applied to

Wind Speeds in Knots to obtain EDW Speed in km/h

Yield Group

Nuclear Cloud

Base km

Standard Pressure Levels (hpa)

1000

850

700

500

400

300

250

200

150

100 A 2,6 0,61 1,04 0,20 B 4,3 0,39 0,67 0,79 C 7,6 0,26 0,45 0,53 0,41 0,20 D 9,3 0,23 0,40 0,47 0,37 0,25 0,13 E 11,0 0,21 0,36 0,43 0,33 0,24 0,17 0,11 F 13,5 0,19 0,33 0,39 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,11 0,04 G 15,8 0,18 0,32 0,37 0,29 0,20 0,15 0,11 0,10 0,10 0,03



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION V - AREAS OF VALIDITY FOR CBRN METEOROLOGICAL DATA 0213. Purpose 1. The purpose of this Section is to delineate the areas of validity for CBRN meteorological information. 0214. Explanation 1. The grid is developed as follows:

a. The latitudinal bands have a height of 10°. b. The longitudinal sectors have a width of 10°. c. Each quadrangle created by the intersection of a band and a sector is designated by 4

alphabetic letters. The nomenclature is developed as follows:

(1) Beginning at the equator on the northern hemisphere the bands are labelled with an N (North) followed by an alphabetical letter (the letter ‘I’ intentionally omitted) in ascending order to the North.

(2) Beginning at the equator on the southern hemisphere the bands are labelled with an S

(South) followed by an alphabetical letter (the letter ‘I’ is intentionally omitted) in ascending order to the south.

(3) Beginning with the sector east of the Greenwich meridian the sectors are labelled with an

E (East) followed by an alphabetical letter (the letters ‘I’ and ‘O’ are intentionally omitted) in ascending order towards the East.

(4) Beginning with the sector West of the Greenwich meridian the sectors are labelled with a

W (West) followed by an alphabetical letter (the letters ‘I’ and ‘O’ are intentionally omitted) in ascending order towards the West.

d. An area is then defined by the label of the band followed by the label of the sector. Thus all

areas on the northern hemisphere begin with an N, while those on the southern hemisphere begin with an S.

e. These rather large areas of validity can be subdivided repeatedly to allow for higher precision

by applying the following procedure as shown in Figure 2 - 3 for the quadrangle marked with a dot:

(1) The current quadrangle is subdivided into four sub quadrangles by using one half of the

current sector and bandwidth respectively. (2) The four sub quadrangles are numbered clockwise from 1 to 4, beginning with the

Northeast sub quadrangle. (3) The number of the sub quadrangle to be referred to is appended to the current reference.

f. This procedure can be repeated to define even smaller areas by adding further digits in the

same manner. In the example only two subdivisions were carried out to define a quadrangle referenced as NDEL13 of 2.5° x 2.5°. A diagram for the southern hemisphere is shown in Figure 2 - 4.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

g. All quadrangles must face north in order to have the sub quadrangles numbered the same way on both the northern and the southern hemispheres.

0215. Provision of Meteorological Data for Out of Area Operations 1. For out of Area operations the appropriate weather agency will be identified and tasked by the appropriate NATO Command.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 2 - 3. Areas of Validity for the Northern Hemisphere



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 2 - 4. Areas of Validity for the Southern Hemisphere



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 3 CHEMICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (ON LAND)

SECTION I – GENERAL 0301. Aim 1. This chapter covers the chemical prediction procedures for operations on land. It provides information on the location and the extent of the hazard area and the duration of the hazard resulting from releases of chemical substances being accidental or from an attack. This provides the necessary information for commanders to warn their units. However, if actual surveys alter the initial data used for determination of the release the CBRN 2 CHEM and/or the CBRN 3 CHEM must be changed or updated. 0302. General 1. Chemical agents are likely to be employed to produce casualties (non-persistent), or to contaminate ground and/or equipment (persistent). Both may have a similar effect on personnel depending upon factors such as volume, dissemination means, meteorological conditions. 2. After an attack by chemical agents, two types of hazard can be encountered by personnel dependent on their position relative to the release area. These are a liquid hazard, a vapour hazard or both a liquid and a vapour hazard.

a. Liquid Hazard. Liquid agents may under very cold conditions completely stop evaporating and result in an all-clear survey. However, a hazard can be recreated when temperatures rise. Personnel in an area contaminated with liquid chemical agents will be exposed to a hazard that varies according to:

(1) The type and amount of agent disseminated. (2) The method of dissemination. (3) The local climatic conditions. (4) The nature of the terrain. (5) The time lapse after the contamination.

b. Vapour Hazard. All chemical agents present a vapour or aerosol hazard to personnel

downwind of the release area. The area covered by this hazard may be estimated by using prediction techniques. The actual downwind distance covered by a toxic cloud will depend on the type and amount of agent disseminated, the method of dissemination, the climatic conditions and the terrain.

c. Non persistent Agents. Most non persistent agents are disseminated mainly as vapour, but

some of the agent types may leave unevaporated liquid in shell or bomb craters for either hours or days depending upon the climatic conditions and the munitions type. Craters should be avoided until CBRN RECCE or SIBCRA teams have proved the absence of a liquid hazard.

d. Persistent Agents. Persistent agents are disseminated as liquid and present a vapour hazard

as well as a contact hazard. This hazard will last for several hours to days depending on the terrain, climatic conditions and munitions type.

e. Thickened, Non persistent. Thickened, non persistent agents may have to be treated as

persistent, ground contaminating agents. Blister agents are normally classified as persistent



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

agents. Some agents however, are very volatile and should be treated as non persistent, but still ground contaminating agents.

3. Border areas. Some agents normally classified as non persistent may behave as persistent agents in very cold environments. On the other hand, persistent agents in very hot environments may behave such as non persistent agents. Liquid from both non persistent and persistent agents may freeze at low temperatures e.g. HD freezes at temperatures below 14°C, and can present a delayed hazard to personnel when the temperature rises. 0303. Chronology 1. Unprotected personnel in a release area will be exposed to the chemical agent hazards unless they take immediate protective action at the first indication of an attack. 2. The actual dimensions of the downwind hazard area will depend on factors such as the means of delivery, the category of agent, the type of attack, and on weather and terrain. That said, the cloud arrival time at positions downwind of the attack point or area will be calculated using the downwind speed. 3. The ability to provide timely warning to personnel downwind of the point or area of attack will depend on the time taken to learn of the attack, the time taken to predict a downwind hazard area and the time required to transmit the warning to those in the hazard area. 0304. Primary Factors Influencing Hazard Predictions 1. The prediction of a release and/or hazard area is dependent upon factors such as:

a. The means of delivery; b. The type of release; and c. The meteorological factors.

2. The means of delivery and the type of chemical containers are listed in Annex C, paragraphs C012 and C013. 0305. Assumptions

1. It is assumed, that once chemical warfare has been initiated, personnel in areas attacked by aircraft or missiles, or coming under artillery or other bombardments, will immediately and automatically carry out appropriate chemical defence drills, whether or not a chemical alarm has been given.

2. An attacked unit will attempt to alarm all friendly forces in the immediate vicinity, using the procedures prescribed in STANAG 2047 (Emergency Alarms of Hazard or Attacks (CBRN and air attacks only)).

3. In fixed installations, and in other cases, where established communications and/or alarms are available, these can also be used.

4. Units and installations alarmed in this way should not promulgate the alarm beyond their own area.

Note: As soon as a commander/CBRN centre realises that completion and submission of a CBRN 3 CHEM would not warn a unit in the hazard area in time, he/it will attempt to pass the alarm by the most expeditious means available.

5. CBRN Collection/Sub Collection Centres will use CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports to provide timely warning to units and/or installations in the predicted downwind hazard area. Due to climatic and geographical variations, the lateral limits of the predicted hazard area are normally to be defined by an



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

angle of lateral spread 30° on either side of the forecast downwind direction. If more detailed information is available, use Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment. The hazard area prediction will be less reliable as the distance from the point of emission increases.

6. Units in the downwind hazard area, warned by a CBRN Collection/Sub Collection Centre, will not raise an alarm outside their own area, but will submit a CBRN 4 CHEM in accordance with SOPs on the actual arrival of the chemical agent cloud.

7. The limiting dosages of agents assumed in establishing the procedures for hazard area prediction, while not sufficient to create casualties immediately, may cause later effects, i.e. miosis from nerve agents.

8. Determine the downwind hazard area distance:

a. If no more detailed information is available, go to Table 3 - 2; b. If more detailed information is available regarding agent type, means of delivery and wind

speed use the Table 3 - 3; Table 3 - 4 and or the equations in AEP-45.

9. Hazard prediction and reporting of a munition found leaking or suspected leaking on the battlefield will be carried out in accordance with Type D sub-case 1 procedures.

0306. Types and Sub-types of Chemical Releases 1. Chemical releases can be divided into 4 types:

a. Type A – Chemical Weapon. A release following a attack with a air contaminating (non-persistent) chemical agent;

b. Type B - Chemical Weapon. A release following a attack with a ground contaminating

(persistent) chemical agent; c. Type C – Chemical Agent Release of Unknown Origin. Detection of a chemical agent following

a unobserved release; and d. Type D - Chemical Substance Releases. There are three Sub-types of releases under Type D:

(1) Sub-type 1 - Point Source Release from Tank or Container. Release resulting from a

stationary tank or container (this Sub-type includes leakage from bulk storage of chemical agents and leaking chemical munitions);

(2) Sub-type 2 - Moving Source Release from Tank or Container. Release from a leaking tank

or container on the move, resulting in the dispersion of a chemical over an extended distance; and

(3) Sub-type 3 - Chemical Substance Unobserved Release. Procedures to be used for the

calculation of a hazard area following the detection of a chemical substance after an unobserved release.

0307. Procedures and Constraints 1. Procedures. The “FIRST” CBRN 1 CHEM message report will be sent with the precedence FLASH (Z). All other messages should be given a precedence, which reflects the operational value of the contents. Normally IMMEDIATE (O) would be appropriate.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

a. Record and update the following information:

(1) Weather information from relevant CBRN CDRs, which may contain both forecast data and measured data;

(2) Weather information from local measurements/observations, which may contain both data

before and during the chemical cloud passage period; and (3) A database of local meteorology measured during the chemical cloud passage period.

b. Record terrain features (wooded areas, mountains, plains, etc.), which may influence the

direction and speed of chemical release clouds. c. Select, in accordance with national directives, the weather information to be used and

calculate the predicted downwind hazard area. d. On receipt of CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM estimate the meteorological parameters for

the release area and downwind of the release area. e. A CBRN 3 CHEM may be generated and considered for distribution whenever a chemical

release has taken place. If detection equipment is available this report will most likely be generated from one or more CBRN 1, 2 or 4 CHEM reports. However, when the release has not been identified by detection equipment, the CBRN 3 CHEM report will most likely be generated from multiple CBRN 1 or 2 CHEM reports based on observers.

f. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is

safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted hazard area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential. Units currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that they are in (or are no longer in) the hazard area.

g. When using the Emergency Response Guidebook (ERG) as the source for distances the ERG

ISOLATION DISTANCE will equate to the release area radius (r) and the PROTECTIVE ACTION DISTANCE will equate to the hazard area radius.

2. Constraints:

a. When calculating the predicted downwind hazard area from chemical releases, many factors will affect the accuracy of the prediction. Some of these factors are:

(1) Type of and amount of chemical substance(s);

(2) Type of and amount of delivery or storage system(s);

(3) Type of and amount of agent container(s);

(4) Terrain composition ;

(5) Type of surface(s);

(6) Vegetation(s);

(7) Air stability;

(8) Surface air temperature;

(9) Relative humidity;

(10) rain, clouds etc. and

(11) Changes to any of these factors.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

b. Some of these factors are not considered when using the procedures in this chapter, unless evaluated and estimated manually by the user.

c. The procedures shown in this chapter are based on the limited amount of information available

at the time of the incident. d. To be able to make more accurate predictions, more information about the listed factors has to

be available and more sophisticated methods have to be used for prediction. Such procedures are described in AEP-45.

e. The initial hazard area is considered valid until additional information is available. When

significant changes in weather conditions occur, a recalculation of the hazard prediction detailed procedure must be carried out (see Section VI).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II – CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES 0308. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction - Simplified Procedures 1. The simplified procedure is primarily used for immediate warning. As soon as possible the detailed procedures must be carried out. A typical situation where simplified procedures will be used is when the substance type and persistency are not known. 0309. Release Area - Simplified Procedures

1. The release area is drawn as a circle of 2 km radius, centred at the release location.

2. Where multiple release locations are reported in set FOXTROT, draw a 2 km radius circle for each location. A CBRN 1 having multiple FOXTROT locations is not necessarily related to a line source because:

a. The information about a line release may be missing in the message; or

b. The message may be a report of 2 point releases.

0310. Hazard Area - Simplified Procedures 1. Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 km/h. Since the wind speed is considered light and the direction can vary often, the downwind hazard area distance (DHD) is plotted as a circle of 10 km radius. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB in CDR).

Example CDM AREAM/NFEA32// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1// CBRN 1 CHEM BRAVO/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/-// DELTA/030726ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/AA// GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/BEL/001/001/C// DELTA/030726ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/AA// GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/BEL/001/001/C// DELTA/030726ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/AA// GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/SN:GA/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/2KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY// PAPAX/030700ZAPR2010/MGRS:31UDS8750050000// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// GENTEXT/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//

Figure 3 - 1. Simplified Procedures Case 1 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area,

Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM. (2) Plot a point at the approximate centre of the release area. (3) Draw the release area as a circle with a radius equal to 2 km centred at the release point. (4) Draw the hazard area as a circle with a radius equal to 10 km centred at the release point. (5) Prepare CBRN 3 CHEM messages for units and installations within the hazard area. (6) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of

Release, Location of Release and Substance. (7) Transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the hazard area in

accordance with SOPs. 2. Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 Km/h. The wind direction will be more stable, therefore, draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to 10 km, which is the DHD. Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the release location equal to 4 km (2 X radius circle). Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle.

Release Area r = 2 km

DHD r = 10 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example CDM AREAM/NFEA32// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/030900ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/015/4/10/4/6/1// CBRN 1 CHEM ALFA/BEL/001/001/C// BRAVO/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/-// DELTA/030726ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/AA// GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/BEL/001/001/C// DELTA/030726ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/-// GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/BEL/001/001/C// DELTA/030726ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/-// GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/2KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY// PAPAX/030700ZAPR2010/MGRS:31UDS8650048300/MGRS:31UDS8550050000/MGRS:31UDS8650051700/MGRS:31UDS9760057900/MGRS:31UDS9740041800// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 2. Simplified Procedures Case 2 - Chemical Weapon Hazard Area, Wind Speed > 10 km/h

(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM. (2) Plot a point at the approximate centre of the release area. (3) Draw the release area as a circle with a radius equal to 2 km centred at the release point. (4) Draw the hazard area as a line equal to a line in the downwind direction starting at the

release location of length equal to 10 km centred at the release point. (5) Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind

direction. (6) Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the

release location equal to twice the radius of the release area circle. (7) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular

line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle. (8) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the

hazard area in accordance with SOPs. (9) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of

Release, Location of Release and Substance. 0311. Immediate Warning 1. This simplified procedure mentioned above is for immediate warning only. As soon as possible the detailed procedure discussed below must be carried out.

Release Area 30

30

DOWNWIND DIR. 090°

GN

Max DHD = 10 km 2 km

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION III – CHEMICAL WEAPON HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURES 0312. Types of Chemical Weapon Releases 1. There are three Types of releases:

a. Type A – Air Contaminating Attack. Release following an attack with an air contaminating

(non-persistent) chemical agent. b. Type B – Ground Contaminating Attacks. Release following an attack with a ground

contaminating (persistent) chemical agent. c. Type C – Chemical Agent Release of Unknown Origin. Detection of a chemical agent following

an unobserved release.

Notes: (1) Type A attack is considered the immediate, short period worst-case attack scenario

because it is an immediate hazard. Assume a Type A attack if: - Liquid agent cannot be observed or; - No passive methods or indicators confirm the hazard to be a persistent agent.

(2) For Blood Agents, the release area is similar to Type A, Case 1, (a circle of 1 km

radius) but with no hazard area. Alternatively, plot on the map the attack information in accordance with national directives.

2. These Types are further subdivided into Cases based on radius of release area, air stability and the wind speed. These are outlined in the table below. Procedures for determining the downwind hazard are detailed in the following paragraphs. 3. The earliest time of arrival (ETA) for a chemical cloud can be computed by using the downwind distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 1.5. The distance to the points considered must be measured from the downwind edge (outer edge for Case “1”) of the release area.

4. The latest time of arrival (LTA) for a chemical cloud can be computed by using the downwind distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 0.5. Arrival times are computed using these adjusted wind speeds and the downwind travel distances for each time period. The distance to the points considered must be measured from the upwind edge (circle centre for Case “1”) of the release area. The following formula will be used to estimate the latest time of arrival (LTA) for Type A for a chemical cloud or vapour to arrive at a point of interest.

Note: 1. Only ETAs need to be calculated and sent for warnings only. 2. ETAs in minutes to be added to the time of Release. 3. ETAs and LTAs to be converted to DTG. 4. ETAs to be round down.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

5. LTAs to be round up. 6. For Case 1 use wind speed of 10 km/h.

5. A line should be drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, which passes through the location of unit or installation. For the time period containing the location of unit or installation, the distance along the downwind path to the perpendicular line is divided by the adjusted wind speed. For previous time periods the downwind travel distance is divided by the adjusted wind speed. For previous time periods the downwind travel distance is divided by the adjusted wind speed. The earlist arrival time or latest time of arrival is the sum of the contributing times; from the last time period back through the time period containing the release. Some residual airborne cloud mass may remain behind the area contained between the leading and trailing edges.

6. Calculated arrival times are used for warning only. The actual arrival can only be determined by detection.

E.g. Point of interest is 12 km away from the centre of the release, the wind 8 km/h, therefore 10

km/h must be used in this example.

12 km (10 km/h X 0.5) X 60

= 144 mins = 2 hr and 24 minutes for the LTA to the point of interest.

X 60

= 48 minutes for the ETA to the point of interest. 12 km (10 km/h X 1.5)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 3 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Chemical Weapons Release Hazard Areas

Types Cases Type of Containers Wind Speed

Radius of Release

Area Hazard

Distance Figures

A

(Non Persistent Agents)

1 BML, BOM, RKT, SHL, MNE, NKN, surface burst MSL

≤ 10 km/h = 1 km 10 km(1)

2 BML, BOM, RKT, SHL, MNE, NKN, surface burst MSL

> 10 km/h = 1 km

10 km/ (2) 15 km/ 30 km/ 50 km

B

(Persistent Agents)

1 BML, SHL, MNE, surface burst RKT and MSL

≤ 10 km/h = 1 km 10 km(1)

2 BML, SHL, MNE, surface burst RKT and MSL

> 10 km/h = 1 km 10 km

3 BOM, NKN, air burst RKT and MSL

≤ 10 km/h = 2 km 10 km(1)

4 BOM, NKN, air burst RKT and MSL

> 10 km/h = 2 km 10 km

5 SPR, GEN ≤ 10 km/h = 1 km 10 km(1)

6 SPR, GEN > 10 km/h = 1 km 10 km

C

(Unobserved) 1

Detection after unobserved release (CBRN 4 CHEM message)

10 km

Notes for Table 3 - 1:

(1) Apply when wind direction and speed is less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind direction is reported as variable (VAB).

(2) See Table 3 - 2.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0313. Chemical Plotting Decision Tree

Figure 3 - 3. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree

Chemical Attack

Observed? CBRN 1

Blood Agent?

Is it persistent?

Determine Radius at Release Area (Delivery Means)

BML, SHL, MNE, Surface Burst RKT and MSL

Release Area is 1 km

NO

YES

Type C – Detection after Unobserved

Attack (CBRN 4 Chem message)

10 km Radius circle around centre of

detection location

Blood Agent

IAW national directives Recommend 1 km

Release Area radius

BOM, NKN, Airburst RKT and MSL


SPR (Tank) and GEN (Aerosol),


Type A Case 1

1 km Rel. radius 10 km Haz. radius

Type A Case 2

1 km Rel. radius

Type B Case 1


Type B Case 2

1 km Release radius 10 km DHD

Type B Case 3


Type B Case 4


Type B Case 5

1 km Release radius

Type B Case 6


Liquid Agent?

Not known

NO

YES

YES Type B

NO YES

Wind Speed >10 km/h

NO YES

Wind Speed >10 km/h

NO YES

Wind Speed >10 km/h

NO YES

Wind Speed >10 km/h

5, 6, 7 S

4 N

Stability

50 30 15 Surface Burst Missile, Bombs, Rockets, and unknown munitions (MSL, BOM, RKT, NKN)

50 30 10 Shell, Bomblet, Mines (SHL, BML, MNE)

1, 2, 3 U

Type of Container

Determine DHD in km

Calculate validity time

Total Distance (template) km X 60 (mins) 0.5 X Windspeed 2 to 6 days

1 to 12days up to1 day

3 to 10 days 2 to 4 days

up to 2 days

<10°C 11°-20°C

>20°C

Within Hazard Area (Number of Days)

Within Release Area (Number of Days)

Daily Mean Surface Air Temp

YES

NO Type A

NO

Probable time after ground contamination at which Unmasking Procedures may be carried out.

20081101 Flowcharts for Chemical Releases ATP-45(D)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0314. Type A - Air Contaminating Attack and Downwind Hazard Area Distance (Kilometres) "On Land" 1. Chemical weapon attacks involving the release of chemical agents creating an air contaminating (non-persistent) hazard will be realized when an adversary uses bomblets (BML), bombs (BOM), rocket (RKT), shell (SHL), Mine (chemical filled only) (MNE), not known (NKN), and surface burst missile (MSL). 2. Type A can be further subdivided into two Cases:

a. Case 1. Wind speed less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind direction is considered variable (also reported as VAB).

b. Case 2. Wind speed is greater than 10 km/h.

3. The following information is required:

a. CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM; and b. Detailed MET information e.g. CBRN CDM, or similar information.

Note: If detailed MET information is not available, the air stability category should be determined

by using (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category, and this category should be adjusted using Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment). The downwind direction and downwind speed must be measured locally.

Example

CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C// DELTA/271630ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:33UUB2060030000/AA// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/-/10KM/-// PAPAX/271630ZAPR2010/MGRS:33UUB2060030000// YANKEE/105DGT/009KPH// ZULU/4/18C/9/-/2// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ TYPE A, CASE 1//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 4. Type A, Case 1 - Wind Speed ≤10 km/h

(1) Obtain the location of the attack from the relevant CBRN CHEM message(s) and plot it on

the map. (2) Draw a circle, radius 1 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this

circle represents the release area.

(3) Draw a circle, radius 10 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this circle represents the hazard area.

(4) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to those units and installations within the hazard

area in accordance with SOPs.

(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.

Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/003/C// DELTA/271647ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPG5600075000/AA// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/-/30KM/-// PAPAX/271600ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UPG6740079100/MGRS:32UPG5570075900/MGRS:32UPG5500075200/MGRS:32UPG5520074200/MGRS:32UPG5380065700// YANKEE/105DGT/015KPH// ZULU/4/15C/8/-/0// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE A, CASE 2//

Release Area r = 1 km DHD

r = 10 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Note: In order that a recipient of a CBRN 3 CHEM be able to plot the downwind hazard easily and quickly, set GENTEXT/CBRNINFO may contain the type, case and the downwind hazard area distance.

Figure 3 - 5. Type A, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h


the map. (2) From the centre of the attack location, draw a GN line. (3) Draw a circle, radius 1 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this

circle represents the release area. (4) Using the valid CBRN CDM, or from locally measured data, identify the air stability

category (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment), the downwind direction and the downwind speed.

(5) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction. (6) Determine the downwind hazard area distance:

(a) If no more detailed information is available, go to the following table using the appropriate air stability category and means of delivery.

Table 3 - 2. Type A, Case 2, Downwind Hazard Area Distance

Type of Container Distance from centre of release area along downwind axis, when stability condition is:

U N S

Shell, Bomblets and Mines. (SHL, BML, MNE)

10 KM 30 KM 50 KM

Surface burst Missiles, Bombs, Rockets, and Unknown Munitions. (MSL, BOM, RKT, NKN) 15 KM 30 KM 50 KM

Release Area 30

30

DOWNWIND DIR. 105°

TN

DHD = 30 km 1 km

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(b) If more detailed information is available regarding agent type, means of delivery and wind speed use the tables Table 3 - 3 and Table 3 - 4 or the equations in AEP-45.

(7) Plot the maximum downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the

downwind line. (8) From the maximum downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind

direction line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line. (9) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 2 km. This is equal

to twice the radius of the release area. (10) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area

circle, and extend them until they intersect with the maximum downwind distance line. (See (8) above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind line.

(11) The hazard area is taken to be the area bounded by:

(a) The upwind edge of the release area circle. (b) The two 30° tangents. (c) The maximum downwind distance line.

(12) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard

area in accordance with SOPs. (13) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Attack,

Location of Attack and Agent.

Table 3 - 3. Downwind Hazard Area Distance for SARIN and SOMAN (km) versus Wind

Speed (km/h) and Air Stability, on LAND

Table 3 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area Distance for SARIN and SOMAN (km) versus Wind

Speed (km/h) and Air Stability, on LAND

Size of Release : SML Size of Release :LRG STABILITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DOSE STABILITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DOSE

WIND 11 – 17 km/h

<1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 5 LCt50 WIND 11 – 17 km/h

<1 5 5 5 10 10 10 LCt50 5 5 10 10 15 15 15 ICt5 10 20 25 40 50 45 35 ICt5 5 10 10 15 20 25 20 MIOSIS 15 25 40 55 65 60 45 MIOSIS

WIND 18 – 26 km/h

<1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 18 – 26 km/h

<1 5 5 5 5 10 LCt50 5 5 5 10 15 20 ICt5 10 15 25 35 50 55 ICt5 5 5 10 15 20 25 MIOSIS 15 20 35 50 70 75 MIOSIS

WIND 27 – 36 km/h

<1 <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 27 – 36 km/h

<1 5 5 5 LCt50 5 5 10 10 ICt5 10 20 30 40 ICt5 5 10 10 15 MIOSIS 15 25 40 60 MIOSIS

WIND 37 – 45 km/h

<1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 37 – 45 km/h

<1 5 5 LCt50 5 5 10 ICt5 15 25 35 ICt5 5 10 15 MIOSIS 25 35 55 MIOSIS

WIND 46 – 54 km/h

<1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 46 – 54 km/h


WIND 55 – 63 km/h

<1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 55 – 63 km/h




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Note: When information concerning type of containers is not available, use the figures for missiles, bombs and unknown munitions.

0315. Type B - Ground Contaminating Attacks 1. Chemical weapon attacks involving the release of chemical agents creating a ground contaminating (persistent) hazard will be realized when an adversary uses BML, SHL, MNE, Surface burst RKT, BOM, NKN, Air burst RKT, SPR, GEN and MSL. Type B can be further subdivided into six cases:

a. Case 1. BML, SHL, MNE, Surface burst RKT and MSL with wind speed less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind direction is considered variable (also reported as VAB).

b. Case 2. BML, SHL, MNE, Surface burst RKT and MSL with wind speed is greater than 10

km/h. c. Case 3. BOM, NKN, Air burst RKT and MSL with wind speed less than or equal to 10 km/h or

wind direction is considered variable (also reported as VAB). d. Case 4. BOM, NKN, Air burst RKT and MSL with wind speed is greater than 10 km/h. e. Case 5. SPR and GEN with wind speed less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind direction is

considered variable (also reported as VAB). f. Case 6. SPR and GEN with wind speed is greater than 10 km/h.

2. The following information is required: a. CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM; b. The daily mean surface temperature; and c. Detailed Met information e.g. CBRN CDM, or similar information.

3. The daily mean surface temperature is needed for the estimation of the probable time after which personnel may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more chemical hazard (Table 3 - 5).

Table 3 - 5. Type B, Probable Time Required before Mask Removal after a release Daily mean surface air

temperature Within release area (number of days)

Within hazard area (number of days)

< 10° C 10° - 20° C

> 20° C

3 to 10 2 to 4 up to 2

2 to 6 1 to 2 up to 1

Assumptions: The estimates assume ground contamination densities up to 10 g/m2. In making hazard estimates, vapour has been considered to be the determining factor within

the release area as well as in the downwind hazard area. The duration of hazard from contact with bare skin is, however, difficult to predict. The duration can only be determined by the use of chemical agent detection or confirmation devices.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

When temperatures are considerably lower than 0 ºC, the duration of contamination may be longer than indicated in the table. The absence of vapour does not preclude the presence of contamination.

Daily mean surface air temperature may be obtained from local MET sources. The air stability category is not considered in Type B hazard prediction. The maximum

downwind distance is always 10 km.

Example

CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C// DELTA/271630ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:33UUB2060030000/AA// GOLF/OBS/-/-/SHL/-// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/2-4 DAY/10KM/1-2 DAY// PAPAX/271630ZAPR2010/MGRS:33UUB2060030000// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 1//

Figure 3 - 6. Type B, Case 1 - Wind Speed ≤10 km/h


the map. (2) Draw a circle, radius 1 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this

circle represents the release area. (3) Draw a circle, radius 10 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this

circle represents the hazard area. (4) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to those units and installations within the hazard



DHD r = 10 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of

Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.

(6) Using Table 3 – 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more chemical hazard.

Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/011/C// DELTA/271650ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNH2500001000/AA// GOLF/OBS/-/-/SHL/-// INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/2-4DAY/10KM/1-2DAY// PAPAX/271600ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNH3710002000/MGRS:32UNH2500002000/MGRS:32UNH2410001500/MGRS:32UNH2410000500/MGRS:32UNG3010090000// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 2//

Figure 3 - 7. Type B, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h


the map. (2) From the centre of the attack location, draw a GN Line. (3) Draw a circle, radius 1 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this

circle represents the release area. (4) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction. (5) Plot the 10 km downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind

line.

Release Area 30

30

DOWNWIND DIR. 120°

GN

DHD = 10 km 1 km

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(6) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction

line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line. (7) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 2 km. This is equal


circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line. (See (6) above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind line.

(9) Using Table 3 - 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel

may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more chemical hazard.


area in accordance with SOPs. (11) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of


Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/BEL/A234/001/C// DELTA/030726ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/EE// GOLF/OBS/BOM/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/TS:V/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/2KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY// PAPAX/030726ZAPR2010/MGRS:31UDS8750050000// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 3//

Figure 3 - 8. Type B, Case 3 - Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h


the map.


DHD r = 10 km

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(2) Draw a circle, radius 2 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this

circle represents the release area.

(3) Draw a circle, radius 10 km, around the centre of the attack location. The area within this circle represents the hazard area.

(4) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to those units and installations within the hazard


(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Attack, Location of Attack and Agent.

(6) Using Table 3 – 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel


Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/006/C// DELTA/181730ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNH3200001000/EE// INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/02KM/2-4DAY/10KM/1-2DAY// PAPAX/181700ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNH4410005100/MGRS:32UNH3160002900/MGRS:32UNH3010001600/MGRS:32UNG3040099700/MGRS:32UNG3860089900// YANKEE/110DGT/020KPH// ZULU/4/16C/-/-/2// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 4//

Figure 3 - 9. Type B, Case 4 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h


the map.

Release Area 30°

30

DOWNWIND DIR. 110°

TN

DHD = 10 km 2 km

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(2) Estimate the centre of the release area, and draw a circle, radius 2 km around that centre

point. (3) From the centre of the release area, draw a GN Line. (4) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction. (5) Plot the 10 km downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind

line. (6) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction

line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line. (7) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 4 km. This is equal


circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line (See (6) above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind line.

(9) Using Table 3 - 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel




Attack, Location of Attack and Agent. Example CDM AREAM/NFEA12// ZULUM/031200ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010/031900ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1// CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/014/C// DELTA/031330ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG4200062000/EE/MGRS:32UNG4350062000/EE// GOLF/SUS/-/-/SPR// INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/2-4DAY/010KM/1-2DAY// PAPAX/031300ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNG4200062000/MGRS:32UNG4350062000// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 5//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 10. Type B, Case 5 -

Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point at each extreme end.

(2) Connect the end points to form one or more attack lines. (3) Draw a 1 km radius circle around each end point. (4) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the

attack line, to designate the release area. (5) Draw a 10 km radius around each 1 km circle at the end points. (6) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the

attack line, to designate the hazard area. (7) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the



(9) Using Table 3 – 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more chemical hazard.

Example CDM AREAM/NFEA43// ZULUM/031200ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010/031900ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/155/015/4/10/-/6/1// CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/007/C// DELTA/031350ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:33UUC3300006000/EE/MGRS:33UUC3700006100/EE//

GN

Hazard Area



DHD r = 10 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

GOLF/OBS/-/-/SPR/-// INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/2-4DAY/10KM/1-2DAY// PAPAX/031300ZAPR2010/MGRS:33UUB3500094100/MGRS:33UUB3000994000/MGRS:33UUC3200006100/MGRS:33UUC3260006900/MGRS:33UUC3660007000/MGRS:33UUC3760006900/MGRS:33UUC4750000000// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE B, CASE 6//

Figure 3 - 11. Type B, Case 6 -

Any Dimension of Release Area > 2 km. Wind Speed > 10 km/h

(1) Estimate the release area from the CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot it on a map.

(2) Identify and mark the extremities of the estimated release area, and connect the end

points to form one or more attack lines. (3) Using the extremities as centre points, draw circles, radius of 1 km, around each point.

Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the attack line, to designate the release area.

(4) Draw a Grid North line from the centre of each circle. (5) Consider each circle as a separate release area and carry out the following procedure for

each release area:

(a) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction. (b) Plot the 10 km downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the

downwind line.

(c) From the 10 km downwind distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.

30

30

30

30

“B” “A”

Release Area

GN

Downwind Direction 155 °

DHD 10 KM

GN

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(d) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, 2 km. This is

equal to twice the radius of the release area.

(e) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area circle, and extend them until they intersect with the 10 km downwind distance line. (See (5) (c) above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind line.

(f) Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 vapour hazard areas (Points

"A" and "B".

(6) Using Table 3 - 5, find the probable time after ground contamination at which personnel may consider removing their respirators after confirmation by measurement of no more chemical hazard.




0316. Type C – Chemical Agent Release of Unknown Origin 1. The following hazard prediction plotting procedures will be used for the calculation of a hazard area following the detection of a chemical agent after an unobserved release. Type C, has only one case (Case 1).

Figure 3 - 12. Type C, Case 1 – Chemical Agent release of Unknown Origin

(1) Obtain the location of detection from the relevant CBRN 4 CHEM message (set QUEBEC)

and then plot it on the map. (2) Draw a circle with a 10 km radius around the centre of the detection location. The area

within this circle represents both the release area and the hazard area. (3) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard


DHD r = 10 km

Release Area Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(4) If a new CBRN 4 CHEM message, that cannot be allocated to a strike, specifies a location

outside of the hazard area, repeat procedures for the new location. (5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV – TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE

0317. General 1. Chemical agents and TIC, which are commonly used in industrial processes, are stored and transported in various tanks and containers depending on their physical conditions. They also present a wide range of hazards, e.g. toxic, corrosive, flammable, oxidizing etc. and often there is a combination of hazards. Some chemicals are unstable and might react violently with water, with other chemical substances, or on changes of the temperature and pressure. TICs can be handled as solids, liquids or gases. In order to simplify the handling of gases they are often liquefied. This is attained either by storing them under pressure or at low temperature. Further, on industrial sites, TICs are stored in various stationary tanks that can contain several hundred tons of chemicals. The tanks are often connected to extensive pipe-systems. Chemicals are also transported in ships both in chemical tankers and in pressurized tanks onboard ships and barges. Transportation of TICs is embraced by international regulations supervised by the United Nations. 2. The potentially largest hazard arises from toxic and/or corrosive gases stored under pressure. Due to the pressure a release is rapidly disseminated into the atmosphere both in gaseous and aerosolized form. Such a chemical cloud could travel with the wind several kilometres. Liquids, especially when volatile, can also create toxic clouds e.g. by evaporation from a pool of spilled chemicals. A special hazard arises when chemicals are set on fire or released into a fire. 3. These hazards arising from chemical substances release scenarios have been reviewed to reduce the very large number of possible release scenarios. These scenarios, which do not involve a chemical weapon attack, are covered herein under the type ”D”. 0318. Release Area – Simplified Procedures 1. The release area is drawn as a circle of 1 km radius, centred at the release location. 2. Where multiple release locations are reported in set FOXTROT, draw a 1 km radius circle for each location. A CBRN 1 having multiple FOXTROT locations is not necessarily related to a line source because:

a. The information about a line release may be missing in the message; or

b. The message may be a report of 2 point releases.

0319. Hazard Area – Simplified Procedures 1. Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 Km/h. The hazard area is plotted as a circle of 3 km radius. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB). The distance of 3 km represents the fact that most releases will fall within 1 km. Worst-case distances would lead to unrealistically long distances in most cases. The distance of 3 km creates some time (12 min at windspeed 15 km/h) to take action if more information should indicate a longer distance. The 3 km distance is also used for other cases with uncertain circumstances, such as substance unknown. Example CBRN 3 CHEM with ONE FOXTROT LOCATION ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C// DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG5000050000/AA// GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SMLCHEM// INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-/-//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-// PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/MGRS:32UNG5000050000// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW// CBRN 3 CHEM with Moving Source ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C// DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/122035ZDEC2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG5000050000/AA/MGRS:32UNG6500050000/AA// GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SMLCHEM// INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-// PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/MGRS:32UNG5000050000/MGRS:32UNG6500050000// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW//



Figure 3 - 13. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 1

2. Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 Km/h. Draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to 3 km. Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the release location equal to 2 km. The length of this line is twice the radius of the release area. Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle. These two lines will be at a 30º angle from the downwind direction line. Substance type and persistency not known.

GN



DHD r = 3 km

Release Area r = 1 km DHD

r = 3 km

Hazard Area Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example CBRN 3 CHEM with ONE FOXTROT LOCATION ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C// DELTA/122030ZDEC2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG5000050000/AA// GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SML// INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/3KM/-// PAPAX/122000ZDEC2010/32UNG4950049140/MGRS:32UNG4900050000/MGRS:32UNG4950050870/MGRS:32UNG5300052880/MGRS:32UNG5300047110// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/INFO BASED ON SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES CALCULATION. DETAILED PROCEDURES CALCULATION TO FOLLOW// CBRN 3 CHEM with MULTIPLE FOXTROT LOCATION ALFA/DNK/A234/004/C// DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32VMH7470038800/EE/MGRS:32VMH7490038800/EE// GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/CON/SML// INDIA/SURF/NKN/NKN// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/96HR/3KM/48HR// PAPAX/280900ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VMH8460031800/MGRS:32VMH8460032900/MGRS:32VMH8560033500/MGRS:32VMH8460034100/MGRS:32VMH8470045600/MGRS:32VMH7420039600/MGRS:32VMH7400039500/MGRS:32VMH7390039400/MGRS:32VMH7380039300/MGRS:32VMH7380039200/MGRS:32VMH7370039100/MGRS:32VMH7370038900/MGRS:32VMH7370038800/MGRS:32VMH7360026600/MGRS:32VMH8360032400/MGRS:32VMH8460031800// GENTEXT/-//

Wind Speed > 10 km/h


Figure 3 - 14. Simplified Procedures, Type D, Case 2

(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point at the approximate centre of the release area.

(2) Draw a 1 km radius circle around that point.

30°

30°

30°

30°

“B” “A”

Release Area

GN

DHD = 3 km

1 km

Hazard Area

Release Area 30

30

DOWNWIND DIR. 090°

GN

DHD = 3 km 1 km

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(3) Draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to 3

km. (4) Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind


release location equal to 2 km, which is twice the length of the release area radius. (6) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular



Release, Location of Release and Substance. 0320. Immediate Warning 1. This simplified procedure mentioned above is for immediate warning only. As soon as possible the detailed procedure discussed below must be carried out.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION V – TYPE D, CHEMICAL SUBSTANCE HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURE 0321. Sub-types of Chemical Substance Releases 1. Due to the differences in release types, hazard prediction methodology for detailed procedures must be broken down into three Sub-types.

a. Sub-type 1 - Point Source Release from Tank or Container. Release resulting from a stationary

tank or container (this Sub-type includes leakage from bulk storage of chemical agents and leaking chemical munitions);

b. Sub-type 2 - Moving Source Release from Tank or Container. Release from a leaking tank or

container on the move, resulting in the dispersion of a chemical over an extended distance; and

c. Sub-type 3 - Chemical Substance Unobserved Release. Procedures to be used for the calculation of a hazard area following the detection of a chemical substance after an unobserved release.

2. The earliest time of arrival (ETA) for a chemical cloud for Type D can be computed by using the downwind distance path and the wind speed multiplied by 1.5. The distance to the points considered must be measured from the downwind edge of the release area.

3. The latest time of arrival (LTA) for a chemical cloud Type D can be computed by using the

downwind distance path and the wind speed multiplied by 0.5. Arrival times are computed using these adjusted wind speeds and the downwind travel distance. The distance to the points considered must be measured from the upwind edge of the release area. The following formula will be used to estimate the latest time of arrival (LTA) for Type D for a chemical cloud or vapour to arrive at a point of interest.

Note: 1. Only ETAs need to be calculated and sent for warnings only. 2. ETAs in minutes to be added to the time of Release. 3. ETAs and LTAs to be converted to DTG. 4. ETAs to be round down. 5. LTAs to be round up.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

5. A line should be drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, which passes through

the location of unit or installation. The distance along the downwind path to the perpendicular line is divided by the adjusted wind speed. Some residual airborne cloud mass may remain behind the area contained between the leading and trailing edges.

6. Calculated arrival times are used for warning only. The actual arrival can only be determined

by detection.

E.g. Point of interest is 12 km away from the centre of the release, the wind 8 km/h, therefore 10

km/h must be used in this example.

12 km (10 km/h X 0.5) X 60

= 144 mins = 2 hr and 24 minutes for the LTA to the point of interest

X 60

= 48 minutes for the ETA to the point of interest 12 km (10 km/h X 1.5)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 3 - 6. Type D - Summary of Chemical Substances Release Hazard Areas

Type of Release Size of Release Stability (U or N/S) Prediction Method Wind Speed

(km/h) Case D1 CBRN 3 Graphic

D2 CBRN 3 Graphic

Point Source Example UN/ID 1017 - Chlorine3

Immediate Warning All Sizes

Unstable (U)

Simplified Procedures

Release Area

1 km Hazard Area

3 km

≤10 km/h 1

N/A Neutral or

Stable (N or S)

> 10 km/h 2

Point Release Sub-type 1

(D1)

and

Moving Release Sub-type 2

(D2)

Small

≤ 200 litres (SML)

Unstable (U)

ERG UN/ID (Green-Bordered

Pages)

SMALL - DAY

≤ 10 km/h 1

Release Area 60 m

Hazard Area

400 m > 10 km/h 2

Neutral or Stable

(N or S)


Pages)

SMALL - NIGHT

≤ 10 km/h 1

Release Area 60 m

Hazard Area

1.5 km > 10 km/h 2

Medium

> 200 litres

Unstable (U)


Pages) ≤ 10 km/h 1

Release Area 500 m

3 IAW ERG 2012 Table 1



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



D2 CBRN 3 Graphic


≤ 1500 kg (MED)

LARGE - DAY

> 10 km/h 2

Hazard Area 3.0 km

Neutral or Stable

(N or S)


Pages)

LARGE - NIGHT

≤ 10 km/h 1

Release Area 500 m

Hazard Area

7,9 km > 10 km/h 2

Large

> 1500 kg ≤ 50000 kg

(LRG) Or

Unknown Release Size

Unstable (U)


Pages)

2 x LARGE - DAY

≤ 10 km/h 1

Release Area 500 m

Hazard Area

6 km > 10 km/h 2

Neutral or Stable

(N or S)


Pages)

2 x LARGE - NIGHT

≤ 10 km/h 1

Release Area 500 m

Hazard Area

15,8 km > 10 km/h 2

Extra Large

Unstable (U)


Pages) ≤ 10 km/h 1

Release Area 500 m



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



D2 CBRN 3 Graphic


> 50000 kg (XLG)

6 x LARGE - DAY

> 10 km/h 2

Hazard Area 18 km

Neutral or Stable

(N or S)


Pages)

6 x LARGE - NIGHT

≤ 10 km/h 1

Release Area 500 m

Hazard Area

47,4 km > 10 km/h 2

Notes: 1. Moving Source Hazard Area Distance Reduction Factor. See paragraph 0324 for the procedures to establish the reduction factor to determine the downwind hazard area distance value for a moving source. 2. If there is a FIRE, or if a FIRE is Involved. Go directly to the appropriate guide (orange-bordered pages) in the ERG for the identified UN/ID substance, and use the evacuation information shown under PUBLIC SAFETY. This distance will be used to replace the isolation distance found in the Table of Initial Isolation and Protective Action Distances (green-bordered pages). The Hazard Area distance will remain the same as per the distances found in the green-bordered pages. Unobserved

Release Sub-type 3 (D3)

N/A N/A Release Area and

Hazard Area 3 km

N/A N/A

N/A N/A

Substance Unknown

Or

ERG or UN/ID Not Available

N/A N/A

Simplified Procedure

Release Area 1 km

Hazard Area

3 km

≤ 10 km/h 1

N/A

> 10 km/h 2



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



D2 CBRN 3 Graphic


Unknown Substance on

Fire or Release into Fire

N/A N/A

Release Area 1.6 km

Hazard Area

3 km

≤ 10 km/h 1

N/A

> 10 km/h 2



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0322. Chemical Substance – Type D - Plotting Decision Tree

Observed? CBRN

Point Release Sub Type 1

Substance Identified

Determine the Size of Release Table of Initial Isolation and Protective Action Distances

(Green Bordered Pages) • Small ≤200lts = ERG Small Spill • Medium >200lts ≤1500kg = ERG Large Spill • Large >1500kg ≤50000kg = ERG 2x Large Spill • Extra Large >50000kg = ERG 6x Large Spill • Unknown Size = ERG 2x Large Spill

Unstable (U) ERG Day Values

Neutral or Stable (N/S) ERG Night Values

Wind Speed >10km/h

Moving Release Sub Type 2 Go to Next Page

YES

Unobserved Release Sub Type 3 3 km Radius Circle around centre of detection location

Substance on Fire or released into Fire

Release Area 1.6 km Hazard Area 3 km

Release Area 1km Hazard Area 3 km

Wind Speed >10km/h

If there is a FIRE, or if a FIRE IS INVOLVED, go directly to the appropriate guide (orange-bordered pages) and use the evacuation

information shown under PUBLIC SAFETY, for Release Area distances. Hazard Area distance will remain as per green pages.

NO

NO

YES

NO

NO YES

YES

NO YES

Wind Speed >10km/h

NO YES

Wind Speed >10km/h

NO YES NO YES

Determine Stability

20080414 Type D Flow Cart -



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 15. Type D, Chemical Substance Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0323. Type D, Sub-type 1 – Point Source Release from Tank or Container 1. The release from a tank or a container may be intended or accidental. The size of the hazard area resulting from a release from a damaged container, tank, or pipe connected to a tank is mainly depending of three factors (in addition to the meteorological factors):

a. The properties of the chemical substance; b. The amount of chemical substance released; and c. The size of the break or burst.

2. Although not critical, it is important to identify the actual chemical substance involved. This can be attained by using the 4-digit UN ID number or CAS number, which is displayed on placards on containers and tanks and should be stated in field 2 of set INDIA. The ID number (or the name of the substance, if known) can then be used to find the appropriate procedure in the ERG. This also applies to releases from bulk storage of chemical agents or leaking chemical agent munitions. (Chemical agents hazard distances for Type D are listed under ID number 2810 in the green section of ERG). 3. The size of the release should be stated in field 5 of set GOLF as follows:

a. Small release (SMLCHEM) – 200 litres or less; b. Medium release (MEDCHEM) – more than 200 litres but 1500 kg or less (equal to ERG large

spill); c. Large release (LRGCHEM) – More than 1500 kg but 50000 kg or less (equal to 2 x ERG large

spill); and d. Extra large release (XLGCHEM) – 50000 kg or more (equal to 6 x ERG large spill). Notes:

Normal practice when dealing with values greater than 200 litres shows that weight is used as the unit of measurement. A conversion factor of 1.0 can be used between litres and kg (e.g. 50 kg corresponds to 50 litres)

4. The procedures for Sub-type 1 is as follows:

a. Stability Category. Using the valid CBRN CDR, or from locally measured data, identify the air stability category (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment): (1) Unstable (U) use the day values in ERG (green section); (2) Stable (S) use night values; and (3) Neutral (N), use night values.

b. Release Area. The release area is assumed to be a circle having a radius equal to the

isolation distance from the ERG (green section). For small releases use ERG small spill values. For medium and larger releases, use ERG large spill values. If the distance is not found in the green section of the ERG, the orange section should be used. If the ID number or the ERG is not available, use a radius of 1000 m. As soon as possible when more information is available, a different radius may be specified in GENTEXT. Draw the circle of the specified radius centred at the release location.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

c. Spill Size Correction Factors. The hazard area will be calculated using the following size correction factors as guidelines for spill sizes:

(a) Small Release – use ERG small spill values; (b) Medium Release – use ERG large spill values;

(c) Large Release – Multiply the ERG large spill values by 2;

(d) Extra Large release – Multiply the ERG large spill values by 6; and

(e) Unknown release size – Multiply the ERG large spill values by 2.

d. Water-Reactive Substances. These are substances that produce toxic vapour upon contact

with water. If the substance is released into water (specified in set MIKER) and ERG classifies it as a water-reactive material, use the appropriate distances in ERG green section to determine release area and downwind hazard area distance (DHD).

e. Fire - Chemical Substances Considerations. When chemicals are set on fire or released into

fire many different substances may arise as products of the combustion process. These substances could be toxic even if the involved chemicals are not. Many chemical substances will also react violently to heat. Although a downwind hazard may arise there could also be hazards independent of wind conditions, e.g. from exploding tanks or containers. If there is a fire, or if a fire is involved, the release area is assumed to be a circle with radius equal to the ISOLATE distance obtained from the Fire information text in the ERG orange pages, under the Public Safety, Evacuation section irrespectively of the size and container type. If the ID number or the ERG is not available, use a distance of 1600 m. For the hazard area calculations follow the procedures as stated below.

f. Hazard Area Calculation:

(1) Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 km/h. The hazard distance is equal to the

protective action distance obtained from the ERG (green section) using the ID number and the size of the release. If the distance is not found in the green section of the ERG, the orange section should be used. If the ID number or the ERG is not available, use a distance of 3 km. The distance of 3 km represents the fact that most releases will fall within 1 km. Worst-case distances would lead to unrealistically long distances in most cases. The distance of 3 km creates some time (12 min at windspeed 15 km/h) to take action if more information should indicate a longer distance. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 16. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 1 - Point Source, Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

(2) Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 km/h. Draw a line in the downwind direction starting

at the release location of length equal to the downwind hazard area distance. Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance equal to twice the release area radius. Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle.

Figure 3 - 17. Type D, Sub-type 1; Case 2 - Point Source, Wind Speed > 10 km/h

(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM. (2) Plot a point at the approximate centre of the release area. (3) Determine the air stability category for a valid CBRN CDR.

(4) Determine the wind speed for a valid CBRN CDR.

(5) Determine the transport container.

Release Area 30°

30°

DOWNWIND DIR. 110°

G N

DHD = Y km X km

Hazard Area

Release Area

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(6) Determine the isolation distance from the ERG table 1(green section). If the distance is not found in the green section of the ERG, the orange section should be used. If the ID number or the ERG is not available, use a radius of 1 km.

(7) Draw a circle of the specified radius from the previous step centred at the release point. (8) Determine the downwind hazard area distance according to the size of the release. Apply

the size correction factors if applicable.

(9) Draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to ERG protective action distance.

(10) Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind


release location equal to twice the radius of the release area circle. (12) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular



Release, Location of Release and Substance. 0324. Type D, Sub-type 2 – Moving Source Release from Tank or Container 1. Moving Source Hazard Area Distance Reduction Factor. There is a relationship between the hazard distances for point and line sources depending on the relationship between the point source hazard distance and the length of the line source. If the length of the release is known (start and end point) and the substance and amount is known there can be an estimation of the hazard area distance using the ERG “PROTECT” area distance values. If the length of the release is unknown i.e. if the end or the start point is unknown, use a 3 km distance. The distance of 3 km represents the fact that most releases will fall within 1 km. 2. Stability Category. Using the valid CBRN CDR, or from locally measured data, identify the air stability category (Table 2 - 1. Determination of Stability Category and Table 2 - 2. Stability Category Adjustment):

a. Unstable (U) use the day values in ERG (green section); and b. Stable (S) and Neutral (N), use night values.

3. The relationship between the hazard distances for point and line sources is shown in the diagrams below and a few scenarios are presented.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Unstable conditions (ERG daytime)

Figure 3 - 18. Type D, Sub-type 2 – Unstable (ERG daytime) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction Factor

Note: The possibility to reduce the hazard area distance for a line source is dependant on the point source hazard distance and the length of the line source. When the line source length falls between two pre-established curved lines presented in the Hazard Distance Reduction Factor graph, use the lower value. For example, with an observed moving source for a distance of 3.4 km proceed to use the 3 km line source.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example Sub-type 2 Sulphur dioxide MED (200-1500 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Unstable (ERG daytime) conditions:

(1) From the ERG4 green pages extract the point source hazard distance (km) from the “DAY” column within the “LARGE SPILLS” column. In this case the extracted value is 5.6 km. (ID number 1079 from green pages).

(2) Enter the graph on the horizontal axis at the 5.6 km distance.

(3) Draw a vertical line until it intersects the desired curve (in this case select the 3 km

curved line).

(4) From this intersected point, draw a horizontal line to the left until it intersects the vertical axis of the graph.

(5) Extract the reduction factor. In this case “.52”. The hazard area distance can be

reduced to .52 in other words 52 % of the point source value extracted from the ERG.

(6) Multiply the point source hazard distance radius by the reduction factor “.52”. In this case 5.6 km X .52 = 2.912 km. The new distance (2.912 km) represents the line source hazard area distance.

Sulphur dioxide XLG (> 50.000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Unstable (ERG daytime) conditions : Use the ERG value multiplied by 6 (33.6 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance can be reduced to 90 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is 30.24 km, i.e. [(5.6 km X 6) X .9 = 30.24 km]. Chlorine LRG (1500-50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Unstable (ERG daytime) conditions: Use the ERG value multiplied by 2 (6 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance can be reduced to 54 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is 3.24 km, i.e. [(3 km X 2) X .54 = 3.24 km].

4 IAW ERG 2012



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Neutral or Stable conditions (ERG Night time)

Figure 3 - 19. Type D, Sub-type 2 – Neutral or Stable (ERG Night time) Line source Hazard Distance Reduction Factor

Note: When the line source length falls between two pre-established curved lines presented in the Hazard Distance Reduction Factor graph, use

the lower. For example, with an observed moving source for a distance of 3.4 km proceed to use the 3 km line source.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example Subtype 2 Sulphur dioxide MED (200-1500 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Neutral or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions:

(1) From the ERG green pages extract the point source hazard distance (km) from the “NIGHT” column within the “LARGE SPILLS” column. In this case the extracted value is 11 km.

(2) Enter the graph on the horizontal axis at the 11 km distance.

(3) Draw a vertical line until it intersects the desired curve (in this case the 3 km curved

line).

(4) From this intersected point, draw a horizontal line to the left until it intersects the vertical axis of the graph.

(5) Extract the reduction factor. In this case “.33”. The hazard area distance can be

reduced to .33 in other words 33 % of the point source value extracted from the ERG.

(6) Multiply the point source hazard distance radius by the reduction factor “.33”. In this case 11 km X .33 = 3.63 km. This new distance (3.63 km) represents the line source hazard area distance.

Sulphur dioxide XLG (> 50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Neutral or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions: Use the ERG value multiplied by 6 (66 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance can be reduced to 80 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is 52.8 km, i.e. [(11 km X 6) X .8 = 52.8 km]. Chlorine LRG (1500-50000 kg) line source release of 3 km, wind speed is 5 km/h under Neutral or Stable (ERG nighttime) conditions: Use the ERG value multiplied by 2 (15.8 km). If the length of the release is 3 km the hazard distance can be reduced to 44 % of the point source value. Therefore, in this example the hazard area radius is 6.952 km, i.e. [(7.9 km X 2) X .44 = 6.952 km]. 4. The procedures for Sub-type 2 are as follows:

a. Release Area. If the length of the release from a leaking tank or container on the move

resulting in the dispersion of a chemical over an extended distance is known (start and end point) and the substance and amount is known, the operator can then estimate the predicted release area distance using the ERG isolation distance value. For small releases use ERG small spill values. For medium and larger releases, use ERG large spill values. If the ID number or the ERG is not available, use a radius of 1000 m. As soon as possible when more information is available, a different radius may be specified in GENTEXT. In computer generated messages, the release area radius can be formatted as: RDS: XXXM or RDS: XXXKM, always using three digits for the radius.

b. Hazard Area:

(1) Case 1 - Wind Speed Less than or Equal to 10 km/h. The hazard distance is calculated using the protective action distance obtained from the ERG (green section), the ID number, taking into consideration the size of the release multiplied by the respective size correction factor when appropriate and the length of the release (start and end point) applying the corresponding day condition reduction factor. If the distance is not found in the green section of the ERG, the orange section should be used. If the ID number or the ERG are not available, use a distance of 3 km multiplied by the respective size correction



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

factor and by the corresponding day condition reduction factor. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB). If the hazard area distance after reduction factor calculations is smaller then the release area distance then use the release area distance as the hazard area distance value.

Example CDM AREAM/NFEA12// ZULUM/022300ZAPR2010/030000ZAPR2010/030600ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/008/6/10/-/6/1// CBRN 1 CHEM BRAVO/MGRS:32UNG4250062000/-// DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG4200062000/EE/MGRS:32UNG4500062000/EE// GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/TNK/LRGCHEM// INDIA/-/1017/-/-// MIKER/LIQUID/-// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CHLORINE// CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/014/C// DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG4200062000/EE/MGRS:32UNG4500062000/EE// INDIA/SURF/1017/-/-// MIKER/LIQUID/-// PAPAA/500M/-/6636M/- // PAPAX/030000ZAPR2010/-// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CHLORINE//

Figure 3 - 20. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 1 - Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

(1) Estimate the release area from a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point at each extreme end.

(2) Connect the end points to form one or more release lines. (3) Draw a circle around each end point using the Isolation value extracted from the ERG as

the radius.

GN

Release Area r = 500 m

Hazard Area

DHD r = 6636 m

GN



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(4) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the

release line, to designate the release area. (5) Draw a circle around each of the release area circle at the end points using the ERG

protective action distance multiplied by the respective size correction factor and by the corresponding Stable (6) condition reduction factor. In this case for ERG night time condition and a moving source length of 3 km (8 km X 2) X .43 = 6.88 km.

(6) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the

release line, to designate the hazard area. (7) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM messages to units and installations within the


Release, Location of Release and Substance.

(2) Case 2 - Wind Speed Greater than 10 km/h. Using the values obtained in the Case 1 calculation, draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to the downwind hazard area distance. Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind direction. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance equal to twice the release area radius. Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle. If the hazard area distance after reduction factor calculations is smaller then the release area distance then use the release area distance as the hazard area distance value.

Example CDM AREAM/NFEA12// ZULUM/022300ZAPR2010/03000ZAPR2010/030600ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/155/015/6/10/-/6/1// CBRN 1 CHEM BRAVO/MGRS:32UNG4250062000/-// DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG4200062000/EE/MGRS:32UNG4500062000/EE// GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/TNK/LRGCHEM// INDIA/-/1017/-/-// MIKER/LIQUID/-// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CHLORINE// CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/014/C// DELTA/030130ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG4200062000/EE/MGRS:32UNG4500062000/EE// INDIA/SURF/1017/-/-// MIKER/LIQUID/-// PAPAA/500M/-/6636M/-// PAPAX/030000ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNG4140062000/MGRS:32UNG4200062600/MGRS:32UNG4500062600/MGRS:32UNG5090058600/MGRS:32UNG4420055100/MGRS:32UNG4780055100// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE D, SUB-TYPE 2, CASE 2, CHLORINE//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 21. Type D, Sub-type 2, Case 2 - Wind Speed > 10 km/h

(1) Estimate the release area from the CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM and plot a point on

a map. (2) Identify and mark the extremities of the estimated release area, and connect the end

points to form one or more release lines. (3) Using the extremities as centre points, draw circles around each end point using the

Isolation value extracted from the ERG as the radius. (4) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the

release line, to designate the release area. (5) Draw a GN line from the centre of each circle. (6) Consider each circle as a separate release area and carry out the following procedure for

each release area:

(a) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction. (b) Plot the downwind distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind line

using the ERG protective action distance multiplied by the respective size correction factor and by the corresponding day condition reduction factor.

(c) At the downwind distance point, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction

line. Extend the line either side of the downwind direction line.

(d) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area, twice the release area radius.

(e) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area

circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendicular line drawn from the

30°

30°

30°

30°

“B” “A”

Release Area

GN

DHD 6.636 KM

Downwind Direction 155 °

GN

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

downwind distance line. (See (6) (c) above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind line.

(7) Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 vapour hazard areas (Points "A"

and "B"). (8) Prepare and transmit CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard


Release, Location of Release and Substance. 0325. Type D, Sub-type 3 - Unobserved Release 1. The following hazard prediction plotting procedures will be used for the calculation of a hazard area following the detection of a chemical substance after an unobserved release. Type D, Sub-type 3, has only one case (Case 1).

Figure 3 - 22. Type D, Sub-type 3, Case 1

(1) Obtain the location of detection from the relevant CBRN 4 CHEM message (set QUEBEC) and then plot it on the map.

(2) Draw a circle with a 3 km radius around the centre of the detection location. The area

within this circle represents both the release area and the hazard area. The distance of 3 km represents the fact that most releases will fall within 1 km. Worst-case distances would lead to unrealistically long distances in most cases. The distance of 3 km creates some time (12 min at wind speed 15 km/h) to take action if more information should indicate a longer distance. The 3 km distance is also used for other cases with uncertain circumstances, such as substance unknown.

(3) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the predicted hazard


(4) If a new CBRN 4 CHEM message, that cannot be allocated to a release, specifies a location outside of the hazard area, repeat procedures for the new location.

Release Area and Hazard Area r = 3 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(5) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Attack, Location of release and substance.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VI – RECALCULATION OF PREDICTED DOWNWIND HAZARD AREAS 0326. General 1. The following procedures will be used to recalculate predicted downwind hazard areas after significant weather changes for Type A and Type B only. Recalculation procedures do not apply to Type C or Type D hazards. CBRN 3 CHEM messages must be revised when significant weather changes are considered to have occurred. These are:

a. A change in the general air stability category. This applies only to Type A, Case 2, attacks. b. The downwind direction changes by 30 degrees or more (only for Type A and B attacks). c. The wind speed:

(1) Increases from less than or equal to 10 km/h to more than 10 km/h (only for Type A). (2) Decreases from more than 10 km/h to less than or equal to 10 km/h (only for Type A and

B attacks).

d. Should any of the 3 situations above occur, then the downwind hazard plots and the associated CBRN 3 CHEM messages must be revised. Combinations of changes may occur. Recalculation must be carried out in accordance with the principles listed below.

e. Should the downwind hazard change from a Case 1 to a Case 2, the hazard area circle will

remain to warn units that residual hazards may exist within this area, but a new downwind direction hazard area for a case 2 should be plotted to identify the new primary hazard area for the current 2 hour CDR period.

0327. Calculation of the Maximum Downwind Hazard Area Distances 1. When significant weather changes occur, or are predicted, the following procedure for Type A attacks should be used to determine:

a. The distance the chemical agent cloud will have travelled prior to the change by using this formula:

d1 = u1 x t1, where d1 = distance travelled prior to change in weather conditions. u1 = downwind speed prior to change in weather conditions. t1 = time elapsed between the time of attack and the end of the current CDR time period. Note: If the distance travelled, as calculated above, is equal to or exceeds the original maximum downwind hazard area distance, then recalculation is not required. Measure the distance d1 along the downwind line and mark it. If that point is outside of the current CDR area, get the CDR for the area containing the new point and get the weather conditions for the next time period. Compare these weather conditions with those used for the current CDR time period and determine if significant weather changes are predicted. The distance the chemical cloud will travel after the change by using:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

d2 = H2 - d1

where d2 = remaining hazard distance. H2 = maximum hazard distance under the conditions prevailing after the change. d1 = distance travelled prior to change in weather conditions. Notes : If the second time period has a wind speed ≤ 10 km/h, always draw a circle with a radius of 10 km (as if d2 = 10 km) In constructing the hazard area, it must be kept in mind that the maximum hazard distance, valid during either set of weather conditions, must not be exceeded. If d2 ≤ 0, recalculation is not required.

2. The following table summarizes the Types and Cases that require recalculation due to changes specified above.

Table 3 - 7. Recalculation - Summary of Sub-types and Cases

CHANGES OF: Type A Type B

Case 1 Case 2 Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5 Case 6

Wind Speed from: > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h X X X X

Wind Speed from: ≤ 10 km/h to > 10 km/h X X X X

Wind Direction: > 30 DEG X X X X

Stability Category X



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

3. Type A, Case 1 changing to a Type A, Case 2. (Increase in wind from ≤ 10 km/h to > 10 km/h).

Example CBRN CDM AREAM/NFEA12// ZULUM/230800ZAPR2010/230900ZAPR2010/231500ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/140/008/4/06/8/-/2// XRAYM/140/012/4/10/8/-/2// YANKEEM/150/014/4/14/8/-/2// Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C// DELTA/231030ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32VNH4500095600/AA// GOLF/OBS/CAN/-/SHL/24// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/30KM/-// PAPAX/230900ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VNH4500095600// PAPAX/231100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VNH4230098500/MGRS:32VNH4650099400/MGRS:32VNH8100087200/MGRS:32VNH4790058500/MGRS:32VNH4110094600// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//

Example CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C// DELTA/231030ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32VNH4500095600/AA// GOLF/OBS/CAN/-/SHL/24// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ TYPE OF AGENT CONFIRMED BY CHEMICAL DETECTION KIT//

Figure 3 - 23. Recalculation, Type A, - From ≤ 10 km/h to > 10 km/h

(1) Calculate d1.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(2) Draw a circle around the centre of the original release area. Radius d1. The area inside this circle represents the new release area.

Note: If d1 > 10 km then use: d1 = 10 km. (3) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction. (4) From the centre of the release draw a Grid North line. (5) From where the downwind direction line cuts the new release area circle, measure and

mark the distance d2 on the downwind direction line. (6) From the d2 distance, draw a line at right angles to the downwind direction line, and

extend it either side of the downwind direction line. (7) Extend the downwind line, upwind from the centre of the release area by 2 x d1. This is

equal to twice the radius of the new release area. (8) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines which are tangents to the new release area

circle, and extend them until they intersect with the right angle line resulting from e.(6). (9) Prepare and transmit the revised CBRN 3 CHEM to units and installations in the new

predicted hazard area. (10) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 CHEM with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

4. Type A, Case 2 changing to a Type A, Case 1. (Decrease in Wind from > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h).

Example CBRN CDM AREAM/NFEB43// ZULUM/281400ZAPR2010/281500ZAPR2010/282100ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/018/4/14/8/-/2// XRAYM/090/008/4/10/8/4/2// YANKEEM/090/006/2/06/8/4/2// Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C// DELTA/281615ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPG3870076400/AA// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/12// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/24KM/-// PAPAX/281500ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UPG3820075500/MGRS:32UPG3770076400/MGRS:32UPG3820077300/MGRS:32UPG5220085300/MGRS:32UPG5220067400// PAPAX/281700ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UPG5180086400/MGRS:32UPG6160079800/MGRS:32UPG5840068500/MGRS:32UPG5220068300/MGRS:32UPG5220067400/MGRS:32UPG5080068200/MGRS:32UPG4660068100/MGRS:32UPG4540071400/MGRS:32UPG3820075500/MGRS:32UPG3770076400/MGRS:32UPG3820077300/MGRS:32UPG4580081600// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS OF 281700Z//

Example CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/005/C// DELTA/281615ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPG3870076400/AA// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/12// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ SYMPTOMS OF NERVE AGENT POISONING//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 24. Recalculation from Type A Case 2 to Type A Case 1 - From > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h

5. Type A, Attack, change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h.

Example CBRN CDM AREAM/NFEA12// ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/281500ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/120/014/4/06/8/-/2// XRAYM/120/009/4/10/8/-/2// YANKEEM/130/007/4/14/8/-/2// Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/009/C// DELTA/281030ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UMG8920076400/AA// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/17KM/-// PAPAX/280900ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UMG8830075900/MGRS:32UMG8830076900/MGRS:32UMG8920077400/MGRS:32UMG9780077400/MGRS:32UMG9270068400// PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UMG9530082900/MGRS:32UNG0480076000/MGRS:32UNG0110064800/MGRS:32UMG8940064800/MGRS:32UMG8580076000// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS OF 281100Z//

Example CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/009/C// DELTA/281030ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UMG8920076400/AA// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 25. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

6. Type A, Attack, change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h. Example CBRN CDM AREAM/NFEA12// ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/281500ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/120/014/4/06/8/-/2// XRAYM/120/009/4/10/8/-/2// YANKEEM/130/007/4/14/8/-/2// Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/013/C// DELTA/280930ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UMG8920076400/AA// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/31KM/-// PAPAX/280900ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UMG8830075900/MGRS:32UMG8830076900/MGRS:32UMG8920077400/MGRS:32UNG1400077400 /MGRS:32UNG0080054400// PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UMG8810076900/MGRS:32UMG8910077400/MGRS:32UNG1090077400/MGRS:32UNG1630070100/32UNG162622/32UNG088562/32UMG991570/MGRS:32UMG88200756// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED ON CHANGE IN WIND SPEED AS OF 281100Z//

Example CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/013/C// DELTA/280930ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UMG8920076400/AA// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 26. Recalculation, Type A - From > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h

(1) Calculate d1. (2) From the centre of the original release area, measure the distance d1 along the downwind

line and mark it. (3) Using that point as the centre, draw a circle with a 10 km radius, until it intersects the two

30° tangents from the original plot. (See Figure 3 - 24). (4) If the circle does not intersect the tangent lines, draw a line at right angles to the

downwind direction line at the d1 distance and mark the intersections with the tangent lines. From these points draw two new tangents to the 10 km radius circle (See Figure 3 - 26).

7. Type A, Case 2 Attack with a change in the Downwind Direction.

Example CBRN CDM AREAM/NFEB43// ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/281500ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/012/2/06/-/-/2// XRAYM/090/014/2/08/-/-/2// YANKEEM/140/015/2/08/-/-/2// Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C// DELTA/281245ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG8850041900/EE// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/15KM/-// PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNG8800041000/MGRS:32UNG8750041900/MGRS:32UNG8800042800/MGRS:32UNG9200045000 /MGRS:32UNG9200038700// PAPAX/281300ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UNG9040044600/MGRS:32UNG9200045100/MGRS:32UPG0720039500/MGRS:32UNG9130026400/MGRS:32UNG8900040400/MGRS:32UNG8800041000/MGRS:32UNG8750041900/MGRS:32UNG8800042800/MGRS:32UNG8930043500// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/CONFIRMED BY DETECTOR KIT. RECALCULATION BASED ON CHANGE IN WIND DIRECTION AS OF 281300Z//

Example CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/010/C// DELTA/281245ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNG8850041900/EE// GOLF/OBS/MLR/-/RKT/6// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 27. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 -

Change in Downwind Direction by >30°

(1) Calculate d1. (2) From the centre of the original attack measure the distance d1 on the downwind line

before the change in direction, and mark it. (3) Draw a line at right angles to the downwind line through the point d1 until it meets the 30

degrees lines from the original plot. (4) Using the d1 point as the centre, draw a new circle, the radius being the distance from the

d1 point to one of the 30° tangents. The area within this circle is considered to be the new release area.

(5) From the centre of this circle draw a line representing the "new" downwind direction. (6) From the centre of this circle measure and mark the d2 distance on the new downwind

direction line. If this distance falls within the circle then move it to the perimeter of the circle on the new downwind direction line. This will take into account the fact that some of the chemical cloud may travel at 1.5 times the mean wind speed, and will therefore have travelled further.

(7) Complete the plot by following the procedures in paragraph 0327 subparagraph 3.(6) to 3.

(10).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

8. Type A, Case 2 Attack with a change in Stability Category or Downwind Speed.

Example CBRN CDM AREAM/NFEB34// ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/281500ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/110/015/6/10/-/4/2// XRAYM/110/015/6/10/-/4/2// YANKEEM/110/025/4/10/-/4/2// Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DEU/A234/012/C// DELTA/281230ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPF7300075000/EE// GOLF/OBS/AIR/6/BOM/18// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1KM/-/30KM/-// PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32UPF7220074400/MGRS:32UPF7210075300/MGRS:32UPF7280076000/MGRS:32UPF8190077600 /MGRS:32UPF7820067300// PAPAX/281300ZAPR2010/MGRS:33UUA2200082200/MGRS:33UUA0790048000/MGRS:32UPF7230074200/MGRS:32UPF7210075400/MGRS:32UPF7290076000// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED ON CHANGE IN STABILITY CATEGORY AS OF 281300Z//

Example CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DEU/A234/012/C// DELTA/281230ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32UPF7300075000/EE// GOLF/OBS/AIR/6/BOM/18// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKE/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB//

Figure 3 - 28. Recalculation, Type A, Case 2 -

Change in Stability Category and/or Downwind Speed



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(1) From the centre of the original attack location plot the hazard area as described in paragraph 0314 using H2 as the maximum downwind distance.

9. Type B Attack, Cases 2 and 4 with a change in Downwind Direction.

a. From the centre of the original attack location, draw the

new downwind direction line. b. Plot the new hazard area as described in paragraphs for

Type B, Case 2 and Case 4, or reposition the template along the new downwind direction line and re-plot.

c. The total area covered by the old and the new hazard

areas must be considered dangerous until confirmation of the absence of a chemical hazard in the "old" area is received.

10. Type B Attack, Case 6, with a change in Downwind Direction.

Example CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/004/C// DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32VMH7470038800/EE/MGRS:32VMH6320038800/EE// GOLF/OBS/AIR/-/SPR/-// INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/SCRUB// YANKEE/090DGT/020KPH// ZULU/4/18C/8/-/0// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SYMPTOMS OF NERVE AGENT POISONING//

Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DNK/A234/004/C// DELTA/281000ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:32VMH7470038800/EE/MGRS:32VMH6320038800/EE // INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01KM/96HR/10KM/48HR// PAPAX/281000ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VMH7320031800/MGRS:32VMH6270037900/MGRS:32VMH6220038900/MGRS:32VMH6270039700/MGRS:32VMH7320045600/MGRS:32VMH8430045700/MGRS:32VMH8430031800// PAPAX/281100ZAPR2010/MGRS:32VMH6220038900/MGRS:32VMH6270039700/MGRS:32VMH7320045600/MGRS:32VMH8430045700/MGRS:32VMH8430034100/MGRS:32VMH8530033500/MGRS:32VMH8430033000/MGRS:32VMH8430031800/MGRS:32VMH8220031800/MGRS:32VMH7320026700/MGRS:32VMH6210026700// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RECALCULATION BASED ON CBRN CDM WEATHER CHANGE AS OF 281100Z//

Example CBRN CDM AREAM/NFEA12// ZULUM/280800ZAPR2010/280900ZAPR2010/281500ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/020/4/18/8/-/0// XRAYM/150/020/4/18/8/-/0// YANKEEM/150/020/4/18/8/-/0//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 3 - 29. Recalculation, Type B, Case 6 -

Change in Downwind Direction > 30°

(1) Plot the hazard area as calculated both for before and after the change in wind direction using the procedure described for Type B, Case 6.

(2) In the CBRN 3 CHEM indicate in set GENTEXT/CBRNINFO the reason for recalculation

and the effective time for the new hazard area. 11. Type B Attack, Cases 2, 4 and 6 with a change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h.

a. Plot the hazard area as calculated for the wind speed > 10 km/h using the procedure described in paragraphs for Type B, Case 2 and 4, or 6.

b. Plot the hazard area as calculated for the wind speed ≤ 10 km/h using the procedure

described in paragraphs for Type B, Case 1 and 3 or 5. 12. In the examples of the hazard area, which is valid after the change in wind direction, also includes the area before the change. This takes into account transient hazards caused by the shift in wind direction in the areas between the two hazards. 13. When recalculation is completed, calculate the arrival time of the hazard, and issue a CBRN 3 CHEM to those who will be affected. Issue the new CBRN 3 CHEM to those units initially warned, to inform them that there may be a residual vapour hazard in their area. The same Incident Serial Number should be used as in the previous message and the previous message should be referred to in set GENTEXT/CBRNINFO of the new message.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VII – REPORT FORMATTING INSTRUCTIONS AT THE CBRN CENTRE 0328. Reporting of Chemical Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System 1. Chemical incident warning and reporting aid in the rapid collection, evaluation and dissemination of data concerning chemical release and hazards, including the prediction of hazard areas. 0329. Reporting CBRN 1 CHEM 1. This is the observer’s initial report if the location of the chemical substance is known. Set DELTA provides the start and the end of an observed incident. Set GOLF will include the type or means of delivery, if applicable, and the type of container. Field 1 of set INDIA will indicate the observed release height. Field 2 of set INDIA will indicate the chemical substance name or identification number. Field 3 of set INDIA will indicate the material persistency. Additional descriptive entries for the incident can be entered into set MIKER. The set TANGO will indicate a description of the terrain/topography and the vegetation. The sets YANKEE and ZULU may indicate locally measured weather. Set GENTEXT will provide, if available, further information such as the specific chemical compound and other pertinent information.

Table 3 - 8. CBRN 1 CHEM - Example CBRN 1 CHEM

Common Message Heading followed by the following “M” mandatory and “O” operationally determined sets:

Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number C BRAVO Location of Observer and

Direction of incident M BRAVO/MGRS:32UNB0570064200/25

00MLG// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Start and

End of Incident M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of incident O FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/2// INDIA Release Information on Chemical

Incidents M INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//

MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, Biological and Radiological Incidents

M MIKER/-/-//

TANGO Terrain/Topography and Vegetation Description

O TANGO/FLAT/URBAN//

YANKEE Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed

O YANKEE/270DGT/015KPH//

ZULU Measured Weather Conditions O ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT CBRN Info O

0330. Reporting CBRN 2 CHEM



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DEU/WEP/001/C// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Start and

End of Incident M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/2// INDIA Release Information on Chemical

Incidents M INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//


M MIKER/-/-//






0331. Reporting CBRN 3 CHEM 1. This report provides a prediction of the chemical hazard area to assist the commander in ordering the appropriate protective posture for his forces in the predicted hazard area. The hazard area location is described in set PAPAX, with the defining release area radius and protective action distance summarized in set PAPAA.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DEU/WEP/001/C// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Start and

End of Incident M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/

-// FOXTROT Location of incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000/E

E// GOLF Delivery and Quantity

Information O GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/2//

INDIA Release Information on Chemical Incidents

M INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//


M MIKER/-/-//

OSCAR* Reference DTG for Estimated/Actual Contour lines

C

PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard Area

M PAPAA/1KM/3-10DAY/10KM/ 2-6DAY//

PAPAX** Hazard Area Location for Weather Period

M PAPAX/201400ZSEP2010/ MGRS:32UNB0780064000/MGRS:32UNB0680062200/MGRS:32UMB9580055900/MGRS:32UMB9580072100/MGRS:32UNB0680065800/MGRS:32UNB0780064000//

TANGO Terrain, Topography and Vegetation Description

O

XRAYB*** Predicted Contour Information O YANKEE Downwind Direction and

Downwind Speed O YANKEE/270DGT/015KPH//


* OSCAR is required if set XRAYB occurs, otherwise it is prohibited. ** Set is repeatable up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas corresponding to the time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following time period will always include the previous hazard area.

*** Set is repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours. 0332. Reporting CBRN 4 CHEM 1. This report is either pass subsequent off-target monitoring data or the results of a deliberate directed survey. Set ROMEO will indicate the measured level of contamination. 2. In rare cases where a unit is hit by a downwind hazard without being able to identify the attack data needed to report a CBRN 1 CHEM, the unit may report the measured data by use of a CBRN 4 CHEM. Until detailed procedures are developed for such an off target situation, the responsible CBRN Centre has to decide the actual course of action, including estimation of the hazard area and the need for warning.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

3. Selected units in the contaminated area will be directed to submit additional CBRN 4 CHEM reports. The CBRN Centre uses these reports to evaluate a chemical contamination. For the format used to pass monitoring and survey results see the CBRN 4 CHEM report as described in Annex C, Section III. 4. Monitoring reports contain the type of agent detected indicating type of chemical agent and persistency, the location of the sampling (geographical position) and type of sample (air sample, liquid sample), the date-time of the detection, and topography information. 5. If no chemical agent is detected, this should be reported by entering NIL into set INDIA. When all hazards from one attack are gone, the responsible CBRN Centre should report this in a CBRN 4 CHEM by entering NIL into set INDIA, and by entering "CHEMICAL FREE ATTACK" into set GENTEXT/CBRNINFO. To be able to identify the attack, the Incident Serial Number (set ALFA from the CBRN 2) must be included into the report.



Set Description Cond Example ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/BEL/001/001/C// INDIA Release Information on Chemical

Incidents M INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//

INDIAC Release and Sampling Information on Chemical Incidents

O INDIAC/-/-/-/-//

QUEBEC* Location of Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of Sample/Detection

M QUEBEC/MGRS:31UDS8740049600/LIQ/MPDS/-/OM/-/-/-/-/-//

ROMEO* Level of Contamination O ROMEO/CON:2MGM2/-/-// SIERRA* Date-Time-Group of Reading or Initial

Detection of Contamination M SIERRA/CON:030830ZAPR2010//

TANGO* Terrain/Topography and Vegetation Description

O TANGO/FLAT/BARE//

WHISKEY* Sensor Information O WHISKEY/-/-/-/-// YANKEE* Downwind Direction and Downwind

Speed O YANKEE/270DGT/015KPH//

ZULU* Measured Weather Conditions O ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT CBRN Info O * Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment. Set QUEBEC and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated. Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA appeared. Sets/segments are repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points. 0333. Reporting CBRN 5 CHEM 1. This report will outline the actual extent of the ground contamination from survey data. The report will use the information as described above for sets ALFA, DELTA, INDIA, OSCAR, XRAYA, and GENTEXT. Set OSCAR indicates the time for which the contour is appropriate. Set XRAYA will describe the level of contamination for the contour and the ground contaminated area resulting from the incident. 2. Contaminated areas are shown on the Chemical situation maps, produced in the CBRN Centres as a result of CBRN 4 CHEM messages. This information must be passed to other units and



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

HQ’s. The most expeditious means for this is the chemical contamination overlay. However, facsimile channels of electrical communications are not always available. If this is the case, the chemical contamination overlay must be converted into a series of coordinates for transmission as a CBRN 5 CHEM report as in the following example:



Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Attack or

Detonation and Attack End O DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//

INDIA Release Information on Chemical Incidents

M INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//

OSCAR Date-Time-Group for Estimated Contour Lines

M OSCAR/201505ZSEP2010//

XRAYA* Actual Contour Information M XRAYA/LCT50/MGRS:32VNJ5750020300/MGRS:32VNJ5720021100/MGRS:32VNJ5600021900/MGRS:32VNJ5340021800/MGRS:32VNJ5750020300//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O * Sets are repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours 0334. Reporting CBRN 6 CHEM 1. This message will be used to provide, in set GENTEXT, specific information required to produce a more detailed chemical hazard prediction.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/DNK/A234/001/C// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Start and

End of Incident O DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/

201420ZSEP2010// FOXTROT Location of Attack and Qualifier O FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000

/EE// GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and

Quantity Information O

INDIA Release Information on CBRN Incidents

O INDIA/AIR/TS:NERV/P/MPDS/-//

INDIAC Release and Sampling Information on Chemical Incidents

O

MIKECB Description and Status of Chemical, and Biological Substance or Storage or Release Information

O MIKECB/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//


O MIKER/-/-//

QUEBEC Location of Reading, Sample, Detection and Type of Sample Detection

M QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB0590064500/-/MPDS/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//

ROMEO* Level of Contamination O ROMEO/-// SIERRA Date-Time-Group of Reading or

Initial Detection of Contamination O SIERRA/CON:202300ZSEP2010//

GENTEXT CBRN Info M GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SICA LAB REPORT HAS IDENTIFIED THE AGENT AS VX//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 4 - BIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION

0401. Aim

1. The biological prediction procedure provides information on the location and the extent of the hazard area and the duration of the hazard resulting in aerosol releases from biological attacks or releases due to accidental and/or collateral damage i.e. biological weapons (fully engineered) and TIBs (biological laboratories or biological containers). It provides the necessary information for commanders to warn units within the predicted hazard area. The resulting prediction provides a minimum estimate of the hazard areas for biological agents in general. After employment, actual sampling by trained personnel will produce a better indication of the areas affected. The procedures shown in this chapter are based on the limited amount of source information available at the time of release and these procedures are used for hazard estimation over both land and water.

0402. General

1. In any area of operation there may be biological material either in the form of biological agents or Toxic Industrial Biological (TIB), which will present a hazard to persons and/or material if released into the atmosphere. The amount of material released may vary from very small to extrem large quantities. TIB are ordinarily held only in very small quantities. Furthermore, the need to preserve their viability demands special environmental controls, enabled by containment and physical security measures. Finally, the inherent fragility of biological organisms makes it unlikely that they would survive the dynamic and thermal effects of explosions or fire. In light of these considerations, it is unlikely that personnel will encounter viable TIB except where they enter specially designed medical or industrial facilities including biological laboratories, and even then the hazard may be restricted to specially assigned rooms or compartments.

0403. Aerosol Cloud Travel

1. Aerosols are finely divided liquids or solids suspended in the atmosphere. The behaviour of aerosol clouds is essentially similar to that of vapour clouds. However, because of their higher density, aerosol clouds are more stable. They stay nearer to the surface of the ground, while tending to lose some material by precipitation onto any surface with which they come into contact. In a tactical aerosol release, the aerosol cloud (after initial formation) will travel downwind at a rate determined by wind speed. The cloud will lengthen and widen as it travels downwind. Units near the release point will encounter a more concentrated cloud. However, units located farther downwind (even though exposed to a less concentrated agent cloud) will be exposed for a longer period of time, so unprotected personnel may inhale a higher total dose. The peak danger area will be located in the area where the cloud stays intact while at the same time is at its maximum width and length. This distance is approximately the maximum downwind hazard prediction for a chemical agent; therefore, it is vital to determine whether or not the release is biological or chemical as casualties may occur as far as four to five times the maximum downwind hazard area distance of chemical agents.

0404. Aerosol Dissemination

1. Aerosol generation is currently the most likely form of area attack and may be delivered on or off-target. Aerosol dissemination can produce an inhalation hazard over a very large area. The design of warheads and weaponization of payload are crucial to the effectiveness of a delivery system and can be complex. Ballistic missiles, together with cruise missiles and possibly UAVs, pose the longest range delivery system threats, the effectiveness of which are substantially increased by the employment of sub-munitions. Biological agents could be also delivered through spray devices on manned and unmanned aircraft, or maritime craft; such devices, unsophisticated and relatively easy to manufacture, could nevertheless, be highly effective in disseminating biological agents. At the



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

conventional level, delivery systems could include artillery shells, rockets (including multiple-launch systems) and aircraft bombs. The following examples illustrate aerosol dissemination by a number of methods:

a. Bursting Type Munitions. When a biological projectile or bomb bursts on the ground or in the air, the filling (either a liquid slurry or dry powder) is initially dispersed in all directions. An effective ground bursting munitions will project the majority of the filling into the air to form an aerosol cloud. Air bursting munitions may also form an aerosol cloud that will behave in a similar manner to a spray release. The agent may also be designed to fall to the ground as a surface contaminant much like persistent chemical agents. The dimensions of the aerosol cloud will be influenced by the means of delivery, the weather conditions, and the terrain.

b. Spray Tanks/Generators. Aircraft/vehicle spray tanks, or aerosol generators, may also be employed to form an aerosol cloud. This form of release is likely to take place as covertly as possible.

c. Biological Bunker or Production Facility. Damage to a storage bunker containing biological agents intended for use in biological warfare (stockpiled munitions containing biological agents) or to production facilities for such agents containing active agent containers may result in smaller release areas and lower quantities than if they had been dispersed from a weapon. However, due to the duration of the release, and the likelihood of having an elevated plume, the dispersed material at hazardous levels may travel downwind for many hours.

d. Transport. Damage to containers or munitions of biological agents being transported by road, rail, or boat may result in a release. The release area will be localized, and the amount of viable agent dispersed will likely be less than that dispersed from an efficient biological weapon. However, since many biological agents only require a few inhaled organisms to infect a person the downwind distance of the hazard area may still be considerable.

e. Toxic Industrial Biological (TIB). The release of TIB can be accidental, or from an attack or due to collateral damage to a facility producing or storing infectious material. Possible facilities include hospitals and other medical installations and research, production, storage or recycling facilities for the pharmaceutical or agricultural industries. A release could also occur in the transport of these materials.

0405. Factors Influencing Prediction 1. In general, the prediction of the release and hazard area is dependent upon:

a. The means of delivery (and agent container type); CBRN reports set GOLF information. b. The type of release, as described in paragraph 0406 and shown in Table 4 - 1.

c. The meteorological conditions at the incident. The meteorological data required for the

biological downwind hazard prediction procedure is contained in the CDR. 0406. Types of Releases 1. Releases can be divided into 4 types.

a. Type “P”: A release with localized exploding munitions or point release such as: Bomb (BOM), Shell (SHL), Rocket (RKT), Mine (MNE), Surface Burst Missile (MSL), Surface Release Spray (SPR) or/and Surface Release Aerosol Generator (GEN if it is not mobile and releases material over a distance less than 2 km), Biological Bunker or Production Facility (BUK), Transport of Biological Material in Generic Storage Container (CON). This also includes improvised biological devices that may produce an aerosol hazard.

b. Type “Q”: A release with munitions that cover a larger area such as: Bomblets (BML) or Air

Burst Missile (MSL).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

c. Type “R”: A release where the location of the release is known, but the type of container is Not Known (NKN), or the release was from an Air Release Spray (SPR) or Air Release Aerosol Generator (GEN).

Note. 1. A Surface Release Spray (SPR) or Surface Release Aerosol Generator (GEN) should be treated as Type “R” if it is mobile and releases material over a distance exceeding 2 km.

d. Type “S”: Type S consists of detection after an unobserved release. 2. Biological Agent Bunkers or Production Facilities. Paragraph 4.0420 provides the necessary procedures for releases from biological agent bunkers or from biological substance facilities. 0407. Cases Considered

1. Two cases are considered when predicting the hazard areas resulting from a biological release:

a. Case 1. When the wind speed is 10 km/h or less.

b. Case 2. When the wind speed is more than 10 km/h.

0408. Procedures

1. Record and update the following information:

a. Weather information from relevant CDRs, which may contain both forecast data and measured data.

b. Weather information from local measurements/observations, which may contain both data

before and during the cloud passage period. c. A database of local meteorology measured during the cloud passage period.

2. Record terrain features (wooded areas, mountains, plains, etc.) that may influence the direction and speed of biological agent clouds.

3. A CBRN 3 BIO may be generated and considered for distribution whenever a biological release has taken place. If biological detection equipment is available this report will most likely be generated from one or more CBRN 1, 2 or 4 BIO. Otherwise, this report will most likely be generated from one or more CBRN 1, 2 or 4 CHEM, where the chemical agent is unknown.

4. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted hazard area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential. Units currently affected and those previously affected must be notified that they are in (or are no longer in) the hazard area.

5. Estimate the meteorological parameters for the release area and the predicted downwind hazard area, on receipt of a CBRN 1 or CBRN 2.

6. Select, in accordance with national directives, the weather information to be used, and calculate the predicted downwind hazard area.

0409. Constraints 1. When calculating the predicted downwind hazard area from biological releases, many factors will affect the accuracy of the prediction. Some of these factors are: type of and amount of biological agent(s); type of and amount of delivery system(s); type and amount of agent container(s); terrain



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

composition, weather conditions (rain, clouds, etc.); air stability; type of surface(s); vegetation(s); surface air temperature; relative humidity, and changes to these factors. 2. Some of these factors are not considered when using the procedures in this chapter, unless evaluated and estimated manually by the operator. 3. The procedure shown in this chapter is based on the limited amount of information available at the time of release. 4. To be able to make more accurate predictions, more information about the listed factors has to be available, and more enhanced methods have to be used for prediction.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES

0410. Release Area

1. The release area is drawn as a circle of 2 km radius, centred at the release location.

0411. Hazard Area

1. Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h. The hazard area is drawn as a circle of 10 km radius if the wind speed is 10 km/h or less or if the wind speed is unknown. This is drawn from the centre of the release location. This also applies when wind direction is reported as variable (VAB).

2. Wind Speed >10 km/h. If the wind speed is more than 10 km/h, draw a line in the downwind direction starting at the release location of length equal to 10 km. Draw a line perpendicular to downwind direction line. Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction at a distance equal to twice the radius of the release area circle (4 km). Draw two lines from the upwind point of the downwind direction line to the perpendiclar line to the downwind direction that is tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle. It is plotted as shown in the figure below.

≤ 10 km/h

> 10 km/h Figure 4 - 1. Simplified Procedures, Biological Substance Hazard Area

0412. Immediate Warning

1. This simplified procedure is used for immediate warning of units only, before the detailed information is available. As soon as possible the detailed procedure must be carried out.

Note: For incidents involving the transport of biological medical waste UN/NA 3291, biological substances UN/NA 3373 and infectious substances UN/NA 2814, the ERG specifies a release area radius of 25 meters with no additional hazard area. This includes legitimate biological containers that do not produce an aerosol hazard.

Release Area 30°

30°

DOWNWIND DIR.

G N

Max DHD = 10 km 2 km

Hazard Area Perpendicular to Downwind direction

4 km

Extension in upwind direction

Release Area Radius

r = 2 km

r = 10 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION III - BIOLOGICAL AGENT HAZARD PREDICTION - DETAILED PROCEDURES

0413. Biological Agent Hazard Areas

1. The hazard area is generated in three steps:

Step 1. The “Initial” Hazard Area (paragraph 0419;) Step 2. The “First CDR” Hazard Area (paragraph 0422;) and Step 3. The “Beyond First CDR” Hazard Area (paragraph 0425.)

2. Biological agents (BIO or TOX) will create initial hazard areas similar in appearance to those for chemical releases. The initial hazard area for a biological line source will also be similar to that for a chemical line source.

3. Computations for the biological hazard area for changes in meteorological conditions for all types are similar to the recalculation procedures provided for chemical releases. However, biological agents will generally remain toxic through multiple changes in meteorological conditions and multiple CDRs. Therefore, the recalculation procedures must be performed more than once.

0414. Release Areas 1. The release area for Type “P” is drawn as a circle of radius 2 km centred at the release location. 2. The release area for Type "Q" is drawn as a circle of radius 10 km centred at the release location. 3. The release area for Type "R" is defined by the line end points entered as two positions in set FOXTROT. In case of only one position reported in set FOXTROT, the line has the default release length of 100 km and is drawn centred on this point and oriented in the direction of the aircraft trajectory. A circle of radius 2 km is drawn at the two end positions, with tangents connecting the two circles together. If the flight direction cannot be established, assume it to be perpendicular (900) to the wind direction. 4. The release area for Type "S" is drawn as a circle of radius 50 km centred at the detection location. The release area is unknown; this is only an initial area.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 4 - 1. Summary of Types and Cases of Biological Releases Hazard Areas

Type of Release

Type of substance container

Radius of Release Area Wind Speed Case CBRN 3 Graphic

P

BOM, RKT, SHL, MNE, Surface Burst

MSL, Surface release SPR or GEN,

BUK, CON.

2 KM

≤ 10 km/h 1

> 10 km/h 2

Q BML, Air Burst MSL 10 KM

≤ 10 km/h 1

> 10 km/h 2

R Air release SPR and GEN, NKN 2 KM

≤ 10 km/h 1

> 10 km/h 2

S

Detection after unobserved release

(CBRN 4 BIO message)

50 KM N/A -

Note: - A CBRN 1 may be received after an unobserved release and should be treated as a CBRN 4.

- A different observed radius may be specified in GENTEXT. In computer generated messages this information will be formatted as: RDS:XXXM or RDS:XXXKM, always using three digits for the radius, e.g. RDS:045KM.

- If two types of release are found, use the following order to determine which type of release to use for hazard prediction: Type "R", Type "Q", or Type "P" for worst case identified, for example: if you identify a potential Type “R” and a potential Type “Q”, then you would select Type “R” for your calculation.

- For elevated release refer to paragraph 0421.

- Apply when wind direction and speed is less than or equal to 10 km/h or wind direction is reported as variable (VAB).

5. Release Area Enlargement or Reduction. The release area for Types "P", "Q" or “R" may be reduced or enlarged based on available information specified in GENTEXT. In computer generated



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

messages, the release area radius is formatted as: RDS:XXXM, always using three digits for the radius. 0415. Downwind Travel Distances for the Initial Period (First CDR)

1. The downwind travel distance represents the distance travelled by the centre of the cloud. The downwind travel distance is broken into three segments corresponding to the three time periods of the CDR to give 6 hours prediction as follows:

d1 = u1 x t1

d2 = u2 x 2

d3 = u3 x (4 - t1)

Use the following definitions:

d1 = distance in km travelled within the CDR 2 hour period containing the release.

d2 = distance in km travelled within the next CDR 2 hour period.

d3 = distance in km travelled within the third CDR 2 hour period.

u1 = wind speed in km/h for the CDR 2 hour period containing the release.

u2 = wind speed in km/h for the next CDR 2 hour period.

u3 = wind speed in km/h for the third CDR 2 hour period.

t1 = decimal hours remaining after the release or detection within the CDR 2 hour period of validity corresponding to the release.

NOTE: For any CDR time periods where the wind speed is equal or less than 10 km/h, a value of 10 km/h will be used for computations.

2. If the release or detection occurs in the first CDR time period, 3 downwind distances are calculated; d1 using the first CDR time period (WHISKEYM), d2 using the second CDR time period (XRAYM), and d3 using the third CDR time period (YANKEEM); d3 is extended to include the duration in the first time period before the release occurs to result in 6 hours total time.

Example:

1st Time Period

d1 = u1 x t1

d1 = 12 km/h x 1 hr

d1 = 12 km

2nd Time Period

d2 = u2 x 2

d2 = 12 km/h x 2 hr

d2 = 24 km

3rd Time Period

d3 = u3 x (4 - t1)

d3 = 12 km/h x (4 - 1)

d3 = 12 km/h x 3 hr

d3 = 36 km

3. If the release or detection occurs in the second CDR time period, 2 downwind distances are calculated; d1 using the data for the CDR time during the period of release/detection, d2 using the data for the third CDR time period and extended to result in 6 hours total time since the release.

Example:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

2nd Time Period

d1 = u1 x t1

d1 = 12 km/h x 1 hr

d1 = 12 km

3rd Time Period

d2 = u2 x (6 - t1)

d2 = 12 km/h x (6 - 1)

d2 = 12 km/h x 5

d2 = 60 km

4. If the release or detection occurs in the third CDR Time period, only d1 can be calculated, which is computed using 6 hours total time, as example below:

3rd Time Period

d1 = u3 x 6

d1 = 12 km/h x 6 hr

d1 = 72 km

5. The total downwind distance (DA) of the centre of the biological cloud is the sum of the three distances, as example below:

DA = total downwind distance in km.

DA = d1 + d2 + d3

DA = 12 km + 24 km + 36 km

DA = 72 km

0416. Leading and Trailing Edge Calculations

1. Recalculation procedures must be performed as soon as a new CDR is published to ensure the hazard area reflects the latest weather reported.

2. To take into consideration uncertainties in wind speed a leading (DL) and trailing (DT) edges will be calculated. The DL and DT for the current CDR will be computed based on the downwind distance path, using factors of 1.5 and 0.5, respectively to capture the uncertainty related to the windspeed, as example below:

DL = leading edge distance in km.

DL = 1.5 x DA

DL = 1.5 x 72 km

DL = 108 km

DT = trailing edge distance in km.

DT = 0.5 x DA

DT = 0.5 x 72 km

DT = 36 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 4 - 2. Downwind Travel Distances – Initial Period (First CDR)

3. A value of zero is used for the downwind distance path, leading edge, and trailing edge computations for wind of ≤ 10 km/h releases, since the wind direction is considered variable. The leading edge can be considered to be the edge of the hazard area circle.

4. Using the following flow chart (Fig 4-1), determine Type and Case for identified release, then carryout the detailed procedure specific to type of attack.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0417. Biological Hazard Area Predicting Decision Tree

Figure 4 - 3. Biological Incident Hazard Prediction Plotting Decision Tree

Observed? CBRN 1

Determine radius of Release Area

(Delivery Means)

BOM, RKT, SHL, MNE Surface Burst MSL,

Surface Release SPR, GEN or CON

YES

Type S – Detection after

Unobserved (CBRN 4 BIO

Message)

Windspeed > 10 km/h

Type P Case 2 Type P Case 1

Notes: A = Radius of Release Area d1 = Distance in km travelled within the CBRN CDR 2 hour period containing the release u1 = Windspeed in km/h for the CBRN CDR 2 hour period containing the release t1 = Decimal hours remaining after the release or detection within the CBRN CDR 2 hour period corresponding to the release If two types of release are reported, use the following order to determine which Type and Case to use: Type R, Type Q or Type P

NO

NO

Determine the Radius of Hazard Area (d1)

d1 = u1 x t1

Biological release – Initial Hazard

2 km Release Area radius (A)


BML, Air Burst MSL

Windspeed > 10 km/h

Type Q Case 2 Type Q Case 1

NO



Air release SPR, GEN,

Windspeed > 10 km/h

Type R Case 2 Type R Case 1

NO



YES YES YES

50 km Radius Circle

around centre of

Detection Location

r

Storage Bunker or Production Facility

See Paragrap 0420 for Procedures



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV - PROCEDURES FOR THE INITIAL HAZARD AREA 0418. Determining the Hazard Areas

1. This paragraph outlines the generic procedures and calculations that are to be followed for all BIO substance types and cases. The next paragraphs, starting at paragraph 0419 provides the step-by-step procedures for each case.

a. Case “1” Releases, Wind speed ≤10 km/h.

(1) If the wind speed is 10 km/h or less, a wind speed of 10 km/h will be used.

(2) The release area radius (r) is 2 km

(3) The radius of the hazard area circle equals the wind speed of 10 km/h, multiplied by the time in hours/minutes remaining after the release or detection in the corresponding CDR time period. At a minimum the hazard area radius will be 2 km EXCEPT for cases involving a biological waste/substance or infectious disease where the radius is 25 m. For example a Type “P”, Case “1” release (Figure 4 - 4) having a 2 hour travel duration, the hazard area radius equals 2 hr x 10 km/h:

Example CDM AREAM/NFEA32// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//

Figure 4 - 4.Type “P” Case “1”, Point Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed (10 km/h).

(4) A single hazard area circle will result for Types “P”, “Q” and “S”. The area within this circle represents the hazard area.

(5) Two circles are drawn for Type “R” with tangents drawn between the hazard area circles. The total enclosed area represents the hazard area (Figure 4 -5).

(6) A value of zero is used for the downwind distance path, leading edge, and trailing edge computations for Case “1” releases, since the wind direction is considered variable. The leading edge can be considered to be the edge of the hazard area circle.

d1 = 20 km

r = 2 km

Release Area

Hazard Area

r = 2 km

d1 = u1 x t1 d1 = 10 km/h x 2 hr d1 = 20 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(7) If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour period.

Figure 4 - 5. Type “R” Case “1”, Line Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

b. Case “2” Releases “P”, “Q” and “R” Types, Wind speed >10 km/h.

(1) Draw a circle centered on the release point with a radius of 2 km for type “P” and “R” and 10 km for type “Q”.

(2) Draw a line through the centre of the release area circle oriented in the downwind direction (for a Type “R” release pick one of the release area circles). This line should extend to the distance d1 in the downwind direction from the centre of the circle. In the upwind direction along the same line mark a distance equal to twice the release circle radius.

(3) Draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction line at the downwind distance (d1) extending in both directions.

(4) Draw two tangent lines to the release circle from the upwind point marked extending until they intersect with the perpendicular line. These lines will form a 30-degree angle on either side of the downwind direction line (Figure 4 - 6).

(5) For a Type “R” release repeat this procedure for the other release area circle, and connect the lower hazard area corners (represented by A and B) to enclose the combined downwind hazard area A (Figure 4 - 7).

(6) For a Type “S” release, the hazard area plotted is equal to the release area because the location and time of the release are unknown. A circle of the release area radius defines an area where there is a risk of being exposed to the biological agent. Informing friendly units throughout the area of this risk should be considered. Before a hazard prediction can be carried out, reports are required from units in the area, or survey teams can be sent out. Once more information about the release is obtained; type “S” releases should then be treated as either type “P”, “Q” or “R”.

c. Multiple FOXTROT locations should be addressed individually by computing each downwind hazard area. The outer boundaries should be connected as per the procedure for a type “R” release. Computer generated hazard areas for multiple FOXTROT locations may appear somewhat different to manual procedures.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 4 - 6. Type “P” Case “2”, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h

Figure 4 - 7.Type “R” Case “2”, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h

0419. Prediction of the Initial Hazard – Step by Step Procedures

1. This paragraph gives the step by step procedures for each Type and Case.

a. Type "P", Case "1". Releases with localized exploding munitions or point release and wind speed ≤10 km/h.

30°

30°

30°

30°

“B” “A”

Release Area

GN

Downwind Direction

Downwind Direction d1

d1

Hazard Area

Release Area 30°

30°

DOWNWIND

G N

d1 r

Hazard Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example

CDM AREAM/NFWA22// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/-/6/1//

CBRN 2 BIO

ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B// DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA// GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/1// INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// GENTEXT/ CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY. THE DETECTION WAS MADE BY HAND HELD ASSAY//

Figure 4 - 8. Type “P” Case “1”, Point Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed (10 km/h). If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour period.

(2) Obtain the location of the release from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set FOXTROT) and plot it on the map.

(3) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r), around the centre of the release location. The area within this circle represents the release area.

(4) Draw a circle with a radius that equals the travel distance (d1). Distance (d1) is equal to the wind speed (u1) for the CDR time period, multiplied by the remaining time (t1) from the

D1 = 20 km

r = 2 km

Release Area

Hazard Area

Hazard Area r = 2 km d1 = u1 x t1 d1 = 10 km/h x 2 hr d1 = 20 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

release within that CDR time period. For Type “P”, Case “1”, a wind speed of 10 km/h is assumed. This circle will represent the hazard area. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 8 as an example.

(5) Prepare and transmit a CBRN 3 BIO to units and installations in the predicted hazard area in accordance with SOPs.

(6) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Release, Location of Release and Agent Name (if known).

b. Type "P", Case "2". Releases with localized exploding munitions or point release and wind speed >10 km/h.

Example

CDM AREAM/NFWA22// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/012/4/10/-/6/1// XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1// YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1// CBRN 2 BIO ALFA/-/1DIV/001/B// DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA// GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/1// INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/Munitions exploded in dust like clouds, and intelligence has indicated that a bio release is likely//

Figure 4 - 9. Type “P” Case “2”, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h

NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed. If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour period.

Release Area 30°

30°

DOWNWIND DIR.

G N

d1 = 24 km r = 2 km


Release Area Radius




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(1) Obtain the location of the release from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set FOXTROT) and plot it on the map. (Figure 4 - 9).

(2) From the centre of the release location, draw a GN line if using overlays.

(3) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around the centre of the release location. The area within this circle represents the release area.

(4) Using the valid CDR, identify the downwind direction and the downwind speed.

(5) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.

(6) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d1. (See paragraph 0415). If d1 is less than 2 km set it equal to 2 km. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 9 as an example.

(7) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind direction line.

(8) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction line. Extend the line to either side of the downwind direction line.

(9) Extend the downwind direction line twice the release area radius (r) upwind from the centre of the release area.

(10) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Step 8 above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind direction line.


(a) The upwind edge of the release area circle.

(b) The two 30° tangents.

(c) The perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Figure 4 - 9).



c. Type "Q", Case "1". Type Q consists of releases with munitions that cover a large area and wind speed ≤10 km/h.

Example CDM AREAM/NFWA22// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/008/4/10/6/0/1// CBRN 2 BIO ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B// DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA// GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BML/12// INDIA/SURF/BIO/NKN/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 4 - 10. Type “Q” Case “1”, Point Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed (10 km/h). If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour period.


(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 10 km (r), around the centre of the release location. The area within this circle represents the release area.

(3) Draw a circle with a radius that equals the downwind travel distance (d1). Distance (d1) is equal to the wind speed (u1) for the CDR time period, multiplied by the remaining time (t1) from the release within that CDR time period. For Type “Q”, Case “1”, a wind speed of 10 km/h is assumed. This circle will represent the hazard area. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 10 as an example.



d. Type "Q", Case "2". Type Q consists of releases with munitions that cover a large area and wind speed >10 km/h.

Example CDM AREAM/NFWA22// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/012/4/10/6/0/1// XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1// YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//

D1 = 20 km

r = 10 km

Release Area

Hazard Area




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CBRN 2 BIO ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B// DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA// GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BML/12// INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/MUNITIONS EXPLODED IN DUST LIKE CLOUDS, AND INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//

Figure 4 - 11. Type “Q” Case “2”, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h

NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed. If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour period.


(2) From the centre of the release location, draw a GN line if using overlays.

(3) Draw a circle with the release area radius 10 km (r) around the centre of the release location. The area within this circle represents the release area.


(5) From the centre of the release area, draw a line showing the downwind direction.

(6) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d1. (See paragraph 0415). Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 11 as an example.

(7) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of the release area on the downwind direction line.

(8) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction line. Extend the line to either side of the downwind direction line.

(9) Extend the downwind direction line twice the release area radius upwind from the centre of the release area.

Release Area 30°

30°

DOWNWIND DIR.

G N

d1 = 24 km r = 10 km


Release Area Radius




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(10) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Step 8 above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind direction line.


(a) The upwind edge of the release area circle.

(b) The two 30° tangents.

(c) The perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Figure 4 - 11).



e. Type "R", Case "1". Type R consists of releases where the location of the release is defined by a delivery means Air Release/Unknown, and wind speed ≤10 km/h.

Example

CDM AREAM/NFWA22// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/005/4/10/6/0/1// XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1// YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//

CBRN 2 BIO ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B// DELTA/030800ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA/MGRS:30UWB6220061600/AA// GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/SPR/1// INDIA/AIR/BIO/-/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SPRAY TANK AEROSOL OBSERVED RELEASE, AND INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//

Figure 4 - 12. Type “R” Case “1”, Line Release Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

GN

d1 = 10 km

Hazard Area





NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed (10 kph). If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour period.

(1) Obtain the locations of the release end points from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set FOXTROT) and plot them on the map. Connect the end points to form the release line.

(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around each end point.

(3) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the release line, to designate the release area.

(4) Draw a circle with a radius that equals the travel distance (d1). Distance (d1) is equal to the wind speed (u1) for the CDR time period, multiplied by the remaining time (t1) from the release within that CDR time period. For Type “R”, Case “1”, a wind speed of 10 km/h is assumed. This circle will represent the hazard area. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 12 as an example.

(5) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the release line, to designate the hazard area (Figure 4 - 12).



f. Type "R", Case "2". Type R consists of releases where the location of the release is defined by an Air Release/Unknown, and wind speed >10 km/h.

Example

CDM AREAM/NFWA22// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/012/4/10/6/0/1// XRAYM/120/016/4/10/6/0/1// YANKEEM/180/020/4/10/6/0/1//

CBRN 2 BIO ALFA/GBR/1DIV/001/B// DELTA/030700ZAPR2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:30UWB5390061600/AA/MGRS:30UWB6220061600/AA// GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/SPR/1// INDIA/AIR/BIO/-/-/-// MIKER/-/-// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SPRAY TANK AEROSOL OBSERVED RELEASE, AND INTELLIGENCE HAS INDICATED THAT A BIO RELEASE IS LIKELY//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 4 - 13. Type “R” Case “2”, Line Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h

NOTE: r = radius of release area, d1 = travel distance in the CDR time period, t1 = time remaining from release in the CDR time period, u1 = wind speed. If d1 is less than the Radius of Release, then d1 will be expanded to equal the Radius of Release for the current 2-hour period

(1) Obtain the locations of the release end points from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set FOXTROT) and plot them on the map. Connect the end points to form the release line.

(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 2 km (r) around each point.

(3) Connect these circles on both sides by drawing tangents to the circles parallel to the release line, to designate the release area.

(4) Draw a GN line from the centre of each circle (GN Line if using overlays).


(6) From the centre of each release area circle, draw a line showing the downwind direction.

(7) Determine the Downwind Travel Distance, d1. (See paragraph 0415). If d1 is less than 2 km set it equal to 2 km. Use the calculation at Figure 4 - 13 as an example.

(8) Plot the downwind travel distance from the centre of each release area circle on the downwind direction lines.

(9) From the downwind travel distance, draw a line perpendicular to each of the downwind direction lines. Extend the lines to either side of the downwind direction lines.

(10) Extend the downwind direction lines twice the release area radius upwind from the centre of each release area circle.

(11) From the upwind end of each line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendiculars to the downwind direction lines. (See Step 9 above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind direction lines.

(12) Draw a line connecting the downwind corners of the 2 hazard areas (Points "B" and "A" in Figure 4 - 13).

GN

Release Area

Downwind Direction

30°

30°

30°

30°

“B” “A”

r = 2 km

d1 24 km

d1

Hazard Area

Downwind Direction




NATO UNCLASSIFIED



g. Type "S", Case 1 or 2. Type S consists of detection after an unobserved release. Type S will always be displayed as a circular template with a radius of 50 km.

CDM AREAM/NFEA32// ZULUM/030600ZAPR2010/030700ZAPR2010/031300ZAPR2010// UNITM/-/DGG/KPH/C// WHISKEYM/090/015/4/10/6/0/1//

CBRN 4 BIO INDIA/NKN/ANTB/NKN/MPDS/-// QUEBEC/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/VAP/MPDS/SBD/1M/-/-/-/-/-// SIERRA/030726ZAPR2010// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DETECTION DOES NOT CORRESPOND TO ANY KNOWN BIOLOGICAL ATTACK//

CBRN 3 BIO ALFA/BEL/222/222001/B// DELTA/030726ZAPR2010// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UDS8750050000/-// GOLF/SUS/NKN/-/NKN/-// INDIA/NKN/SN:ANTB/NKN/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/-/-/50KM/-// PAPAX/030726ZAPR2008/MGRS:31UDS8750050000// TANGO/FLAT/WOODS//

Figure 4 - 14. Types “S”, Unobserved Release

(1) Obtain the location of the detection from the relevant CBRN BIO message(s) (set FOXTROT - CBRN 1 or set QUEBEC - CBRN 4) and plot it on the map.

r = 50 km

Hazard Area

Hazard Area r = 50 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(2) Draw a circle with the release area radius 50 km (r), around the centre of the detection location. The area within this circle represents both the release area and the hazard area.


(4) Label operational graphic of CBRN 3 with Incident Serial Number, Date/Time of Detection, Location of Detection and Agent Name (if known).

0420. Releases from Storage Bunkers or Production Facilities

1. Storage facilities for biological agents usually consist of underground concrete shelters. These shelters are close to the ground surface and damage to such a facility may release some biological material from the shelter into the atmosphere as a jet of biological agent, smoke, dust, and soil. The release area will be localized, and the amount of viable agent dispersed will likely be less than that dispersed from an efficient biological weapon. However, since many biological agents only require a few inhaled organisms to infect a person the downwind distance of the hazard area may still be considerable. The procedure to use is determined as follows:

a. The biological hazard area prediction procedures for Type "P" release should be used as standard.

b. If the release takes more than 5 minutes refer to a Type “R” procedures and the latest time of

arrival (LTA) may need to be adjusted for the duration of the release i.e. if release started at 0800 hrs and stopped at 0805 hrs, the LTA Date-Time-Group would be calculated from 0805 hrs.

c. If the initial report states “Cloud - Continuous” (Set MIKER - Incident Status):

(1) For wind speeds ≤ 10 km/h, Type “P” must be used. (2) For wind speeds > 10 km/h and the dimension of the release area is greater than 2 km,

(i.e. where the distance between the release location and the current position of the front end of the cloud exceeds 2 km); the hazard area prediction procedures for biological agent release Type “R” should be used, inserting the facility position in FOXTROT first field and the front of the cloud in FOXTROT second field. This procedure will be known as an “Extended Duration Release” and the following steps should be used to determine the distance the hazard cloud will have travelled:

(a) The release is reported as a continuous cloud on the initial report, the template in the

first instance is as for a biological Type “P” release for the Initial Hazard Area until further information is obtained.

(b) At the end of the current CDR time period or when a follow up report is received

stating that the release has stopped, the distance the cloud will have travelled can be calculated by using the current wind speed multiplied by the time elapsed in minutes, between the Start of Observation and End of Incident time (Set DELTA). The second CDR period should be calculated from the end of the extended release area (see Figure 4-15).

(c) Using 1.5 times the representative downwind speed as found from the CDR, example

12 km/h multiplied by time elapsed (minutes) and divided by 60; will result in the distance travelled in km. For example, if the release of the cloud continued for 30 minutes, and the calculated wind speed for the current CDR time period is 18 km/h (12 km/h*1.5), then the distance travelled is 9 km. If the distance travelled, as the example above, exceeds 2 km it would have to be recalculated as a Type “R” release, if it does not exceed 2 km recalculation is not required.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Note: FOXTROT first field and FOXTROT second field could be added to the drawing as centre of the circles (ref. 0420.1.b(2)).

Figure 4 - 15. Extended Duration Release d. If the release is reported as continous or NKN and the reported duration exceeds 2 hours, the

procedures for biological Type “S” (50 km hazard area radius) should be used. 2. The following presents a decision tree for agent bunkers or production facility hazard area prediction.

0421. Elevated Release and Extends Continously 1. Elevated Release. If the bulk of the material is elevated >50m to high altitude, the wind speed and bearing at that height from the BWR or other appropriate meteorological data should be used. If height unknown use the wind conditions at the 02 layer indicator (2000 m layer) (Figure 4-16). 2. Extends Continuously. If the release’s momentum or buoyancy carries the material significantly (> 50 m) above the ground surface and the material extends continuously from near the ground to high elevation, then in addition to the calculations using CDR 10 m wind conditions, the hazard prediction should be repeated using the wind conditions from the BWR at 2000 m elevation.

Agent Bunker or Production Facility release

Continuous Release Type P

Wind speed > 10 km/h

Extension of Release Area > 2 km

Duration of release > 2 hrs or NKN

Duration of release > 2 hrs or NKN

Type R

Type S

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

NKN

Distance = Windspeed (1.5) x Time (mins) 60

e.g. 18 kph x 30 mins = 9 km

60



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

The hazard area for an elevated release is considered to be the combined hazard areas, including spaces in between.

Figure 4 - 16. Elevated Release (Combined Areas BWR/CDR) 3. Overlap of Hazard Areas. If merging or combining hazard regions for elevated releases or changing meteorological conditions involves two triangular hazard regions having downwind directions different by more than 90 DEG, the regions to be merged should be replaced with a circle of radius equal to the larger of the downwind distances. The time of arrival at a location should be the earliest time resulting from either the BWR or CDR. 4. Changes in meteorological conditions in following BWRs should be handled in the same manner as using CDRs (i.e.if the windspeed for the CDR is calculated for 2 hours to determine d1 CDR distance, then the same procedure is used for the BWR windspeed to determine d1 BWR distance. Procedures for recalculation of predicted downwind hazard areas after Significant Weather Changes are as for paragraph 0422. 5. Limitations. The initial hazard area is considered valid until additional information is available. When significant changes in weather conditions occur a recalculation must be carried out.

d1 BWR

d1 CDR



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION V - PROCEDURES FOR THE FIRST CDR

0422. Hazard Areas for the First CDR

1. This section gives the step by step procedures used to create a Single Hazard Area due to Significant Weather Changes when the wind direction changes by 30 degrees or more, or the wind speed changes between Case “1” and Case “2”.

a. Single Hazard Area – Case “1”. The hazard prediction area calculation for a CDR period with wind speed ≤ 10 km/h will be represented by three circles of 20, 40 and 60 km radius respectively, centered on the release area centre point.

b. Single Hazard Area - Case “2”. When the wind direction does not change by 30 degrees or more, and does not drop below 10 km/h, the total downwind distance can be used to calculate a single hazard area as shown in Figure 4 - 17. The leading and trailing edges should also be computed, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges should be displayed with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines, as example below:

Figure 4 - 17. Single Hazard Area Type “P” Case “2”, Point Release Wind Speed > 10 km/h

NOTE:

(1) DA = the total downwind distance of the centre of the biological cloud is the sum of the three distances d1 + d2 + d3.

(2) DL = the downwind distance of the leading edge of the biological cloud is the total of DA x 1.5.

Single Hazard Area DA = d1 + d2 + d3 DA = 30 + 30 + 30 DA = 90 km DL = 1.5 x DA DL = 1.5 x 90 km DL = 135 km DT = 0.5 x DA DT = 0.5 x 90 km DT = 45 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(3) DT = the downwind distance of the trailing edge of the biological cloud is the total of DA x 0.5.

c. Change in Downwind Direction by 30 degrees or more (Case 2). When the wind direction changes by 30 degrees or more the following procedure should be used, as shown in the following steps:

(1) Draw the release area circle and initial hazard area for the CDR time period containing the release, as detailed in paragraph 0418, subparagraph b, Case “2” and illustrated in Figure 4 - 18.

Figure 4 - 18. Step 1

(2) The hazard area at the end of that time period is drawn as a circle centred at the downwind edge (d1) having a radius equal to the distance along the perpendicular line from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents as illustrated in Figure 4 - 19.


Release Area 30°

30

DOWNWIND DIR.

G N

d1 r


Release Area Radius



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(3) Draw a new downwind direction line for the next time period of distance d2 from the end of the d1 line. Repeat the hazard area procedure from Step 1 with the circle just drawn being the new release area as illustrated in Figure 4 - 20.


(4) Using the valid CDR for the third time period identify the Case. If the next time period is a Case “2”, and a Change in Downwind Direction by 30 degrees or more draw the circle containing the hazard area at the end of the second time period as for the end of the first time period illustrated in Figure 4 - 21. (If the third period is Case1 go to Step 6, or if Case 2 where the change in wind direction is less than 30 degrees go to Step 7).




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(5) Draw a new downwind direction line for the new time period of distance d3 from the end of the d2 line. Construct the hazard area for the third time period as described for the second time period illustrated in Figure 4 - 22.


(6) If the third time period is a Case “1”. The hazard area at the end of that time period is drawn as a circle centred at the downwind edge (d2) having a radius equal to the distance along the perpendicular line from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents. Extend this circle by the distance d3, measured from the edge of the circle d2 as illustrated in Figure 4 - 23.




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(7) If the third time period is a Case “2” and a Change in Downwind Direction is less than 30 degrees. Construct the hazard area for the third time period by drawing the downwind direction line from d2 to the d3 distance and extending the triangle as illustrated in Figure 4 - 24.


(8) The total hazard area for the valid CDR includes the combined areas drawn for the initial hazard area and hazard areas associated with the second and third time periods. The leading and trailing edges are computed along the downwind distance path, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges (DL & DT) should be displayed with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines for the time period containing each distance as illustrated in Figure 4 - 25.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED


d. Change in Wind Speed from ≤ 10 km/h to > 10 km/h, Case 1 to Case 2 (Significant Weather Change). When the wind speed Increases from ≤10 km/h to >10 km/h resulting in Case "1" changing to a Case "2", the following example illustrates the procedures that should be used:

(1) Confirm the release area circle and hazard area (d1) for the CDR time period containing the release, as detailed in paragraph 0418, subparagraph a, Case 1 is still valid.

(2) Using the valid CDR for the next time period, identify the downwind direction and downwind speed.

(3) Calculate the Downwind Travel Distance d2 as paragraph 0415.

(4) Plot the downwind travel distance by drawing a line through the centre of the release area circle oriented in the downwind direction (for a Type “R” release pick one of the release area circles). The line should extend to the distance d2 in the downwind direction from the downwind edge of the hazard area radius (d1). In the upwind direction along the same line mark a distance equal to twice the hazard area radius (d1).

(5) From the downwind travel distance (d2), draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction line. Extend the line to either side of the downwind direction line.

(6) From the upwind end of this line, draw 2 lines, which are tangents to the release area circle, and extend them until they intersect with the perpendicular to the downwind direction line (See Step 5 (5) above). These lines will form a 30° angle either side of the downwind direction line as illustrated in Figure 4 - 26.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED


(7) Using the valid CDR for the third time period (if applicable) identify the Case and calculate as follows:

(a) Case “1”. The hazard area at the end of that time period is drawn as a circle centred at the downwind edge (d2) having a radius equal to the distance along the perpendicular line from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents. Extend this circle by the distance d3, measured from the edge of the circle d2 as illustrated in Figure 4 - 27.

Figure 4 - 27. Step 7 (a)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(b) Case “2”, Change in Downwind Direction is less than 30 degrees. Construct the hazard area for the third time period by drawing the downwind direction line from d2 to the d3 distance and extending the triangle as illustrated in Figure 4 - 28.

Step 7 (b)

Step 8

Figure 4 - 28. Step 7 (b) and Step 8

(c) Case “2”, Change in Downwind Direction by 30 degrees or more. Construct the hazard area for the third time period (d3) as for the as illustrated in Figure 4 - 29.

Step 7 (c)

Step 8

Figure 4 - 29. Step 7 (c) and Step 8

(8) The hazard area for the valid CDR includes the combined areas drawn for the initial hazard area and hazard areas associated with the second and third time periods, if applicable. The leading and trailing edges are computed along the downwind distance path, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges (DL & DT) should be



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

displayed with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines for the time period containing each distance.

e. Change in Wind Speed from > 10 km/h to ≤ 10 km/h, Case 2 to Case 1. When the wind speed decreases from >10 km/h to ≤10 km/h resulting in Case "2" changing to a Case "1", the following procedures should be used.

(1) Confirm the release area circle and initial hazard area “Case 2” for the CDR time period containing the release as detailed in paragraph 0418, subparagraph b, Case 2 is still valid.

(2) The hazard area at the end of that time period is drawn as a circle centred at the downwind edge (d1) having a radius equal to the distance along the perpendicular line from the downwind direction line to one of the tangents as illustrated in Figure 4 - 30.


(3) Extend this circle by the distance d2, measured from the edge of the circle d1 as illustrated in Figure 4 - 31.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED


(4) Using the valid CDR for the third time period (if applicable) identify the Case and calculate as follows:

(a) Case “1”. Construct the hazard area for the third time period as described for the second time period. Extend this circle by the distance d3, measured from the edge of the circle d2 as illustrated in Figure 4 - 32.

Figure 4 - 32. Step 4 (a)

(b) Case “2”. Identify wind direction and wind speed, and construct the hazard area for the third time period as described in paragraph 0420, subparagraph c, and as illustrated in Figure 4 - 33.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 4 - 33. Step 4 (b)

(5) The hazard area for the current CDR includes the combined areas drawn for the initial hazard area and hazard areas associated with the second and third time periods, if applicable. The leading and trailing edges are computed along the downwind distance path, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges (DL & DT) should be displayed with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines for the time period containing each distance.

f. After significant weather changes, the CBRN 3 BIO report may no longer be accurate or apply. An adjusted CBRN 3 BIO report must be sent to the unit or installation in the new hazard area, if possible. Also notify the units that may no longer be in the hazard area.

g. A CBRN 3 BIO should be generated corresponding to the current CDR time periods. The hazard area defined in set PAPAX should only include those points computed for the current CDR.

h. The leading (DL) and trailing (DT) edges are computed along the downwind distance path, starting at the release location. The leading and trailing edges should be displayed with lines drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, extending to the tangent lines for the time period containing each distance.

i. A value of zero is used for the downwind distance path, leading edge, and trailing edge computations for Case “1” releases, since the wind direction is considered variable. The leading edge can be considered to be the edge of the hazard area circle.

j. For type “S” releases notice should be taken of the location of enemy positions further upwind of the hazard area, calculated in accordance with paragraph 0419, subparagraph g. The area between the enemy positions and the template should be considered as being potentially BIO contaminated, with appropriate warnings issued and protective measures taken.

k. For type “S” releases, if a new detection is made outside of the hazard area, the procedures in 0419, g. should be repeated for the new location.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0423. Hazard Duration

1. Upon confirmation of a specific biological agent or toxin, the expected duration of viability of the agent should be recorded in the second field of set PAPAA. The release area radius computed for the current CDR should be entered into the first field of set PAPAA. This duration may be obtained from a data base on such agents. Agents may continue to be a hazard on the ground in the contaminated area from days to potentially years.

0424. Times of Arrival Calculation 4. The earliest time of arrival (ETA) for a biological cloud can be computed by using the downwind distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 1.5. The distance to the points considered must be measured from the downwind edge (outer edge for Case “1”) of the release area.

5. The latest time of arrival (LTA) for a biological cloud can be computed by using the downwind distance path and the wind speed for each time period multiplied by 0.5. Arrival times are computed using these adjusted wind speeds and the downwind travel distances for each time period. The distance to the points considered must be measured from the upwind edge (circle centre for Case “1”) of the release area.

Note: • Only ETAs need to be calculated and sent for warnings only. • ETAs in minutes to be added to the time of Release. • ETAs and LTAs to be converted to DTG. • ETAs to be round down. • LTAs to be round up.

6. A line should be drawn perpendicular to the downwind distance path, which passes through the location of unit or installation. For the time period containing the location of unit or installation, the distance along the downwind path to the perpendicular line is divided by the adjusted wind speed. For previous time periods the downwind travel distance is divided by the adjusted wind speed. The expected arrival time or latest time of arrival is the sum of the contributing times; from the last time period back through the time period containing the release. Some residual airborne cloud mass may remain behind the area contained between the leading and trailing edges. For ETAs + LTAs outside d1 E.g. d1 Distance X 60 + Distance to C/S along wind line X 60 = ETA min 1 ½ X Wind Speed 1 ½ X Wind Speed 14 km X 60 = 40 min + 26 km X 60 = 59 min 21 km/h 27 km/h

40 min + 59 min = 99 min = ETA



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Note: Do same calculations for LTAs using half the wind speed 7. Calculated arrival times are used for warning only. The actual arrival can only be determined by detection.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VI - CALCULATION OF FURTHER HAZARD AREA 0425. Hazards beyond the First CDR

1. Before proceeding to the next CDR, the downwind hazard area should be recalculated. Distance DA is not to be extended to result in 6 hours total time. Rather, d3 will end at the end of the current CDR (e.g., u3*2). If the release occurs in the second or third CDR time period, only two or one distance will result, as described in paragraph 0415. The leading and trailing edge distances need to be re-computed and plotted as points. If actual measured meteorological conditions have been recorded during the current CDR, a better estimate of the current hazard area will be obtained.

2. A release circle for the end of the current CDR is drawn centred at the current downwind location and then extended to the tangent lines, as described in 0420c. This release circle defines the extent of the cloud at the end of the current CDR. If this circle does not include both the leading and trailing edge distances, the circle radius should be enlarged around the current downwind location until both points are included.

3. The recalculation of Figure 4 - 34 is shown in Figure 4 - 35 with the new release area adjusted to include the leading and trailing edges.

Figure 4 - 34.

Figure 4 - 35.

4. The recalculation of Figure 4 - 36 is shown in Figure 4 - 37 with the new release area. The release area does not need to be enlarged to contain the leading and trailing edges for this case.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 4 - 36.

Figure 4 - 37.

5. The hazard area for the next 6 hour time period should be computed when the next CDR is received. The procedures in paragraphs 0418, 0419 and 0420 are used. If the next CDR has not been received, the last time period for the current CDR should be used for WHISKEYM, XRAYM, and YANKEEM. When the next CDR is received, the hazard prediction should be recalculated. The hazard area should then be reported in PAPAX of a new CBRN 3 BIO.

6. Hazard areas should continue to be computed until no further contamination can be confirmed, or until the hazard duration that follows in paragraph 0422 has been reached. Attention should still be paid to the previously calculated areas, which may be contaminated until the end of agent effectiveness.

0426. Termination of Biological Hazard Assessment

1. For a biological release where the CBRN 3 BIO was generated from one or more CBRN 1/2 BIO with agent unknown (NKN), the CBRN 3 BIO computations may be terminated when it is confirmed that it is not a biological substance. Otherwise, biological hazard assessment should continue until further information is available.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VII - CBRN BIO REPORTS 1- 6

0427. Reporting of Biolocal Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System

1. Biological incident warning and reporting aids in the rapid collection, evaluation and dissemination of data concerning biological release and hazards, including the prediction of hazard areas.

0428. Reporting CBRN 1 BIO

1. The CBRN 1 BIO report is the most widely used report, being the observer’s report giving basic data. The observing unit uses this report to provide BIO release data. All units must be completely familiar with the CBRN 1 BIO report format and its information. The unit must prepare this report quickly and accurately, and send it to the next higher-headquarters. All data observations are sent in a single, complete CBRN 1 BIO report. Do not divide data into two parts to create a subsequent report. CBRN 1 BIO reports are not used as attack notification. They simply pass data.

2. The first time a BIO weapon is used against allied forces, the observing unit will send the CBRN 1 report with a FLASH precedence. Each intermediate headquarters will forward the report with a FLASH precedence (or IMMEDIATE precedence if a previous CBRN 1 BIO report has been forwarded). If the report is of a second attack within the area of operation, use IMMEDIATE.

3. If a BIO release is suspected from an attack or TIB release is observed, the observer determines the date-time group of the release, location of the release, means of delivery, type of release (air or ground), and if possible, type/name of agent. The CBRN team then formats the CBRN 1 BIO report and forwards it to the next higher headquarters. All units prepare and forward CBRN 1 reports.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 4 - 2. CBRN 1 BIO - Example BIO 1


Set Description Cond. Example

ALFA Incident Serial Number C

BRAVO Location of Observer and Direction of Incident

M BRAVO/33SVB307672/235DGG//

DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start and Incident End

M DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/MGRS:33SVB3080067200/AA//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information

M GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//


M INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//


M MIKER/-/-//




O YANKEE/180DGG/17KPH//

ZULU Measured Weather Conditions O ZULU/4/20C/0/0/0//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/Munitions exploded in dust like clouds, and intelligence has indicated that a BIO release is likely.


1. The CBRN 2 BIO report is based on one or more CBRN 1 BIO reports. It is used to pass evaluated data to higher, subordinate, and adjacent units. Brigade CBRN SCCs are usually the lowest level that prepares CBRN 2 reports. Battalion CBRN personnel may prepare the CBRN 2 report if they have sufficient data. However, these units will not assign an Incident Serial Number.

2. Units use the CBRN 2 as a factor in determining whether to adjust Dress State levels, and to assist in planning future operations. Line item GENTEXT (CBRN Info) should include the type and case of release, if known. Use other line items if the information is known.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED




ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/ITA/1DIV/001/B//


M DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:33SVB3080067200/AA//


M GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//




M MIKER/-/-//



YANKEE Downwind Direction and Speed



GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/TYPE P CASE 2 - Munitions exploded in dust like clouds, and intelligence has indicated that a Bio release is likely.


1. CBRN CC uses the CBRN 2 reports and the CDR information to predict the downwind hazard area. This is sent as a CBRN 3 report. It is sent to all units that could be affected by the hazard. Each unit plots the CBRN 3 report and determines which of its subordinate units are affected and warns those units accordingly.

2. A recipient of a CBRN 3 biological report is able to plot the downwind hazard area easily and quickly. Line GENTEXT may contain additional information that is not covered by the sets.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED






M DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:33SVB3080067200/AA//


O GOLF/OBS/AIR/1/BOM/-//

INDIA Release Information CBRN Incidents



M MIKER/-/-//

OSCAR* Reference DTG for Estimated Contour Lines

C

PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard Area

M PAPAA/2KM/-/36KM/-//

PAPAX Hazard Area Location for Weather Period

M PAPAX/040600ZJUL2006 33SVB307692/33SVB325683/33SWA201136 /33SUA389151/33SVB291683/33SVB307692//



XRAYB Predicted Contour Information O

YANKEE Downwind Direction and Speed



GENTEXT CBRN Info O TYPE P CASE 2

* OSCAR is required if set XRAYB occurs, otherwise it is prohibited.


1. The CBRN 4 BIO report is the recorded result of an initial detection, reconnaissance, survey, or monitoring action at a location being checked for the presence of biological agents. Each QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU segment in every CBRN 4 BIO report is a record of one contamination sample point’s location, environment, time of reading, type and level of contamination, method of sampling, and local MET conditions.

2. CBRN 4 BIO will often be far downwind of the release area location as defined in the corresponding CBRN 2 and CBRN 3 BIO reports, since biological agents will most likely be detected as airborne contamination (aerosol). A CBRN 4 BIO can be assumed to be associated with the same release if:

a. They can be placed in the hazard area for a CBRN 3 BIO report between the expected earliest and latest times of arrival.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

b. They are within 10 km and 2 hours of another CBRN 4 BIO report, which has already been assigned to a release.

Table 4 - 5. CBRN 4 BIO - Example

BIO 4



ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/BEL/001/001/B//


M INDIA/AIR/TS:BAC/NP/OTR/-//

INDIAB Release and Sampling Information on Biological Incidents

O

QUEBEC* Location of Reading, Sample, Detection and Type of Sample/Detection

M QUEBEC/MGRS:31UES0620042500/-/OTH/1M/-/-/-/-/-/-//

ROMEO* Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend and Decay Rate Trend

O ROMEO/CON:50000CFUM2/-/-//

SIERRA* Date-Time-Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination

M SIERRA/CON:031040ZAPR2010//


O TANGO/FLAT/BARE//

WHISKEY* Sensor Information O WHISKEY/POS/POS/N/MED//

YANKEE* Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed


ZULU* Measured Weather Conditions O ZULU/4/20C/0/0/0//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/HHA HAND HELD ASSAY//

* Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment. Set QUEBEC and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated. Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA appeared. Sets/segments are repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED


1. Generation of CBRN 5 BIO. CBRN 4 BIO which has been assigned to the same release may be used to produce a CBRN 5 BIO report which is used for the passing of information on areas of actual ground contamination within the downwind hazard region.

2. The CBRN 5 BIO report is prepared from the contamination plot. This report is last in order because it consists of a series of grid coordinates. Often this message must be sent on the radio nets. This requires lengthy transmission. If an overlay is not sent, the recipient is required to plot each coordinate and redraw the plot. For CBRN 5 BIO reports, line items INDIA (release information), OSCAR (reference time), and XRAYA (actual contour information) are mandatory.

Table 4 - 6. CBRN 5 BIO - Example

BIO 5





O DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//




M OSCAR/040700ZJUL2010//

XRAYA Actual Contour Information

M XRAYA/20PPM/33SVB308675/ MGRS:33SVB3140067200/MGRS:SVB3120066700/ MGRS:33SVB3060066000/MGRS:33SVB3030067100/ MGRS:33SVB3030067300/MGRS:33SVB3080067500//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/-//

0433. Reporting CBRN 6 BIO 1. The final CBRN report is the CBRN 6 BIO. This report is used to pass detailed information on the biological incident and a narrative description in GENTEXT of biological releases that have occurred in the reporting unit’s area of responsibilities. The CBRN 6 BIO contains as much information as is known about the releases. It is submitted only when requested.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED




ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/ITA/1DIV/001/B//


O DELTA/040600ZJUL2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/MGRS:33SVB3080067200/AA//


O

GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and Quantity

O


O INDIA/SURF/BIO/-/-/-//

INDIAB Release and Sampling Information on Biological Incidents

O

MIKECB Description and Status of Chemical, and Biological Substance or Storage or Release Information

O MIKECB/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//


O MIKER/-/-//

QUEBEC Location of Reading, Sample, Detection and Type of Sample/Detection

M QUEBEC/MGRS:36SVD9600029000/-/OTR/MPDS/-/-/-/-/-/-//

ROMEO Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend & Decay Rate Trend

O ROMEO/CON:20PPM//

SIERRA Date-Time-Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination

O SIERRA/CON:040700ZJUL2010//

GENTEXT CBRN Info M GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SIBCA LAB REPORT HAS IDENTIFIED THE AGENT AS ANTHRAX//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 5 RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING

SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION

0501. Aim

1. This chapter covers the manual procedures to warn and report the accidental or deliberate release of radiological materials.

2. Radiological releases, referred to as RAD, may include, but are not limited to releases caused by accident, collateral damage or deliberate sabotage from nuclear, industrial or medical installations in which radioactive material is held. Relevant installations may include, but are not limited to any of the following:

a. power-generating nuclear reactors;

b. research reactors;

c. nuclear fuel fabrication, reprocessing and enrichment plant;

d. nuclear fuel element stores;

e. fissile material stores;

f. radioactive waste storage facilities;

g. radioactive material production and storage of such material; and

h. medical, industrial or educational/research facilities.

3. RAD releases also include intentional or unintentional transportation accidents e.g. transport of radioactive material by road, rail or ship.

4. Since the characteristics of the RAD release scenarios listed above are significantly different from a nuclear weapon detonation, this chapter excludes determination of the hazard area arising from fallout due to nuclear weapons. The procedures used for nuclear weapon fallout prediction are given in Chapter 6.

0502. Nature of Radiological Release

1. Releases from nuclear plant are characterized in terms of the amount of radioactivity and the nature of the radioactive materials that could be released, which depend on which part of the plant is affected. The radioactive material released from nuclear reactors will be in the form of gases, fine particulate (aerosols) and possibly fuel fragments, which give rise to a range of radioactive emissions. Other fuel-cycle facilities contain radiological material in a variety of forms, including non-condensable gases, vapours, liquids and solids.

2. In reactor accident scenarios, the release of radioactivity could occur over several hours or even days. The release does not necessarily occur at a constant rate throughout the release duration.

3. The release could be controlled by the plant operators, in which case the release may be from the stack and would be included with process steam. There would be no other indication of release other than by detection using suitable radiation detection equipment. Uncontrolled releases may be accompanied by fire and explosions and could be indicated by external signs of damage to the plant.

4. Outside the nuclear industry, radioactive materials are widely used in industrial and medical facilities. Radioactive materials used for industrial and medical applications tend to comprise of a single radionuclide incorporated into equipment designed to deliver a specific type of radiation. Radioactive sources are also often used for education and research in university departments.

5. Radiological devices would be designed by an aggressor to deploy or disperse radioactive material in an operational area. The ability of an aggressor to deploy such a device would be limited by the availability of the necessary radioactive materials and possibly by the need for the aggressor to include shielding to minimise the risk of detection. The materials may be obtained from internal



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

facilities (nuclear plant, industrial or medical facility) or imported from other countries, either overtly for declared industrial/medical applications, or covertly.

6. In addition to the availability of the radioactive material, a Radiological device also requires a method of assembly and a delivery mechanism. A device could be as simple as a radioactive source associated with an improvised explosive device. These could result in an instantaneous release of quantities of radioactive material into the environment. Other devices may be intended to contaminate food or water supplies or cause significant radiation exposure to personnel without use of explosive dispersal. Intelligence information is the main guide to the likelihood of radiological devices being encountered in a specific operation.

0503. Hazards from Radiological Releases

1. Releases from nuclear facilities will include a range of radioactive materials that may present the following hazards:

a. Irradiation. Gamma radiation is emitted by most radionuclides and can cause harm to human tissue by direct irradiation. The range of gamma radiation in air is several meters (even hundreds of meters), but the intensity decreases in proportion to the square of distance from the source.

b. Inhalation. Inhalation of radionuclides can produce significant exposure especially if the nuclide is retained inside the body. Inhalation of radionuclides that emit alpha radiation is particularly harmful.

c. Ingestion. Consumption of contaminated food or drink can also produce very significant doses as certain radioactive materials are retained inside the body for a long period. For example iodine-131 is retained by the thyroid and plutonium is absorbed in the lung and by bone tissue.

d. Skin contact. Many radionuclides decay by beta particle emission either with or without emission of a gamma ray. Beta radiation has a very small range in air (up to 1 to 2 m, depending on beta energy) but direct skin contact with a beta-emitter may cause skin burns.

2. Protection from releases from nuclear facilities should include consideration of all of these potential hazards.

3. Releases from industrial or medical facilities may have a smaller range of radioactive materials, which means some, but not of all the hazards listed above may arise.

0504. Radiological Hazard Areas 1. These are the areas in which unprotected personnel and materiel may be affected by the released radioactivity. The radiological hazard area depends on the type of release (source term) and the atmospheric dispersion that occurs following the release. 2. The HAZARD AREA has been subdivided into three zones based on the total radiation dose that would be received by unprotected military personnel. These zones are defined in terms of the Radiation Exposure State thresholds defined in STANAG 2083 and STANAG 2473. The three zones are described as follows:

a. R1 - Potential Long-term Hazard. In this area, unprotected personnel may be expected to receive doses in excess of 5 cGy over a period of 5 days. Radiation exposure of individuals could constitute an increased risk of ill-health (e.g. increased risk of developing cancer) in the long term and the exposure should be managed (ALARA5) and recorded. Background radiation levels should be monitored regularly, to check for the start and end of radiological contamination. Non-essential personnel should be advised to shelter and consideration given to evacuation of the most vulnerable and those who are located in areas where survey measurements indicate the highest dose-rates. Guided by field survey measurements, consideration should be given to adoption of protective equipment.

5 ALARA – As Low As Reasonably Achievable



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

b. R2 - Potential Acute Hazard. In this area, the radiation levels are expected to be sufficiently high to indicate that active measures should be adopted to reduce exposure. Unprotected personnel who remain in this area for a significant period can be anticipated to receive doses exceeding 75 cGy (but less than 125 cGy) within 24 hours, which is high enough to cause some short-term incapacitation, but full recovery is expected. Operations within this area should be restricted to mission critical tasks only.

c. R3 - Potential Severe Hazard. This area corresponds to the region in which radiation doses to personnel are expected to exceed 125 cGy within 4 hours. It can be anticipated that unprotected personnel who remain in this area for significant periods may receive doses high enough to cause short-term incapacitation and possibly death. Immediate evacuation of non-essential personnel and adoption of protective equipment is strongly recommended. Immediate medical evaluation should be provided to persons leaving this area.

3. A description of the active measures that should be adopted in zones where acute or long-term hazards are anticipated can be found in AJP-3.8.1 Vol I. 4. The hazards arising from radiological release scenarios have been reviewed to reduce the very large number of possible release scenarios into four types (labelled F to I in Table 5-1).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 5 - 1. Type of Radiological Incident, Description and Template Source Term Type of

Radiological Incident

Description Template Source Term

F

Disrupted Industrial Source. Radioactive materials are used in a wide range of industrial, medical and educational/research applications. Accidental or deliberate disruption of such sources could result in localised radiation hazard and release to the environment.

Case 1: Damaged and Dispersed Food Sterilisation Source6: Cs-137, up to 3.0MCi, wind speed ≤ 10 km/h. Case 2: Damaged and Dispersed Food Sterilisation Source7: Cs-137, up to 3.0MCi, wind speed > 10km/h. Case 3: Unshielded Industrial Source8: Co-60, 300 kCi

G

Radiological Device. Any device specifically designed to employ radioactive material to cause destruction, damage or injury by means of the radiation produced by the decay of such material

Case 1: Radiation Dispersion Device9, Cs-137, 10 kCi to 3.0MCi, 10kg HE, wind speed ≤ 10km/h. Case 2: Radiation Dispersion Device10, Cs-137, 10 kCi to 3.0MCi, 10kg HE, windspeed speed > 10 km/h. Case 3: Radiation Exposure Device: Exposed Gamma Source11, Co-60, 10 kCi

H

Release from Nuclear Power Plant. Accidental or deliberate disruption of facilities, including nuclear power reactor leading to release into the environment. Other nuclear facilities include research reactors, fuel production and storage, waste processing, and waste storage

Case 1: Severe Release from Nuclear Power plant. IAEA Event Scale 7, HPAC Severe incident12 Case 2: Moderate Release from Nuclear Power plant. IAEA Event Scale 6, HPAC Moderate incident Case 3: Minor release from Nuclear Power Plant, IAEA Event Scale 5 or less, or any release from other nuclear facilities, including fuel fabrication and reprocessing plant, waste stores and research facilities

I

Detection of unobserved incident. Radiation has been detected but the initial disruption or dispersion of radioactive material has not been directly observed. Source unknown. Reported using CBRN 4 RAD

Use template for Type I

5. The form of the hazard area template for each of these types of incident depends on the form of radioactive material involved and the manner in which radiation exposure occurs. 6. For incidents that involve the extended release of radioactive material from large nuclear facilities the three hazard areas defined above should be represented by three circles centered on the plant location, as shown in Figure 5 - 1. Similarly, for incidents that involve exposure to direct radiation 6 IAEA TECDOC1344 7 IAEA TECDOC1344 8 NATO AC/225(LG7)D(2006)0003, Scenario 4 9 NATO SAS 061 Scenario R1 10 NATO SAS 061 Scenario R1 11 NATO SAS 061 Scenario R2 12 IAEA International Nuclear Event Scale, 2001



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(i.e. exposed or ‘orphan’ radiation sources) the three hazard areas should be represented by circles centered on the source location or main concentration of radioactive material. If an incident involves an instantaneous release (e.g. RDD or disrupted industrial source) and subsequent dispersal and deposition of the radioactive material by the wind speed (found in CDR) is less than or equal to 10 km/h, the three hazard areas will again be represented by circles centered on the incident location, as illustrated in Figure 5 - 1. Unshielded radiation sources will emit radiation in all directions.

Figure 5 - 1. Hazard Area Template for RAD Incidents arising from Nuclear Facilities, Exposed

Radiation Sources or Instantaneous Releases, Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h 7. If the incident involves an instantaneous release and subsequent dispersal and deposition of the radioactive material by the wind when the wind found in the CDR is greater than 10 km/h, the inner two hazard zones defined by R3 and R2 should be represented by circles and the outer hazard area should be represented by a fan, with its centre-line along the downwind direction and dimension defined by the radius R1.

Severe Hazard Dose > 125 cGy

Acute Hazard Dose > 75 cGy

Long-term Hazard Dose > 5 cGy R 1

R 2

R 3 R 3



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 5 - 2. Hazard Area Template for RAD incidents arising from Instantaneous Releases –


(1) Plot the incident location and indicate GN.

(2) Plot Severe and Acute hazard zones as circles of radius R3 and R2 centred on the incident location.

(3) Draw a line from the incident location in the downwind direction.

(4) At the R1 distance draw a line perpendicular to the downwind direction.

(5) Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the incident location equal to twice the length of the release area radius of R2.

(6) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle.

(7) The long term hazard area is defined as template shows.

(8) Create CBRN 3 RAD message for warning and reporting units.

8. For each of the incident types defined in Table 5 - 1, a number of cases are considered, (worst case) as summarized in Table 5 - 2.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 5 - 2. Types and Cases of Radiological Releases Type of Release

Type Description Case Case Description CBRN 3

Graphic R1 / R2 / R3

F

Disrupted Industrial Source

1

Damaged source with dispersion

Wind speed ≤ 10 km/h

2.5 km / 250 m / 75 m

2

Damaged source with dispersion

Wind speed > 10 km/h

13 km / 750 m / 400 m

3 Exposed/ unshielded source

500 m / 50 m / 15 m

G Radiological Device

1

Radiological Dispersion Device

(RDD) Wind speed ≤ 10

km/h

2.5 km / 250 m / 75 m

2

Radiological Dispersion Device

(RDD) Wind speed > 10

km/h

13 km / 750 m / 400 m

3

Radiation Exposure Device

E.g exposed gamma source

500 m / 50 m / 15 m

H

Release from

Nuclear Facilities

1

Severe Release from

Nuclear Power Plant

300 km / 15.0 km / 2.0 km

2

Moderate release from Nuclear Power Plant

30.0 km / 1.0 km/ 600 m

3

Minor releasae from Nuclear

power plant or any release from other

nuclear facility

30.0 km / 1.0 km/ 600 m

I

Detection of unobserved

incident: Reported

using CBRN 4 RAD

Use only one radius 2.5 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION – PROCEDURES AND CONTRAINTS 0505. General 1. The aim is to provide a timely warning to local commanders of the possibility of direct radiation and/or radioactive contamination such that RADIAC monitoring equipment may be deployed to monitor contamination and radiation hazards and protective measures (including IPE, sheltering and evacuation) may be adopted as required. 2. Initial indications of a RAD incident could arise when:

a. A RADIAC detector has detected the radiation hazard and alarmed;

b. An observer has noticed a change in the status of a known radioactive facility or hazard; and

c. Third party information, including current intelligence, is received [e.g. terrorist warning or report of an incident at a nuclear facility by the host nation].

3. The Hazard Area template is based on analysis of actual radioactive releases from nuclear facilities. Releases from nuclear plant tend to last for much longer than the effectively instantaneous releases that could occur for some types of radiological device incidents or releases from other industrial facilities. Studies have shown that:

a. The main determinant of hazard area for a nuclear facility release is the magnitude (size) of release [i.e. quantity of released radioactive material].

b. There is relatively small dependence of hazard area on wind speed. c. There is more dependence on atmospheric stability. d. There is a relatively small dependence on release height and release duration. e. Practical dose management measures, including monitoring and survey, sheltering and

evacuation, should be adopted in areas all around the site not just those in the immediate downwind direction.

4. Generally it will not be possible to estimate the size of a RAD release without a detailed radiological survey and post incident analysis of the release area. The CBRN cell must, therefore, use best judgement to select the appropriate template on the basis of information provided in the initial CBRN messages. This section describes the procedure for determining the Hazard Area template from incoming CBRN messages. 5. It will be necessary to set in place standard operating procedures (SOP) to define Operational Exposure Guidance (OEG), and exposure rate limits for the operation, decide on related alarm thresholds and to establish radiation background readings in the area of operation. This is necessary because these may vary significantly from operation to operation 6. Procedures for determination of the size of the release are given in Section III. For any given source term, the Hazard Area template is divided into three zones, in each of which commanders are advised to take specified actions to reduce radiation exposure in accordance with STANAG 2473. The radii of these zones are determined from the size of the release. 0506. Procedures

1. The warning and reporting procedures for radiological incidents are outlined in Figure 5 - 3. Essentially the steps involved are OBSERVE – ANALYSE – RESPOND – MONITOR, and each of these is described in more detail below.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 5 - 3. Warning and Reporting Flow Chart - Radiological Incidents



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

2. Observe. An incident may be observed either as direct damage or disruption of a known facility or radiological hazard, or by an unexpected detection of radiation using RADIAC equipment. The CBRN cell should collect as much information as possible about the incident, including location, time and available details of the incident and report as a CBRN 1 RAD. In the case where a reconnaissance team makes the initial discovery of a RAD hazard it may be more appropriate to make the initial report with detector readings using the CBRN 4 RAD message. National procedures may apply.

3. Analyse. On receipt of the initial messages the cell operator can select the appropriate template using the procedures described in Section III, and generate a plot of the estimated Hazard Area. Warning messages can then be issued as a CBRN 3 RAD. The template dimensions may change as more information such as detailed survey results comes available. The CBRN cell may also collect and correlate messages using the automated data processing (ADP) hazard prediction and warning and reporting system, if available, designed in accordance with the rules set out in AEP-45. The purpose of the analysis is to make a best estimate for the location, time, type and size of the release. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted hazard area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential.

4. Respond. Commanders who receive the CBRN RAD warning messages should immediately adopt the force protection measures and monitoring procedures as advised in STANAG 2473. The nature of these measures depends on proximity to the point of release and the time elapsed since the release occurred. As a minimum the units affected should monitor radiation levels and report readings as instructed regardless of whether they are located upwind or downwind of the incident. It will be important to establish where the contamination has not fallen to determine boundaries between clean and contaminated areas. Monitoring results should be reported periodically or as instructed by the CBRN cell using the CBRN 4 RAD format, as the radioactive intensity may change over time. STANAG 2473 provides guidance on risk management procedures to mitigate the effects of a RAD release. The Area Control Centre will be responsible for defining the time periods and action levels, for reporting field measurements, for directing additional reconnaissance measurements and collation and analysis of data. STANAG 2002 provides instruction on placing a cordon around the hazard. In the case of RAD releases, signs in accordance with the STANAG are to be placed on all probable routes leading into contaminated areas at the points where the dose rate reaches 0.0002 cGy/h (2 μGy/h) measured at 1 meter above the ground. This is roughly ten times natural background radiation levels for most outdoor areas. When the dose rate is greater than 0.0002 cGy/h, signs showing the actual dose rate are to be placed.

5. Monitor. Once the initial analysis and warning messages have been confirmed and analyzed, the CBRN cell should continuously monitor the development of the hazard area by updating the analysis using information obtained from CBRN 4 RAD monitoring messages or from other information received about the initial incident. The key information (location, time, type and size/ intensity) can be updated to either confirm or modify the template plot. Field measurements of radiation levels should be correlated to the same reference time, to account for radioactive decay, and plotted on a map of the affected area. Iso-doserate plots can be generated either manually or automatically and reported using the CBRN 5 RAD message. For most practical situations the decay of radioactivity for RAD releases can be ignored as a first approximation. Contours can be plotted by interpolation between adjacent fields measurements taken at different times provided the measurements are taken within the first few days of the initial incident. It should be noted that short half life nuclides will decay rapidly. Plotting measured dose rates ignoring radioactive decay will not result in an underestimate of the hazard area. Long half life nuclides will not have decayed significantly. Once sufficient information becomes available it may be possible to use an enhanced mathematical plume model to predict where the contamination will occur in the future or to fill in the gaps between field measurements. Further information on plume models is provided in AEP-45.

0507. Constraints

1. Constraints of Template. The templates described in this section are intended to indicate an overall Hazard Area where specific actions are advised, rather than to provide an indication of actual



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

hazard levels or radiation exposure prediction. The templates, therefore, provide an initial indication of areas in which specific actions should be taken to ensure that appropriate force protection measures are implemented.

2. Timeliness and Period of Validity of Messages. Radiological releases should be characterized both in terms of the dispersed atmospheric plume and the deposited contamination left behind when the plume has passed. It is important that the initial warning messages are issued as soon as possible after the incident such that affected units can adopt suitable protective measures (shelter, wear Individual Protective Equipment (IPE), evacuate, etc) and initiate monitoring procedures. The responses to RAD incidents can be broken down into Emergency, Intermediate and Late phases. The Hazard Area template would dictate responses during the Emergency phase but, during the later phases, more emphasis should be placed on actual hazard areas determined by field measurements and possibly by enhanced mathematical plume calculations.

a. Practical Limits of Templates. The boundaries of the zones within the Hazard Area template given in this chapter are based on analysis of a wide range of possible scenarios. A precautionary approach has been adopted to ensure that measures adopted always assume an appropriate level of caution until confirmed by actual measurements. Template dimensions are based on calculations for typical scenarios derived from work carried out by the NATO Joint Capability Group on CBRN Challenge Sub-group (CSG) and the Radiological and Nuclear Defence Sub-group (RNDSG).

b. Radiation Exposure Assumptions. The boundaries of the hazard zones have been calculated on the basis of exposure of unprotected personnel for a period of up to 5 days after the initial release or incident. The exposure calculation concentrates on the principal pathways that could result in short term health effects and does not consider pathways and processes that become important only in the longer term, such as ingestion and resuspension of the previously deposited activity. The dose pathways considered are radiation from deposited activity, inhalation and radiation from the contaminated cloud.

c. Unobserved incidents. Under some circumstances it will be necessary, or advisable to issue a warning that a RAD incident has occurred before a detailed survey has been completed to determine all of the release characteristics. This document includes provision for messages to include ’Not known’ [NKN] in some fields. The resulting Hazard Area template is then based on appropriate pessimistic assumptions that can subsequently be eliminated as more survey data becomes available.

0508. Scope of Simplified, Detailed and Enhanced Procedures

1. Simplified procedures are intended to be performed manually immediately on receipt of the first report.

2. Detailed procedures are intended to be performed either manually or by an automated system when multiple messages have been received. This requires correlation of the messages and enables the immediate hazard warnings to be confirmed or updated on the basis of the additional information. Guidance on message handling for RAD reports is provided in Section IV. Other than using multiple messages to make best estimates for the parameters used in plotting the Hazard Area template, there are no additional calculations necessary in the detailed procedure for RAD incidents.

3. Enhanced methods that make use of atmospheric dispersion models to predict the expected hazard distribution are only intended for use by automated systems due to the complexity of the calculations involved. Enhanced methods would be carried out, as more information about the nature of the release becomes available including field measurements of radiation and more information about the initial source term. The accuracy of such models is determined by many factors, as follows:

a. Type of and amount of radioactive material released;

b. Type of and amount of delivery or storage system(s);

c. Type of and amount of container(s) of radioactive material;

d. Terrain composition;



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

e. Average wind speed & direction;

f. Significant weather (rain, clouds etc.);

g. Air stability;

h. Type of surface(s);

i. Vegetation(s);

j. Surface air temperature;

k. Relative humidity;

l. Radiation dose coefficients; and

m. Estimated exposure conditions.

4. These factors are not considered in detail when implementing the RAD Hazard Area template procedure described in this Chapter, since collection of the data needed for accurate predictions is expected to take considerable time. Requirements for enhanced plume models are described in AEP-45.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION III – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION – SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURES 0509. General 1. This section describes the procedure for simplified, manual plotting of the Hazard Area template, using information available from the initial report. 2. The key parameters needed to generate the RAD Hazard Area template are:

a. The location of release; b. The time of release;

c. The type of release; and

d. The amount of material released (Size).

3. These parameters have to be deduced from information provided in the initial CBRN 1 RAD or CBRN 4 RAD messages. 0510. Immediate Warning 1. Location. The hazard area template should be centred on the location of the release that is indicated by FOXTROT or else will have to be deduced from set BRAVO (observer location and direction of incident). 2. Time of Release. The time of release is provided in set DELTA. 3. The Type and Size of Radiological Release for TIR:

a. Information on the type and size of radiological release is deduced from sets GOLF. GOLF Field 2 (Type of Delivery) is used to designate the nature or origin of the incident or release.

b. Type F involves accidental release from industrial or medical facilities, designated by the code

Toxic Industrial radiological (TIR), or incidents involving transport of radioactive materials, designated by the codes Transport (TPT), Railroad Car (RLD), Plant (PLT) or Ship (SHP).

c. Type G is used to indicate a deliberate attack using radioactive materials and is reported using

the codes Air (AIR), Bomb (BOM), Cannon (CAN), Device (DEV), Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLR), Mortar (MOR) or Missile (MSL) to indicate the means of dispersal or release of the RAD material.

d. Type H is used to indicate that the incident involves a major nuclear installation, such as

nuclear power plant (RNP), research nuclear reactor (RNR), fuel fabrication facility (FFF) or fuel reprocessing facility (FRF), fissile material storage (FMS) or radioactive waste storage (RWS) facility.

e. Type I is used to report an unobserved radiological release (use CBRN 4 RAD message).

4. Further information about the source, such as the general material type, type of radioactivity, radionuclide name or transport code, can be reported using set INDIAR if this information is available at the time that the initial report is raised. It is likely that these details will only become available following further investigation of the incident, and would then be reported using the CBRN 4 message. 5. A guide for deciding on the Types and Cases listed in Table 5 - 2 is summarised in Table 5 - 4, and examples for each type and case is given below:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 5 - 4. Decision Sheet for Simplified Procedure for RAD

Receipt of CBRN RAD

Incident observed no yes

Type of Incident

Type G: Radiological Weapon

AIR/ BOM/ CAN/ DEV/ MLR/ MOR/ MLS

Type H: Release from large Nuclear

Facility RNP/ RNR/ FMS/ RWS/ FFF/

FRF

Type F: Disrupted or dispersed Industrial

source TIR/ TPT/ RLD/ PLT/ SHP

Case 3 Exposed Source Size of release SML

Case 1 Dispersed Source: Size of release: LRG or XLG low winds ≤ 10 km/h

Case 2 Dispersed Source: Size of release: LRG or XLG for winds > 10 km/h

Case 3 Radiation exposure Device: Size of release SML

Case 1 Radiation Dispersal Device: Size of release LRG or XLG low winds ≤ 10 km/h

Case 2 Radiation Dispersal Device: Size of release LRG or XLG for winds > 10 km/h

Case 1: Severe release from RNP/ XLG

Case 2: Moderate release from RNP/ LRG

Case 3: Minor release from RNP/SML or any release from other nuclear facilities

Type I Unobserved incident

Golf Field 2 NKN

Check for off-target report

yes

Associate with

original message

no



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

a. TYPE F, Case 1: Damaged Source with Dispersion/Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.

Example: CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504108N0021554W/EE// GOLF/OBS/TIR/4/CON/LRGRAD// INDIAR/MDS/Co60/-/-/-// MIKER/FIRE/CONT/-// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/FIRE AT HOSPITAL WITH RADIOTHERAPY UNIT//

Hazard area Template

For this case as the wind speed is less or equal than 10 km/h the hazard area template, according to paragraph 0504.6, is plotted using the CIRCLE template centred on the source location reported using set FOXTROT..

Figure 5 - 5. TYPE F, Case 1, Damaged Source with Dispersion – Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

b. TYPE F, Case 2: Damaged Source with Dispersion/ Wind Speed > 10 km/h. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example: CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/RLD/3/ISO/XLGRAD// INDIAR/INS/UN3331/-/-/-// MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT/-// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SERIOUS RAIL CRASH INCLUDING CONTAINERS OF FRESH NUC FUEL//

Example: CBRN 3 RAD ALFA/GBR/222/222001/R// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010// FOXTROT/ 504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/RLD/3/ISO/XLGRAD// INDIAR/INS/3331/-/-/-// MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT// PAPAR/13KM/750M/400M/-// PAPAX/100209ZAUG2010/504048N0021550W/504117N0021535W/504637N0020608W/503823N0020238W/504028N0021520W/504048N0021550W// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGG/12KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//


For this case the wind speed is greater than 10 km/h, therefore, the hazard area template, according to paragraph 0504.7, is plotted using the FAN template centred on the source location reported using set FOXTROT. In this case the wind direction would be obtained from set YANKEE.

Figure 5 - 6. TYPE F, Case 2: Damaged Source with Dispersion – Wind Speed > 10 km/h

c. TYPE F, Case 3: Disrupted Industrial Source/ Exposed or Unshielded Source. Delivery and

quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example: CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504108N0021554W/099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/TIR/1/CON/SMLRAD// INDIAR/INS/GAM/-/-/-// MIKER/DPC/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGED INDUSTRIAL SOURCE//


For this case the hazard area template is plotted as three circles centred on the source location reported using set FOXTROT.

Figure 5 - 7. TYPE F, Case 3, Exposed/Unshielded Radiation Sources

d. TYPE G, Case 1, Radiological Device with Dispersion/Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.

Example: CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/DEV/1/BOM/LRGRAD// INDIAR/MWS/NKN/-/MPDS/CONF// MIKER/ARDD/PUFF// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/WARNED RDD//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED


For this case as the wind speed is less than 10 km/h the hazard area template should be plotted using the CIRCLE template centred on the source location reported using set FOXTROT. In this case the wind information would be obtained from set YANKEE.

Figure 5 - 8. TYPE G, Case 1, Radiological Dispersion Device – Wind Speed ≤ 10 km/h

e. TYPE G, Case 2, Radiological Dispersion Device/Wind Speed > 10 km/h. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.

Example: CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504349N0024102W/099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/MSL/1/-/-// INDIAR/MWS/GAM/-/UMPD/-// MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ALARM FROM AREA MONITORS AFTER MSL ATTACK//

Example: CBRN 3 RAD ALFA/GBR/222/222001/R// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010// FOXTROT/ 504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/MSL/1/-/XLGRAD// INDIAR/MWS/GAM/-/UMPD/-// MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT// PAPAR/13KM/750M/400M/-// PAPAX/100209ZAUG2010/504048N0021550W/504117N0021535W/504637N0020608W/503823N0020238W/504028N0021520W/504048N0021550W//


For this case the wind speed is greater than 10 km/h, therefore, the hazard area template is plotted using the FAN template centred on the source location reported using set FOXTROT. In this case the wind direction is obtained from set YANKEE.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 5 - 9. TYPE G, Case 2, Radiological Dispersion Device – Wind Speed > 10 km/h

f. TYPE G, Case 3, Radiological Device; Exposed Source. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.

Example:

CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/DEV/1/CON/SMLRAD// INDIAR/RDPS/GAM/-/MPDS/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/PATROL PD ALARMED//


For this case the hazard area template is plotted using the circle template centred on the source location reported using set FOXTROT. In this case the wind information does not apply.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 5 - 10. TYPE F, Case 3, Exposed Unshielded Radiation Sources

g. TYPE H, Case 1: Release from Nuclear Facilities; Severe Release from Nuclear Power Plant. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.

Example:

CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/RNP/1/RCT/XLGRAD// INDIAR/SRF/MXR/-/-/-// MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SEVERE DAMAGE TO RCT BUILDING AT RNP//


For this case the hazard area template is plotted using the circle template centred on the source location reported using set FOXTROT.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 5 - 11. TYPE H, Case 1, Severe Release from Nuclear Power Plant

h. TYPE H, Case 2: Release from Nuclear Facilities; Moderate Release from Nuclear Power Plant. Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.

Example:

CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504349N0024102W/099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/RNP/1/RCT/LRGRAD// INDIAR/SRF/MXR/-/-/-// MIKER/ESD/CONT// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/ONGOING INCIDENT AT NPP //





NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 5 - 12. TYPE H, Case 2 Moderate Release from Nuclear Power Plant

i. TYPE H, Case 3: Minor release from Nuclear Power Plant or any release from other Nuclear Facilities.

Delivery and quantity information is obtained from set GOLF and is characterized in terms of the type or means of delivery, the number of delivery systems, type of substance containers and the size of the radiological release.

Example:

CBRN 1 RAD BRAVO/504349N0024102W/099DGM// DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-// FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE// GOLF/OBS/RNR/1/RCT/XLGRAD// INDIAR/SRF/-/-/-/-// MIKER/EXFIRE/CONT// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/012KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/SEVERE INCIDENT AT RESEARCH REACTOR SITE//



Figure 5 - 13. TYPE H, Case 3 Release from other Nuclear Facilities



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

j. TYPE I: Detection of Unobserved Incident; Reported using CBRN 4 RAD. If radiation is detected but with no evidence of the source (i.e. no obvious attack or release), the incident should be reported as an Unobserved Incident. This could be reported using a CBRN 4 RAD message as follows:

Information on the type of release is deduced from set INDIAR.

Example:

CBRN 4 RAD ALFA/UK/123/004/R// INDIAR/MWS/NKN/-/HGSM/-/ QUEBEC/504056N0021515W/-/MPDS/-/-/-/-/-/-/-// ROMEO/RAT:30CGH/-/-// SIERRA/100209AUG2007// TANGO/FLAT/URBAN// YANKEE/075DGT/005KPH// ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/UNEXPECTED HIGH READING GAMMA DOSERATE MONITOR//


For this case the hazard area template is plotted as ONE circle of 2.5 km centred on the location of the reading reported using set QUEBEC. If there is more than one reading the QUEBEC for the highest reading should be used.

Figure 5 - 14. TYPE I: Detection of unobserved incident, reported using CBRN 4 RAD

r = 2.5 km



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD PREDICTION – DETAILED PROCEDURES 0511. Processing and Analysing RAD Messages 1. The purpose of the detailed procedure is to either confirm or recalculate the hazard area template produced using the Simplified Procedure described in Section III. This Section describes the manual procedures for processing and analysing the messages. This procedure assumes that the first indication of a radiological hazard will be the receipt of a CBRN 1 RAD message. However, for reporting of an unobserved incident it is possible that the first indication would be as a CBRN 4 RAD. 2. The analysing steps should therefore be:

a. For CBRN 1 RAD messages, proceed in accordance with paragraph 0512.

b. For CBRN 2 RAD messages only, proceed in accordance with paragraph 0513.

c. For CBRN 4 RAD messages, which indicate detection data from detailed reconnaissance, survey or monitoring or measurements for an unobserved incident, proceed in accordance with paragraph 0515.

0512. Analyse CBRN 1 RAD Messages 1. A CBRN 1 RAD message is the first report of a radiological incident, a Local Incident Serial Number is allocated by the CBRN Collection Centre (CBRN CC) or Sub-Collection Centre (CBRN SCC), in accordance with Chapter 1, to generate an approved CBRN 2 RAD message. A hazard area template is then generated using the procedures described in Section III. This information forms the basis of the CBRN 3 RAD message. On receipt of a CBRN 1 RAD message, which is not the first report in an operation, the message will be compared with all existing CBRN 1 RAD and approved CBRN 2 RAD messages to determine if the message is related to known incidents. 2. The procedure for comparing a CBRN 1 message with existing CBRN 1 or CBRN 2 messages is outlined in Figure 5 -15. This procedure will enable the initial approved CBRN 2 message to be re-evaluated using all available information. Detailed rules for message correlation are provided in AEP-45. The filter distances used for comparison of messages will be the value of Severe Hazard Radius given in Table 5-2 appropriate for the Type of Release. Example, for Type F, Case 1 use 75 m for Type H case 2 use 600m. With respect to filter time, the criterion for correlation of messages is the incident start time (DELTA) of the reports should be within 15 minutes. 3. If, by comparison of message locations and times it is evident that the messages relate to different incidents, new CBRN 2 and CBRN 3 messages should be generated and hazard area template for the new incident plotted as described in Section III. 0513. Reporting CBRN 2 RAD 1. New CBRN 2 RAD messages can also be compared with existing CBRN 2 RAD messages in the system using the decision process defined in Figure 5 - 15. 2. If messages can be correlated, the operator can decide on which message should be the approved CBRN 2 message.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Compare new CBRN 1

RAD w ith existing CBRN 1 or CBRN 2

LocationFOXTROT

entries w ithin f ilter distance?

Start TimeDELTA entries

w ithin f ilter time?

Revise CBRN 2 Separate incidents: Create New CBRN 2

Type of DeliveryIdentical entries?

Type of Delivery

Compatible entries?

Incident Type Confirmed

Entries relate to same Type of incident in Figure 5-4

Question?yes no

Figure 5 - 15. Decision Chart for Comparison of CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 RAD Messages



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0514. Reporting CBRN 3 RAD 1. CBRN CC uses the CBRN 1 and CBRN 2 reports and the CDR weather information for the hazard area prediction. However, should the local situation such as topography and size of the release indicate that the use of the locally measured weather information would be more appropriate, then proceed with using the local weather information for the hazard area prediction calculation. This is sent as a CBRN 3 report. It is sent to all units that could be affected by the hazard. Each unit plots the CBRN 3 report and determines which of its subordinate units are affected and warns those units accordingly. 2. In order that a recipient of a CBRN 3 RAD report is able to plot the downwind hazard area easily and quickly line GENTEXT may contain additional information.

0515. Reporting CBRN 4 RAD 1. If the received CBRN 4 RAD (detection) is the first report of a RAD incident in an operation it will be used to generate an approved CBRN 2 RAD with NKN placed in any sets where there is no information. This is defined as a Type I incident and the hazard area template should be plotted as a 2.5 km radius circle centred on the detection location. It is accepted that the resulting CBRN 2 RAD will be less robust than an approved CBRN 2 RAD generated from a CBRN 1 RAD until further information is obtained (e.g. from directed survey data). 2. On receipt of an incoming CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message, which is not the first RAD report in an operation, the message will be compared with all existing approved CBRN 2 RAD messages in the system to determine if the message is related to known incidents. 3. Similarity with existing messages requires analysis to check that the location and time of the reading and or measurement is consistent with the incident specified in the approved CBRN 2 message. The incoming CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message is considered to have priority if the following conditions are satisfied:

a. CBRN 4 RAD release information (INDIAR) is consistent with the INDIAR in the existing approved CBRN 2 RAD message.

b. The CBRN 4 RAD directed survey dose rate level (ROMEO) at location (QUEBEC) is

consistent with the hazard area indicated by the existing approved CBRN 2 RAD message. 4. If these conditions are met, the CBRN 4 RAD message relates with other messages already existing in the system, and the incoming message is allocated to the relevant incident. 5. If the CBRN 4 RAD message cannot be associated to any known incident, then it is considered a new incident. This is defined as a Type I incident and the hazard area template should be plotted as a 2.5 km radius circle centred on the detection location. A Local Incident Serial Number is then allocated by the CBRN CC or CBRN SCC, in accordance Chapter 1 and a CBRN 2 RAD message is generated. This information forms the basis of the CBRN 3 RAD message. 6. An unassociated CBRN 4 RAD message may be set aside until further information from the incident is available. The information required to complete the association may come from a detailed directed survey of the area surrounding the location of detection (QUEBEC), which will be reported using subsequent CBRN 4 RAD survey messages. 0516. Reporting CBRN 5 RAD 1. Detailed survey measurements reported using the CBRN 4 RAD message may be used to produce a CBRN 5 RAD report which is used for the passing of information on areas of actual ground contamination within the downwind hazard region.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

2. The CBRN 5 RAD report is prepared from the contamination plot. This report consists of a series of grid coordinates. Often this message must be sent on the radio nets. This requires lengthy transmission. If an overlay is not sent, the recipient is required to plot each coordinate and redraw the plot. 0517. Reporting CBRN 6 RAD 1. The final CBRN report is the CBRN 6 RAD. This report is used to pass detailed information on the radiological incident and a narrative description in GENTEXT of radiological releases that have occurred in the reporting unit’s area of responsibilities. The CBRN 6 RAD contains as much information as is known about the releases. It is submitted only when requested.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION V – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD – WARNING & REPORTING MESSAGES 0518. Examples of CBRN RAD Messages 1. The followings represented samples for the reporting of radiological incidents:

Table 5 - 3. CBRN 1 RAD - Example CBRN 1 RAD


Set Description Cond.

ALFA Incident Serial Number C

BRAVO Location of Observer and Direction of Incident

M BRAVO/504108N0021554W /099DGM//


M DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/DRUM/NKN//

INDIAR Release and Sampling Information on Radiological Incidents

M INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//


M MIKER/DPC/CONT//






GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGE TRANSPORT CONTAINER//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED




ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//


M DELTA/101800ZAUG2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/OBS/PLT/1/CON/NKN//


M INDIAR/MDS/CO60/-/HGSM/-//


M MIKER/EXS/CONT//






GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/EXPOSED COBALT-60 MEDICAL SOURCE//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED






M DELTA/102100ZAUG2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/OBS/PLT/1/BUK/NKN//


M INDIAR/FMS/MXR/-/VBRAD//


M MIKER/ESD/PUFF//

OSCAR* Reference DTG for Estimated/Actual Contour lines

C

PAPAR Radiological Hazard Predictions Parameters

M PAPAR/1500M/70M/15M/-//

PAPAX Hazard Area location for Weather Period

M PAPAX/102000ZAUG2010/504056N0021515W//



XRAYB Predicted Contour Information O




GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RELEASE FROM A FISSILE MATERIAL STORE//

* OSCAR is required if set XRAYB occurs, otherwise it is prohibited.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 5 - 6. CBRN 4 RAD - Example

CBRN 4 RAD



ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//


M INDIAR/RDPS/GAM/-/PD//

QUEBEC* Location of Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of Sample/Detection

M QUEBEC/504056N0021515W/-/HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//

ROMEO* Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend, and Decay Rate Trend.

M ROMEO/RAT:30CGH/-/-//

SIERRA* Date Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination

M SIERRA/100209ZAUG2010//



WHISKEY Sensor Information O

YANKEE* Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed


ZULU* Measured Weather Conditions O ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/RELEASE FROM AN RDPS//

* Set QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment. Set QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set, TANGO, YANKEE and ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated. Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA appeared.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED






O DELTA/102100ZAUG2010/-//


M INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//

OSCAR Reference DT for Estimated/Actual Contour Lines

M OSCAR/102200ZAUG2010//

XRAYA Actual Contour Information M XRAYA/0.3CGH/ 504106N0021515W/ 504046N0021515W 504056N0021205W 504056N0021225W//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/DAMAGED TRANSPORT CONTAINER//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED




ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/GBR/123/001/R//


O DELTA/100209ZAUG2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/504056N0021515W/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/OBS/TPT/1/DRUM/NKN//

GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and Quantity Information

O


O INDIAR/RWM/MXR/-/PD/-//


O MIKER/DPC/CONT//

QUEBEC Location of Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of Sample/Detection

M QUEBEC/504056N0021515W/-/HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//

ROMEO Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend, and Decay Rate Trend

O ROMEO/RAT:30CGH/-/-//

SIERRA Date Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination

O SIERRA/REA:100215ZAUG2010//

GENTEXT CBRN Info M GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/VEHICLE CARRYING RADIOACTIVE FISSILE MATERIAL IN TYPE A PACKAGE OVERTURNED ON ROUTE 25//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VI – RADIOLOGICAL HAZARD - EVALUATION AND CALCULATION 0519. Evaluation of Radiological Information

1. Before planning operations in a radiological environment, commanders must be aware of the contamination hazards. The information required for such planning is derived from the methodology presented in the following paragraphs.

2. After CBRN 4 RAD reports are received they may be evaluated with regard to the actual hazard encountered by personnel in the contaminated area with an aim to predict expected dose rates and accumulated doses for possible missions within the area contaminated by the RAD incident.

0520. Determination of Decay Rate 1. Once a radiological hazard has been identified, the dose rate at any future time can be calculated using the decay rate. 2. For a RAD incident involving only a single radionuclide the decay rate, L, can be determined from the radioactive half life t1/2 as follows:

Decay rate L = 0.693 / t1/2

0521. The half life for a number of common radionuclides is given in Table C - 2 of Dose Rate for an Arbitrary Time

1. If the CBRN RAD 4 message reports the measured dose rate R1 (ROMEO) at a given location (FOXTROT) and time (DELTA), the dose rate at some later time, R2, can be determined as follows:

R2 = R1 x exp (-L x t)

This calculation can be performed using a calculator.

- where t is the elapsed time difference in hours the decay must be calculate for hours.

- where t is the elapsed time difference in years the decay must be calculate for years.

Example:

Determination of dose rate for an arbitrary time using Am-241, an initial reading of 0.5 cGy/hr and time difference of 7 years.

R1 = 0.5

L = 0.0016034 years (extracted from Table C - 3)

t = 7 years

R2 = 0.5 X exp (-0.0016034 X 7)

R2 = 0.494 cGy/h

Note: Ensure the base measurements are the same for L and t.

0522. Determination of Earliest Time of Entry 1. The following equation can be used to estimate the earliest time of entry to an area of known contamination. For example, if a radiological survey has determined that the dose rate at a given location is R at time t1, and Operational Exposure Guidance indicates that the area should not be entered if the dose rate is greater than RL, the estimated time required to wait before entry, te when the actual dose rate will have decayed below RL is given by:

RL = R x exp ( -L x te)

Re-arranging and taking logs of both sides of the equation gives:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

te = (-1/L) x ln (RL /R)

This calculation can be performed using a standard calculator.

0523. Approximations 1. For releases for many RAD incidents it is acceptable as a first approximation to ignore decay rate, as the radioactive half life of the radionuclides released are likely to be much longer than the duration of the military operation (battlefield mission). The radiological hazard should therefore be regarded as a persistent hazard. 2. A consequence of this approximation, for such instances, is that there is no requirement to undertake immediate calculations to determine:

a. earliest time of entry to a contaminated area; b. optimum time of exit from a contaminated area; and c. optimum time of exit from a shelter.

3. As the radioactive half life of the radio nuclides released are likely to be much longer than the duration of the military operation there is little or no advantage in delaying operations after a RAD incident. This is in contrast to a nuclear weapon attack where fallout decays much faster (typically to 2% of its initial value in 24 hours). 0524. Simple Dose Estimation

1. Total dose, DT, for unprotected personnel at a given location (FOXTROT) can be estimated from the reported dose rate R, as follows:

DT = R x T

where T is the estimated duration of exposure at that location. For example, if a unit reports that the dose rate at a given location and time is 0.1 cGy/h, and it is anticipated that the unit will occupy that location for 6 hours, the expected total dose will be 0.1 x 6 cGy = 0.6 cGy.

0525. Estimation of Time of Arrival of a RAD Release 1. Radioactive particles from a radiological incident will be transported not only by wind advection but also by dispersion and diffusion processes. The following calculation will allow to estimate the time of arrival of the radioactive particles at unit locations downwind of the release.

ETA (mins) = Distance of Unit from release location (km) / 1.5 x Windspeed (km/h) x 60 0526. Stay Time Estimation 1. Operational Exposure Guidance will indicate a mission dose limit Dm, which should not be exceeded. If the reported dose rate for a unit at a given location and time is R, the Stay Time, tstay, at that location can be estimated from

tstay = Dm / R

For example, if the mission dose has been set such that no personnel should exceed a target of 0.1 cGy and the reported dose rate is 0.025 cGy/h, the stay time is = 0.1 / 0.025 = 4 hours.

2. If the individual or unit at location (FOXTROT) already has a prior radiation dose, Dp, either from exposure at that location prior to the current time or due to a previous mission, then the stay time estimate needs to be adjusted as follows:

tstay = (Dm - Dp ) / R



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

The value of Dp can be obtained either from reported measurement of individual dose from a personal dosimeter, or estimated using the equation in paragraph 0524 above.

0527. Crossing a Contaminated Area 1. In some radiological incidents, such as releases from nuclear facilities, it is to be expected that extensive areas will be contaminated by radioactive material. It may be necessary to cross an area where there is radioactive contamination. The results of detailed radiological survey measurements may be used to produce an iso-doserate contour map of the area affected, from which it would be possible to work out an optimum route. 2. If a contaminated area must be crossed, the lowest dose rate area, consistent with the mission should be selected. In calculating the total dose expected to be incurred, it is necessary to determine an average dose rate. 3. The average dose rate represents a mean value the individual is exposed to during transit. A reasonable approximation of the dose rate can be obtained by dividing by two the maximum dose rate predicted to be encountered. This is written as

2maxRRavg =

Ravg = average dose rate.

Rmax = highest dose rate encountered or expected to be encountered

Time of stay (Ts) must be calculated for crossing problems. Use the relationship of

speed

cedisTStan

=

Then follow the same procedure as for Dose Estimation shown in paragraph 0524.

0528. Manual Calculation of dose rate from point source 1. For Type F Case 3 (exposed source) it is possible that the initial report will include source type (radionuclide) and strength (activity Bq). The following calculation would enable the calculation of dose rate from the source. This procedure may be necessary if it is not possible to conduct a detailed radiation survey around the source location. (e.g. if a suitable survey instrument is not readily available). 2. Hazard area template may be plotted in the normal way using procedures outlined above for this case. If the source activity is reported using field 6 of set GOLF, this procedure will enable the CBRN Cell to estimate the actual dose rate from the source to check against actual field measurements and to verify the template dimension. Note the template size provided above has been calculated assuming a worst case scenario based on the largest industrial source that is likely to be encountered.

a. Simple estimate of dose rate if radionuclide is not reported:

The basic equation for the dose rate calculation is:

Rcalc = D * Kd * A

Where

Rcalc – Dose Rate value (Gy/h)

Kd – Isotope specific Dose Rate - Activity conversion factor (Gy*m2/h/GBq). If the radionuclide is not known (or not reported) a simple estimate of dose rate can be made by assuming that the specific dose conversion factor has a value 3.05 x10-7 (Gy.m2)/( Bq.h).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

A – Source Activity (GBq)

D – Distance Coefficient for the receptor point (1/m2)

Values for D at different distances up to 100m are obtained from Table 5 - 9 below:

Table 5 - 9. Values for D at different distances (d) up to 100 m – Isotope is not specified

Distance d (m) D (1/m2)

0.3 1.60E+01 0.5 3.99E+00 1.0 9.96E-01 2.0 2.48E-01 3.0 1.10E-01 4.0 6.15E-02 5.0 3.92E-02 6.0 2.71E-02 7.0 1.98E-02 8.0 1.51E-02 9.0 1.19E-02 10.0 9.61E-03 15.0 4.18E-03 20.0 2.31E-03 25.0 1.45E-03 30.0 9.85E-04 35.0 7.09E-04 40.0 5.32E-04 45.0 4.12E-04 50.0 3.27E-04 55.0 2.65E-04 60.0 2.18E-04 65.0 1.82E-04 70.0 1.54E-04 75.0 1.32E-04 80.0 1.13E-04 85.0 9.84E-05 90.0 8.60E-05 95.0 7.56E-05

100.0 6.69E-05

b. Simple Estimate of Dose:

An estimate of dose received at some point distance d from the source can be made by:

Dcalc = D * Kd * A * t

or



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Dcalc = Rcalc * t

where t is the exposure time in hours.

c. Estimation of dose rate if Radionuclide is reported:

If the CBRN 1 RAD message includes a report of radionuclide the values of the parameters D and Kd may be obtained from the following table and used in equations above.

In this case the key parameters needed to calculate the dose and dose-rate values are:

• Source Activity A (GBq) (obtained from CBRN 1 RAD message)

• Distance d for the receptor point (m)

• Dose rate - Activity conversion factor Kd (Gy*m2/h/GBq) from Table 5 - 10

• Group number from Table 5 - 10

• Distance Coefficient D (1/m2) by distance d from chosen Groups 1, 2, 3 Table 5 - 11

Table 5 - 10. Dose - Activity conversion factor

Isotope Name Group No

Dose – Activity conversion factor Kd (Gy*m2/h/GBq)

Isotope Name

Group No


K-40 3 2.023E-05 Au-198 1 5.739E-05

Cr-51 1 5.257E-05 Tl-201 1 1.046E-04

Co-57 1 1.433E-04 Po-209 1 6.686E-07

Co-58 2 1.829E-04 Po-210 1 1.123E-09

Co-60 2 3.063E-04 Ra-226 1 1.974E-06

Ga-67 1 1.367E-04 Th-232 1 1.176E-05

Se-75 1 1.491E-04 U-233 1 4.892E-06

Mo-99/ Tc-99m 2 2.251E-05 U-234 1 1.307E-05

Cd-109 1 3.657E-05 U-235 1 5.422E-05

In-111 1 9.024E-05 U-236 1 1.241E-05

I-123 1 5.697E-05 U-238 1 1.098E-05

I-125 1 6.537E-05 Pu-239 1 4.985E-06

I-131 2 5.301E-05 Pu-240 1 1.243E-05

Cs-137 2 7.902E-05 Pu-244 1 8.953E-06

Ba-133 1 1.031E-04 Am-241 1 4.866E-05

Ba-140 3 5.951E-05 Cm-244 1 1.045E-05

La-140 3 5.951E-05 Cf-249 1 6.965E-05

Eu-152 2 1.585E-04 Cf-250 1 7.137E-06

Tm-170 1 9.282E-06 Cf-251 1 6.537E-05

Yb-169 1 1.476E-04 Cf-252 1 6.660E-06



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Isotope Name Group No


Isotope Name

Group No


Ir-192 1 1.139E-04

Table 5 - 11. Distance Coefficient

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3

Distance d (m) D (1/m2) Distance d (m) D (1/m2) Distance d (m) D (1/m2)

0.3 1.60E+01 0.3 1.60E+01 0.3 1.60E+01

0.5 3.98E+00 0.5 3.99E+00 0.5 3.99E+00

1.0 9.89E-01 1.0 9.94E-01 1.0 9.95E-01

2.0 2.45E-01 2.0 2.47E-01 2.0 2.48E-01

3.0 1.08E-01 3.0 1.09E-01 3.0 1.10E-01

4.0 5.99E-02 4.0 6.09E-02 4.0 6.13E-02

5.0 3.79E-02 5.0 3.88E-02 5.0 3.91E-02

6.0 2.61E-02 6.0 2.67E-02 6.0 2.70E-02

7.0 1.89E-02 7.0 1.95E-02 7.0 1.97E-02

8.0 1.44E-02 8.0 1.49E-02 8.0 1.50E-02

9.0 1.12E-02 9.0 1.17E-02 9.0 1.18E-02

10.0 8.99E-03 10.0 9.39E-03 10.0 9.53E-03

15.0 3.79E-03 15.0 4.04E-03 15.0 4.14E-03

20.0 2.02E-03 20.0 2.20E-03 20.0 2.27E-03

25.0 1.23E-03 25.0 1.37E-03 25.0 1.42E-03

30.0 8.08E-04 30.0 9.20E-04 30.0 9.62E-04

35.0 5.63E-04 35.0 6.55E-04 35.0 6.90E-04

40.0 4.09E-04 40.0 4.86E-04 40.0 5.16E-04

45.0 3.06E-04 45.0 3.72E-04 45.0 3.98E-04

50.0 2.35E-04 50.0 2.92E-04 50.0 3.15E-04

55.0 1.84E-04 55.0 2.34E-04 55.0 2.54E-04

60.0 1.47E-04 60.0 1.90E-04 60.0 2.08E-04

65.0 1.19E-04 65.0 1.57E-04 65.0 1.73E-04

70.0 9.71E-05 70.0 1.31E-04 70.0 1.46E-04

80.0 6.69E-05 80.0 9.44E-05 80.0 1.06E-04

90.0 4.75E-05 90.0 7.00E-05 90.0 8.01E-05

100.0 3.46E-05 100.0 5.32E-05 100.0 6.18E-05



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 6 NUCLEAR HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION 0601. Aim 1. The aim of this chapter is to provide basic information on nuclear hazard prediction calculation and warning and reporting procedures. 2. Nuclear detonations produce radioactive clouds, which rise to heights dependent, in principle, upon the energy released, and also on the type of burst. Once the debris is injected into the atmosphere, it is rapidly spread through the atmosphere by diffusive processes, and eventually deposited on the surface. 0602. Categories of Fallout 1. The process of removal of radioactive debris from the atmosphere and its deposition at the surface may be divided into three phases:

a. Immediate - the depositing of heavy debris within half an hour of the burst, which occurs

mostly in the area in which physical damage is sustained. b. Medium range - that which is deposited between half an hour and approximately twenty hours

after a nuclear explosion out to the ranges of some hundreds of kilometres from the point of burst in the case of megaton weapons.

c. Long range - the slow removal of very small particles, which may continue for months or even

years, particularly after a high yield thermo nuclear explosion. This is diffused and eventually deposited over a very large area of the earth's surface.

0603. Hazards of Fallout 1. In general, medium range fallout represents the most significant hazard to personnel. The effects of immediate fallout are normally greatly overshadowed by initial radiation, blast and thermal effects in the vicinity of nuclear bursts, and the radiological dose from long-range fallout does not reach tactically significant levels. Medium range fallout can cover an area of several hundred square kilometres and constitutes a definite hazard; it should be avoided or protective measures taken against it. In subsequent paragraphs the term fallout will concern only medium range fallout, unless otherwise specifically stated. 0604. Height of Burst 1. Fallout is of military importance after a nuclear explosion. The extent of the hazards resulting from radioactivity on the ground depends primarily on the height of burst. 2. High Air Bursts. When a nuclear weapon is detonated at a height that precludes damage or casualties to ground targets, such as in an air defence role, neither induced radiation nor fallout of tactical significance occurs. 3. Low Air Bursts. When a nuclear weapon produces damage or casualties on the ground, but the burst is kept above the minimum fallout safe height, only neutron-induced radiation occurs. Neutron induced radiation is relatively limited in area, and changes in tactical plans can normally be made to ensure that it does not grossly interfere with military operations.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

4. Surface Bursts. When a surface burst or near surface burst is employed, both neutron induced radiation and fallout result. The fallout pattern can be expected to overlap and overshadow the entire induced radiation pattern. 5. Subsurface Bursts. Subsurface bursts produce induced radiation. 6. Underwater Bursts. The greatest radioactive hazard from an underwater burst is emitted from the base surge. This is a misty, highly radioactive cloud of water droplets (spray), moving rapidly outwards from ground zero, for a distance of 2 to 4 miles (3.2 to 6.4 kilometres). The droplets, which make up the visible base surge evaporate, leaving particles and gases in the air as an invisible radioactive base surge, which continues to expand outwards and move in the downwind direction. The length of time for which this invisible base surge remains radioactive depends on the energy yield of the explosion, the burst depth, and the nearness of the sea bottom to the point of burst. As a general rule, it is expected that there will be a considerable hazard from the radioactive base surge within the first 5 to 10 minutes after an underwater explosion and a decreasing hazard for half an hour or more. Where the burst depth is sufficient to prevent the fireball from breaking the surface, almost all energy is dissipated as shock, and the fallout is negligible. 0605. Significance of Fallout 1. The large area contaminated by fallout from large surface bursts poses an operational problem of great importance. Potentially, fallout may extend to greater distances and cause more casualties than any other weapon effect. It exerts an influence on the battlefield for a considerable time after a detonation. 2. Height of Burst over the Sea. Fallout is of importance after a nuclear explosion only where the fireball touches the surface of the sea. A low airburst, surface or shallow subsurface burst will all produce fallout. A deep underwater burst will not produce fallout, but in all cases a temporary pool of radioactive water will remain in the vicinity of ground zero. Ships should be able to transit ground zero safely approximately four hours after burst. Fallout from a nuclear burst over the sea will tend to be deposited more quickly than that from an equivalent burst over the land. The pattern of fallout will, however, be similar to that from a land burst. 3. Effects of Fallout on Ships at Sea. Ships out to several hundred miles from ground zero may be subject to fallout from surface and some sub-surface bursts. A forecast of the fallout pattern will enable them to take avoiding manoeuvres or preventive measures. Manoeuvres to avoid fallout must be based on the fallout prediction using CBRN EDM. Should it be necessary to pass through fallout, wash down or pre-wetting systems (if available) should be activated, shelter stations assumed and passage delayed as long as possible. If these measures are taken, casualties from fallout should be negligible. Ships receiving no warning and remaining within this fallout zone longer than necessary without adopting these preventive measures may sustain serious casualties. Fallout landing on the surface of the water is rapidly diffused and there is very little danger to ships passing through water where deposition has ceased.

Notes: 1. The most significant radiation is gamma radiation, which presents a serious personnel hazard because of its range and penetrating power.

2. The biological effects on humans from residual radiation are essentially the same

as the effect from initial radiation.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II – YIELD ESTIMATION 0606. Introduction 1. This Section describes the methods by which it is possible to estimate the yield of a nuclear detonation, based upon measurements and/or parameters reported from observers. 2. Estimation of the yield of a nuclear detonation requires observation results as contained in the observers' report (CBRN 1 NUC). The observers must report as much of the data as possible, subsequent reports can be sent, as more details become available. 3. The yield of the detonation may be estimated by using the data contained in the sets JULIET, LIMA and MIKE as entrance figures in the nomograms in Figure 6 - 8 , Figure 6 - 9 and Figure 6 – 10. 4. It should be noted that, when the distance from an observer to GZ has been determined, this distance should be used rather than the flash-to-bang time, when using the nomograms in Figure 6 – 8 and Figure 6 - 9. 5. The methods will be described in the following paragraph of this chapter.

a. Determination of the distance from the observer to GZ. b. Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Angular Cloud Width (Figure 6 - 8) c. Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom

Angle (Figure 6 - 9) (Ground bursts or unknown only). d. Height of stabilized cloud top and/or cloud bottom (Figure 6 - 10) (Ground bursts or unknown

only). 0607. Distance from Observer to GZ 1. The procedures in this paragraph can be used to improve the manual calculation of a CBRN 2 NUC calculated from the information contained in one or more CBRN 1 NUC. In order to gain maximum benefit from this information, it should meet certain requirements.

a. Quality Requirements for Data in CBRN 1 NUC Messages. The quality of information given in

a CBRN 1 NUC message will determine the quality of the resultant CBRN 2 NUC. To obtain the best CBRN 2 NUC the following criteria should be followed:

(1) Flash-to-bang-time. This should be used when only one CBRN 1 NUC is available. (2) Distance of observer to GZ. If the distance is > 50 km then the information should be

disregarded when calculating GZ. The observation may still be used to calculate the yield but only if the cloud width is ≥ 4°.

(3) Directions of observers to GZ. Using the observer’s position and the reported direction

toward GZ (set BRAVO), determine the intersection points of the lines of sight toward GZ between any two observers. If the smallest angle formed at the intersection point by the lines of sight is less than 30° then disregard this intersection point when determining GZ.

(4) Cloud width angle. If the cloud width angle is measured to be less than 4° or more than

40° then the measurement should be disregarded. A cloud width angle of about 15° is regarded as the most accurate to estimate the weapon yield. When using the nomograms in ATP-45, Chapter 6, SECTION VI - NOMOGRAMS - TABLES - GRAPHS, the accuracy



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

of the estimated yield will decrease with larger or smaller angles. An automated system takes care of the inaccuracy when the angle is larger than 15°. The cloud width angle is a better measurement than cloud top and cloud bottom angles.

(5) Angle to the cloud bottom/top. If the angle to the cloud bottom/top is measured to be less

than 10° or more than 45° then the measurement should be disregarded.

b. The Date Time Group (DTG) in the CBRN 1 NUC to be processed simultaneously cannot be used for separating attacks. Observers may not have synchronized time, or several attacks may be reported at the same time. However, for practical reasons CBRN 1 NUC should be separated in time clusters, which will be calculated separately.

c. Separation of clusters in time groups.

(1) Use all date time groups (DTG) from set DELTA (field one) in the CBRN 1 NUC available

for calculation. (2) Plot all reports with the same DTG (+ - 10 min.).

(a) Use the Observer's Location (set BRAVO, first field) to define the position of the

observer. (b) Use the Direction of Attack from Observer (set BRAVO, second field) to define the

direction of the observation.

(3) Separate the reports in groups, which intersect at the same point (within a 1 km diameter circle).

d. GZ is determined when at least two observer’s directions hit the same position (+ 1000 m).

Use only reports which fulfil the requirements in paragraph 0607, subparagraph a. e. When GZ has been determined in accordance with paragraph 0607, subparagraph d, measure

the distance from each observer to GZ. Use all reports, which are within the time frame and intersect the 1 km circle, even though some of these reports have not been used for the GZ calculation. For further calculations of the weapon yield the subsequent procedures should be followed using the measured distance only.

f. The calculation of GZ, based on one report only, is regarded as a very unsatisfactory method

and is not considered acceptable. However, after validation of the calculated GZ a single CBRN 1 NUC may be left. Use the GZ from the CBRN 1 NUC. If no further CBRN 1 NUC can be obtained, the operator is to decide that this may be the only report available for this attack and allow a CBRN 2 NUC to be produced based on one CBRN 1 NUC only. In such cases the subsequent procedures should be followed using the Flash-to-Bang Time.

0608. Distance from Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Angular Cloud Width 1. When distance from observer to GZ or flash-to-bang time and nuclear burst angular cloud width (measured at five minutes after burst) are known, enter the nomogram Figure 6 - 8 with a straight-edge or line at the measured data in the angular cloud width and flash-to-bang/distance to ground zero columns, and read the yield, where the straight-edge or line intersects the yield column.

Example Reported data: Flash-to-bang time: 60 seconds Angular cloud width: 275 mils From nomogram Figure 6 – 8 determine yield as 50 KT.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 8 Note: The Flash-to-bang time should only be used when the distance to GZ is not known.

0609. Observer to GZ or Flash-to-Bang Time and Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom Angle 1. When the distance from observer to GZ or flash-to-bang time and cloud top and/or cloud bottom angle (measured at ten minutes after burst) are known, use nomogram Figure 6 – 9. Using a straight-edge or suitable line, align the measured data on the distance to ground zero/flash-to-bang column through the angle to top or bottom of cloud columns and read yield where the straight-edge or line intersects the yield cloud top or bottom columns as appropriate. Annotate the intersection points with a DTG.

Example Reported data: Distance from observer to GZ: 34.5 km. Cloud top angle: 20 degrees From nomogram Figure 6 – 9 determine yield as: 50 KT Note: The Flash-to-bang time should only be used when the distance to GZ is not known.

0610. Height of Stabilized Cloud Top and/or Cloud Bottom 1. When height of cloud top and/or cloud bottom (measured at ten minutes after burst) is known, the nomogram Figure 6 – 10 is used. Enter the nomogram with a straightedge or line, horizontally placed through the measured cloud parameter (cloud top or cloud bottom). Should both cloud parameters be available and not give the same yield, select the larger value of the yield. Annotate intersection points with the DTG.

Example Reported data: Cloud top height: 12200 metres Cloud bottom height: 8300 metres From the nomogram Figure 6 – 10 determine yield of 40 KT for 12200 metres (cloud top

height) and 50 KT for 8300 metres (cloud bottom height), so the 50 KT yield is selected. The graph

Figure 6 - 18 is also usable for this purpose. 0611. Yield Estimation in Ships 1. If stabilized cloud top height or cloud bottom height can be measured, the Figure 6 - 18 may be used to estimate the yield.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION III – FALLOUT PREDICTION IN GENERAL 0612. Fallout Prediction Method 1. For the preparation of a fallout prediction, the following must be available:

a. Meteorological data. b. Estimated yield.

2. The necessary meteorological data will be available in the format of a a CBRN Effective Downwind Message (CBRN EDM) or a CBRN Basic Wind Message (CBRN BWM) as explained in Section IV and V respectively. 3. The method of fallout prediction consists of two procedures, the detailed procedure and the simplified procedure, both of which are used to determine the extent of the hazard area. Normally the detailed procedure is used by agencies having a meteorological capability, and subordinate units use the simplified procedure. The decision as to which procedure is to be used is left to the commanders concerned. These two procedures are described in Section IV and Section V respectively. 4. The prediction of the fallout hazard area using the detailed procedure is more accurate. Although neither procedure precisely defines the extent of the fallout, the predicted fallout area, calculated by either method, indicates the probable limits to which fallout of military significance will extend. When statistics of wind variability are available, the variable angle method provides the opportunity of basing the prediction on a probability calculation. 5. The boundaries of the predicted fallout area are not dose rate contour lines, nor do they imply that all points within the enclosed areas will sustain dangerous fallout. 0613. Fallout Area Zones 1. The predicted fallout area consists of Zone I and Zone II:

a. Zone I is of Immediate Operational Concern. Within this Zone, there will be areas where

exposed, unprotected personnel may receive doses of 150 cGy or greater in relatively short periods of time (less than 4 hours after actual arrival of fallout). Major disruptions to unit operations and casualties may occur in some parts of this zone.

b. Zone II is a Secondary Hazard. Within this Zone, the total dose received by exposed,

unprotected personnel is not expected to reach 150 cGy within a period of four hours after the actual arrival of fallout. Within this zone, personnel may receive a total dose of 50 cGy or greater within the first 24 hours after arrival of fallout.

c. Outside the two Zones. Outside the two predicted Zones, exposed, unprotected personnel

may receive a total dose that does not reach 50 cGy in the first 24 hours after the actual arrival of fallout. The total predicted dose for an infinite stay time outside of the two zones should not reach 150 cGy.

Note: Zone I and II do not reflect Radiation Exposure States (RES) as stated in STANAG

2083. Prediction of fallout is to be regarded as an estimate only. Necessary preparations should be made to avoid the hazard if tactically possible. Even within Zone I, units may not be affected by fallout at all. However, the decision to act is up to the local commander and national directives/SOPs.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0614. Significance of Fallout Ashore versus that at Sea 1. The detailed procedure and the simplified procedure for fallout prediction are intended for use by all services. They are based upon assumed land surface bursts. It is recognized that the fallout from a sea burst may be rather different, but very little direct information is available on fallout from bursts on the surface of deep ocean water. 2. It must be stressed that the sea acts like an absorbent of, and shield against, radioactive products, but they remain a hazard on land until they have decayed. 3. Another important difference is that recipients of warnings ashore do not have the mobility of ships at sea, and in most cases must deal with the danger "in situ". Therefore ships will be particularly interested in the determination of the approximate area in which deposition of fallout at the surface is taking place at a given time after burst. 4. Ships with a meteorological capability may be able to obtain the required meteorological data for computation of CBRN EDM using standard pressure level winds. Basic wind data for this purpose are generally also available from meteorological sources (airbases, MET-ships or mobile weather stations). Ships, which do not have a meteorological capability, will normally predict fallout areas by using the simplified procedure. 5. The fallout warning for merchant ships at sea is described in Chapter 7. 0615. Prediction of Fallout from Atomic Demolition Munitions (ADM) 1. Types of bursts normally applicable to Atomic Demolition Munitions (ADM) employment are surface bursts or subsurface bursts. The coverage of a residual radiation hazard area for a specific ADM detonation will depend largely on the depth of burial and selected yield. 2. The prediction procedure for ADM, slightly different from the normal detailed fallout prediction procedure, is not described in this ATP. 0616. Multiple Burst Fallout 1. No additional prediction procedure is available in the case of multiple burst fallout. The information obtained in areas where Zones overlap is to be interpreted as follows:

a. The hazard classification of an area where fallout prediction patterns overlap should be that of the higher classification involved. That is an overlap area involving Zone I, should be designated Zone I, and an overlap area involving nothing more than Zone II should be designated Zone II.

b. Examples:

(1) Zone I overlapping Zone I - designated Zone I. (2) Zone I overlapping Zone II - designated Zone I. (3) Zone II overlapping Zone II - designated Zone II. (4) Zone II overlapping Zone I - designated Zone I.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV - FALLOUT PREDICTION; SIMPLIFIED PROCEDURE 0617. The Simplified Procedure 1. The simplified fallout prediction method requires nuclear burst information, a current CBRN EDM, and a simple template (radiological fallout predictor). 2. This procedure affords the subordinate commands direct and immediately usable means to estimate the fallout hazard with the least possible delay. Effective downwind speed and downwind direction for each of seven selected weapon yields are transmitted periodically to subordinate units by higher headquarters, in the form of the CBRN EDM, to enable subordinate commanders to use the simplified procedure. 3. A CBRN EDM can be produced at CBRN Centres and meteorological centres from the CBRN BWM or by use of standard pressure level winds (see Chapter 2). 4. A CBRN EDF is produced at designated meteorological centres from computer originated forecast winds. The CBRN EDF is designed for planning purposes at NATO commands and higher national commands. It may be used at lower levels (CBRN Collection (CBRN CC) or CBRN Sub Collection Centres (CBRN SCC)) only if actual wind data or CBRN EDM are not available. 5. A simple template and estimated yield of a particular burst are all that is needed in addition to the CBRN EDM/CBRN EDF. 6. The format of the CBRN EDF is the same as the format of the computer originated CBRN EDM as shown in this Chapter. 0618. CBRN EDM 1. Since effective downwind speed and effective downwind direction vary with the yield, seven downwind speeds and downwind directions are transmitted, corresponding to seven preselected yield groups, ALFA through GOLF as follows:

ALFA is ≤ 2 KT BRAVO is > 2 KT ≤ 5 KT CHARLIE is > 5 KT ≤ 30 KT DELTA is > 30 KT ≤ 100 KT ECHO is > 100 KT ≤ 300 KT FOXTROT is > 300 KT ≤ 1000 KT (1 MT) GOLF is > 1000 KT ≤ 3000 KT (3 MT)

2. To calculate the data, use the procedure in this Chapter with 2 KT for ALFA, 5 KT for BRAVO, and 30 KT for CHARLIE and so on. 3. This data will be transmitted in the following basic format:

CBRN EDM Common message heading followed by: CBRNTYPE/EDM// AREAM/RRRRR// ZULUM/ddttttZMMMYYYY/ddttttZMMMYYYY/ddttttZMMMYYYY// UNITM/LL/DDD/SSS/-// ALFAM/-/ddd/sss/-// BRAVOM/-/ddd/sss/-//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHARLIEM/-/ddd/sss/-// DELTAM/-/ddd/sss/-// ECHOM/-/ddd/sss/-// FOXTROTM/-/ddd/sss/-// GOLFM/-/ddd/sss/-//

4. In the CBRN EDM basic format, ZULUM ddttttZMMMYYYY is the date and time at which the real winds are measured (e.g. 250600Z is the 25th day of the month at 0600Z). LL/DDD/SSS/ are the units of measurement being used e.g. LL = km (KM), DDD = Degrees/True North (DGT) and SSS = knots (KTS). “ddd” is effective downwind direction in degrees, and “sss” effective downwind speed in knots (e.g. ALFA 080025 is a downwind direction of 080 degrees and 025 an effective downwind speed of 025 knots, valid for yields of 2 KT or less. 5. The format transmits data determined at the Collection Centre or lower level where the detailed fallout prediction procedure is used. The computer originated CBRN EDM, while following the basic format, has a different layout together with a period of validity. The format is covered in detail in Chapter 2 and Annex C. These data are transmitted to subordinate levels to permit use of the simplified procedure. 0619. Use of CBRN EDM and Template 1. From the CBRN EDM determine the downwind direction for the specific yield group. Draw a line from the centre of the circles (GZ) on the template through the downwind direction in degrees on the template compass rose. Mark this line grid north (GN). 2. Use the nomogram, Figure 6 - 11, to determine the downwind distance of Zone I. The downwind distance of Zone II is the double of the Zone I downwind distance. 3. Draw arcs between the two radial lines, using GZ as centre and the Zone I and Zone II downwind distances as radii and draw the tangents from the specific yield group semi circle to the intersection points of the Zone I arc with the radial lines. 4. Using the effective downwind speed for the specific yield group, draw and label dotted lines within the hazard area to indicate the estimated times of arrival of fallout. 5. Place the GZ of the template over the GZ on the map, and align the template GN with the map GN. The arcs, the radial lines and the yield group semi circle determine the extent of the hazard area. 6. Some of the above listed details may be omitted from the template if such details are already available on the situation map.

Example A nuclear detonation has occurred, and based upon the observations taken, the yield has been estimated to be 35 KT and type of burst is surface burst. The following CBRN EDM is available:

CBRN EDM Common message heading followed by: CBRNTYPE/WEA:EDM// AREAM/NFEA// ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY2010// UNITM/KM/DGT/KPH/-// ALFAM/-/095/020/-// BRAVOM/-/102/024/-//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHARLIEM/-/115/028/-// DELTAM/-/122/029/-// ECHOM/-/126/029/-// FOXTROTM/-/132/029/-// GOLFM/-/140/035/-//

7. Based upon the information above, a fallout prediction, by use of the simplified procedure, can be prepared as follows:

a. Yield Group Determination: As 35 KT is between 30 KT and 100 KT, select yield group DELTAM from the CBRN EDM.

b. The Grid North Line: As the downwind direction for yield group DELTAM of the CBRN EDM is

122 degrees, draw the GN line from the centre of the yield semi circles through 122 degrees on the inverted compass rose (Error! Reference source not found.).

c. Zone I Downwind Distance Determination: Using the effective downwind speed of 29 km/h and

the 35 KT yield, determine the downwind distance of Zone I from the nomogram Figure 6 - 11 to be 33 km. Therefore the Zone II downwind distance is 66 km. Draw the contour extension around GZ from DELTAM semi circle (using the 100 KT cloud radius) to the intersection of the Zone I arc with the radial lines. (See Error! Reference source not found.).

d. Estimated Times of Arrival of Fallout: Using the effective downwind speed of 29 km/h, indicate

the times of arrival of fallout by dotted arcs at 29 km and 58 km downwind; label these lines H+1 and H+2 respectively. (See Error! Reference source not found.).

e. Complete the template: Label the template to indicate the scale, the estimated yield in KT, the

date and time of attack, the location of the attack and the CBRN EDM used for the prediction. f. Use of the Template: Place GZ of the template over the GZ on the map, and align GN of the

template with the map GN. 0620. Special Cases 1. Effective Downwind Speed less than 8 km/h (or 4.32 KTS). When the effective downwind speed is less than 8 km/h for a given yield group, the applicable line of the CBRN EDM will contain only three digits, giving the downwind distance of Zone I. An effective downwind direction is not transmitted in the CBRN EDM, since in this case the downwind distance of Zone I describes the Zone I as a circle around GZ. Zone II will then be within another circle around GZ, the radius of which is double the radius of the Zone I circle. In the following CBRN EDM, the yield groups ALFAM and BRAVOM reflect only the downwind distance of Zone I in km. The downwind distance becomes the radius of a circle around GZ, describing Zone I. A second circle of twice the radius of Zone I will define Zone II. The following represents an example of a CBRN EDM containing special cases on wind speed less than 8 km/h for sets ALFAM and BRAVOM.

CBRN EDM Common message heading followed by: CBRNTYPE/WEA:EDM// AREAM/NFEA// ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY// UNITM/KM/DGT/KPH/-// ALFAM/004// BRAVOM/007// CHARLIEM/-/210/014/-// DELTAM/-/220/016/-//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

ECHOM/-/225/020/-// FOXTROTM/-/230/030/-// GOLFM/-/240/035/-//

2. Angle Expansion. The simplified procedure does not normally provide for a warning angle greater than 40 degrees. In the instances where the detailed procedure demands an angle greater than 40 degrees, this hazard area angle is to be given in the CBRN EDM to subordinate units to expand their original hazard area. In computer originated CBRN EDM, the angle expansion will be shown in field 4 of each of the yield groups, as shown in the example below. This means, that for yield groups FOXTROTM and GOLFM, the 40 degrees standard angle between the two radial lines must be expanded to 60 degrees, i.e. 30 degrees on each side of the reference line. If the angle is greater than 120 degrees, the detailed procedure must be used to determine the exact angle. The following represents an example of a CBRN EDM indicating special cases.

CBRN EDM Common message heading followed by: CBRNTYPE/ WEA:EDM// AREAM/NFEA// ZULUM/271100ZMAY2010/271200ZMAY2010/271800ZMAY2010// UNITM/KM/DGT/KPH/-// ALFAM/004// BRAVOM/007// CHARLIEM/-/210/014/4// DELTAM/-/220/016/4// ECHOM/-/225/020/4// FOXTROTM/-/230/030/6// GOLFM/-/240/035/6// Explanation of the 7th digit: 4 = 40 degree angle 5 = 50 degree angle 6 = 60 degree angle 7 = 70 degree angle 8 = 80 degree angle 9 = 90 degree angle 0 = 100 degree angle 1 = 110 degree angle 2 = 120 degree angle 3 = more than 120 degree angle. (The detailed procedure must be used to determine the exact angle).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 1. Fallout Template with Fallout Prediction Plot

Scale: (See Figure 7 -8 for Master Template) Estimated Yield: 35 KT Date-time of Attack: 271220ZMAY2010 Location of Attack: 31UUB208196 CBRN EDM: 271200Z



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

3. Ship’s Fallout Template. To simplify the plotting and presentation of fallout information in ships, while preserving a reasonable accuracy, a "Ship’s Fallout Template" is required. A "Ship's Fallout Template" is shown in Figure 7 - 7, designed for use in naval ships as well as in merchant ships. The table containing cloud radii and safety distances at the bottom of the template is for use in naval ships only and correspond to the yields illustrated in Error! Reference source not found. above.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION V - FALLOUT PREDICTION; DETAILED PROCEDURE 0621. The Detailed Procedure 1. This procedure requires nuclear burst or target analysis information and meteorological data. A fallout wind vector plot is prepared each time new meteorological data is received. Effective downwind speed, downwind direction, and width of predicted zone are determined from the wind vector plot. Effective downwind speed, effective downwind distance of Zone I, stabilized cloud radius, and the direction of left and right radial lines are transmitted (CBRN 3 NUC) to subordinate units for immediate warning of predicted contamination resulting from a nuclear detonation. 2. The CBRN 3 report informs on the prediction of a downwind hazard area. This prediction is safe sided to ensure that a militarily significant hazard will not exist outside of the predicted hazard area. The CBRN 3 report is reevaluated every two hours. However, the situation can suddenly change significantly and a recalculation of the hazard area prediction becomes essential. 0622. CBRN Basic Wind Message (CBRN BWM)/Forecast (CBRN BWF) 1. The CBRN BWM and the CBRN BWF meteorological messages contain information on the wind conditions, i.e. wind directions (from which the wind is blowing) and wind speeds in a number of layers from the surface of the earth to 30000 m altitude. Additionally, the zone of validity and time of measuring are stated. 2. The CBRN BWM contains weather information for the following 6 hour period. The CBRN BWF contains information for subsequent 6 hour periods. 3. Each layer has a thickness of 2000 m. The message begins with information on the wind conditions within the layer from the surface to 2000 m, then for the 2000 to 4000 m layer etc. A numerical identifier is used for each of the layers, beginning with 2 for the 0 m – 2000 m layer, 4 for the 2000 m – 4000 m layer etc. 4. The wind direction for each layer will be given with three digits (the direction from which the wind is blowing), and the wind speed with three digits. The unit of measurement will be indicated under set UNITM. Wind direction is normally given as Degrees True North (DGT) and wind speed as Kilometres/Hour (km/h). (See Annex C). 5. The information may appear as either two blocks of three digits or one block of six digits:

Examples:

02 280030 or 02 280 030

All examples illustrating the detailed procedure for fallout prediction are related to the wind data given below.

0623. Example of a CBRN Basic Wind Message 1. The following represents an example of a CBRN Basic Wind Message:

CBRNTYPE/ WEA:BWM// AREAM/NFEA1// ZULUM/140300ZSEP2010/140400ZSEP2010/141000ZSEP2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KPH/-// LAYERM/02/265/020/



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

04/290/030/ 06/300/035/ 08/310/035/ 10/330/040/

12/345/040/ 14/355/035/ 16/005/030/ 18/015/025/ 20/020/015/ 22/020/020/ 24/025/020/ 26/025/020/ 28/030/020/ 30/030/025//

2. The example above will be used for the purpose of constructing a wind vector plot and a fallout prediction following the detailed procedure in the paragraph to follow. 0624. Wind Vector Plot 1. The information contained in the CBRN BWM is used for the construction of a wind vector plot in the following way:

a. The wind directions given in the CBRN BWM (paragraph 0623) are converted into downwind

directions for each layer of height, by reversing the wind direction 180 degrees. b. The wind speed of each layer as given in the CBRN BWM is to be represented by a vector, the

length of which is extracted from the appropriate table (Table 6 - 2 to Table 6 - 7).

Example Prepare a wind vector plot to map scale 1:250000, using the meteorological information

contained in the CBRN BWM in paragraph 0623. The lengths of the wind vectors are extracted from the table related to map scale 1:250000 and wind speeds in the units of km/h (Table 6 - 6).

Layer ¦ Downwind Direction (degrees) ¦ ¦ Length of Vector (cm) ¦ ¦ ¦ 2 085 5.4 4 110 7.1 6 120 7.3 8 130 7.0 10 150 7.7 12 165 7.2 14 175 5.9 16 185 4.8 18 195 3.9 etc.

c. Label GZ, True North (TN), GN, from GZ draw a vector in the downwind direction of the layer 0 - 2000 m. The direction is 085 degrees respective to the TN direction. The length of the vector is 5.4 cm. Label the downwind end of the vector with the number “2” as shown on Figure 6 - 2, and label the vector length alongside the vector. This vector is now representing the downwind direction and the downwind speed within the height layer from the surface to 2000 m height. From the end of this vector, draw the next vector, the direction of which is 110 degrees and the length 7.1 cm. The downwind end of this vector is labelled “4”, the vector thus representing



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

downwind direction and downwind speed within the height layer 2000 m to 4000 m. Proceed in the same manner, using all information given in the CBRN BWM. The result will be a wind vector plot as shown in Figure 6 - 2.

0625. Fallout Calculation 1. Having drawn the wind vector plot, now determine the parameters for cloud top, cloud bottom and 2/3 stem height from the nomogram in Figure 6 - 10. Enter the nomogram with a straight-edge or line used horizontally, connecting the estimated or reported yield on the left and right yield index scale. At the same time extract the parameters for cloud radius and time of fall from the cloud bottom.

Example: Reported yield: 50 KT

From Figure 6 – 10 determine the parameters for 50 KT: Cloud top height 12 700 metres Cloud bottom height 8 300 metres 2/3 stem height 5 500 metres Cloud radius 5 kilometres Time of fall 2.35 hours Proceed as follows, using the wind vector plot on Figure 6 - 2:

a. Radial Lines. Label the points representing the cloud top height, cloud bottom height and 2/3

stem height on the fallout wind vector plot (see Figure 6 - 3). Draw radial lines from GZ through these points. Disregard all wind vectors at altitudes below the 2/3 stem height and above the cloud top height point for the prediction being prepared. If wind vectors between these points fall outside the radial lines drawn from GZ to these points, expand the angle formed by the radial lines, to include these outside vectors.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 2. Wind Vector Plot

Figure 6 - 3. Wind Vector Plot with Cloud and Stem Radial Lines (50 KT)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

b. Determine the effective Downwind Direction: Bisect the angle formed by the radial lines GZ to cloud top height and GZ to 2/3 stem height (Figure 6 - 4). The orientation of the bisector defines the effective downwind direction. In the case where the angle of the radial lines has been expanded, the bisector will be drawn using the expanded angle.

c. Determine the Sector Angle by using one of the following Methods:

(1) Fixed Angle. If the angle formed by the radial lines (GZ to cloud top height and GZ to 2/3

stem height) is 40 degrees or greater, proceed to paragraph 0625, subparagraph d. If less than 40 degrees, bisect the angle and expand the angle formed by the two radial lines to 40 degrees, 20 degrees left and 20 degrees right of the bisector (Figure 6 - 4). In cases where the angle has been expanded (paragraph 0625, subparagraph a.), the expanded angle will be used.

Figure 6 - 4. Wind Vector Plot with expanded Radial Lines

(2) Variable Angle. This optional method is based upon a probability calculation. The user will

decide the angular displacement. A table giving an example of angular variation as a function of effective wind speed and yield, using 80% probability, is given in Table 6 - 1.

Note: CBRN centres will determine which of the two procedures is to be used within their subordinate areas of command.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 6 - 1. Angular Variation as a Function of Effective Wind Speed and Yield for the Northwest European Area

Effective Wind Speed (km/h)

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100

Half Sector Angle (degrees)

48 43 38 35 32 30 28 26 25 23 22 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09

Notes:

1. For optional use with locally measured Wind Data only. 2. The probability level of 80% applies for 5 KT to 300 KT yields for the period

November to March. For yields outside this range and for the period April to October, the probability will be higher than 80%.

d. Determine the Effective Downwind (EDW) Speed: Measure the length of the radial line from

GZ to the point for cloud bottom height, and convert the measured length to distance (km), using the map scale in which the wind vector plot is drawn. Read the time of fall from Figure 6 - 10 corresponding to the cloud bottom and compute as follows:

Distance GZ to cloud bottom EDW speed =

Time of fall Example

The distance measured from GZ to the point for cloud bottom is 26.8 cm, equal to 67 km when using map scale 1:250000. (1 km = 4 mm).

The time of fall from cloud bottom for 50 KT is 2.35 hours (Figure 6 – 10), and the effective downwind speed is calculated as follows:

67 km EDW speed = = 28.5 km/h 2.35 hours

e. Determine the Downwind Distances of Zone I and Zone II: On the nomogram Figure 6 - 11

align a straight edge or line from the yield on the right hand scale to the wind speed scale. At the intersection of the straight-edge with the centre scale, read the value of the downwind



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

distance of Zone I for a burst producing fallout. Multiply the Zone I distance by 2, to obtain the downwind distance of Zone II (distance from GZ to outer limit of Zone II).

Example: Using the EDW speed of 28.5 km/h and 50 KT yield, enter the nomogram Figure 6 - 11,

and determine the downwind distance of Zone I to be 40 km. The downwind distance of Zone II is 40 km, multiplied by 2, equal to 80 km. On the plot, using GZ as centre, draw two arcs with radii equal to the downwind distances of Zone I (40 km) and Zone II (80 km) respectively, between the two radial lines (see Figure 6 - 5).

f. Determine the Cloud Radius: Obtain the cloud radius (km) from the nomogram in Figure 6 -

10, and draw a circle around GZ, using this radius. Example:

Continuing the example used in paragraph 0625, the cloud radius for a 50 KT weapon is 5 km (from Figure 6 - 10). On the plot, draw a circle using GZ as centre and 5 km (20 mm) as radius (Figure 6 - 6).

g. Determination of Zone I and Zone II boundaries: Draw two lines tangent to the cloud radius

circle, and intersecting the points on the radial lines where the Zone I downwind distance arc intersects these lines (Figure 6 - 6). The Zone I downwind distance arc, the two tangent lines and the upwind cloud radius semi-circle form the boundaries of Zone I. The Zone II distance arc, the Zone I distance arc and the two radial lines form the boundaries of Zone II.

Figure 6 - 5. Radial Lines, Zone I and Zone II Arcs



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 6. Cloud Radius Circle and Tangent Lines

h. Time of Fallout Arrival: Using GZ as centre, indicate the estimated time of arrival of fallout by drawing dotted arcs downwind of GZ, at distances equal to the product of the effective downwind speed and each hour (or fractions of hour) of interest.

Example: EDW speed is 28.5 km/h, therefore it is estimated that fallout will arrive 28.5 km

downwind from GZ at one hour after the burst (H+1) and 2 x 28.5 = 57 km downwind from GZ at two hours after the burst (H+2). Draw the two dotted arcs, using GZ as centre and 28.5 and 57 km as radii, and label the arcs "H+1" and "H+2" respectively (Figure 6 - 7).

i. Complete the Fallout Plot: Label the plot to indicate the map scale used, the yield (estimated

or actual), date-time of attack, location of attack and CBRN BWM used for preparation of the wind vector plot.

Weapon Yield 50 KT Basic Wind Message 140400Z Date-time of Attack 140608Z Location of Attack (GZ) NB157486 ACTUAL Effective Downwind Speed 28.5 km/h Map scale (as appropriate)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 7. Detailed Fallout Prediction Plot and CBRN 3 NUC

0626. Special Case 1. When the EDW speed is less than 8 km/h, the predicted fallout area will be circular, the radii of two concentric circles around GZ being equal to the Zone I downwind distance and the Zone II downwind distance respectively. 2. The downwind distance of Zone I can be determined using the nomogram Figure 6 - 10. Enter the nomogram with the yield and an EDW speed of 8 km/h. 2. Read the value of the Zone I downwind distance and multiply the distance by 2 to obtain the downwind distance of Zone II.

CBRN 3 NUC (ADP version). Common MSG heading followed by: ALFA/-/310/UK1-03004/N// DELTA/140608ZMAR2010// FOXTROT/32UNB157486/AA// NOVEMBER/50// PAPAB/029KPH/040KM/05KM/100DGG/140DGG//

Map Scale: 1:250,000



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VI - NOMOGRAMS - TABLES - GRAPHS 0627. Disclaimer 1. The user may enlarge the illustrations contained in this Section. 2. During the enlargement process care must be taken to maintain the accuracy of the illustrations.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 8. Yield Estimation, Angular Cloud Width and Flash-to-Bang-Time/Distance to Ground Zero



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 9. Yield Estimation, Angle to Top/Bottom of Cloud and Flash-to-Bang-Time/Distance to Ground Zero



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 10. Stabilized Cloud and Stem Parameters (H+10 minutes)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 6 - 2. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in km/h

WIND SPEED km/h

ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres) 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30

5 10 15 20 25

6.8 13.6 20.4 27.2 34.0

5.8 11.8 17.6 23.6 29.4

5.2 10.4 15.6 20.8 26.0

5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.2

4.8 9.6 14.4 19.2 24.0

4.4 9.0 13.4 18.0 22.4

4.2 8.4 12.6 16.8 21.0

4.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0

3.8 7.8 11.6 15.6 19.4

3.8 7.6 11.2 15.0 18.8

3.6 7.2 10.8 14.2 17.8

3.4 6.8 10.2 13.6 17.0

Table 6 - 3. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:50 000, Wind Speed in Knots

WIND SPEED knots


5 10 15 20 25 30

12.6 25.2 37.8 50.4 63.0 65.6

11.0 21.8 32.8 43.6 54.6 65.4

9.6 19.2 28.8 38.4 48.0 57.6

9.4 18.6 28.0 37.2 46.6 55.8

9.0 17.8 26.8 35.6 44.6 53.4

8.4 16.6 25.0 33.2 41.2 49.8

7.8 15.6 23.4 31.2 39.0 46.8

7.4 14.8 22.2 29.6 37.0 44.4

7.2 14.4 21.6 28.8 36.0 43.2

7.0 14.0 20.8 27.8 34.8 41.8

6.6 13.2 19.6 26.2 32.8 39.4

6.4 12.6 19.0 25.2 31.6 37.8

Note: Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at

2 000 meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some of the columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.


WIND SPEED km/h

ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres)

0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

3.4 6.8 10.2 13.6 17.0 20.4 23.8 27.2 30.6 34.0

2.9 5.9 8.8 11.8 14.7 17.7 20.6 23.6 26.5 29.5

2.6 5.2 7.8 10.4 13.0 15.6 18.1 20.7 23.3 25.9

2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.6 15.1 17.6 20.1 22.6 25.1

2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 14.4 16.8 19.2 21.6 24.0

2.2 4.5 6.7 9.0 11.2 13.4 15.7 17.9 20.2 22.4

2.1 4.2 6.3 8.4 10.5 12.6 14.7 16.8 19.0 21.1

2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0

1.9 3.9 5.8 7.8 9.7 11.7 13.6 15.6 17.5 19.4

1.9 3.8 5.6 7.5 9.4 11.3 13.1 15.0 16.9 18.8

1.8 3.6 5.4 7.1 8.9 10.7 12.5 14.3 16.1 17.9

1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.5 10.2 11.9 13.6 15.3 17.0



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 6 - 5. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:100 000, Wind Speed in Knots WIND

SPEED knots

ALTITUDE LAYERS (Thousands of Metres)

0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14 14-16 16-18 18-22 22-30 > 30

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

6.3 12.6 18.9 25.2 31.5 37.8 44.1 50.4 56.7 63.0

5.5 10.9 16.4 21.8 27.3 32.7 38.2 43.6 49.1 54.5

4.8 9.6 14.4 19.2 24.0 28.8 33.6 38.4 43.2 48.0

4.7 9.3 14.0 18.6 23.3 27.9 32.6 37.2 41.9 46.5

4.5 8.9 13.4 17.8 22.3 26.7 31.2 35.6 40.1 44.5

4.2 8.3 12.5 16.6 20.6 24.9 29.1 33.2 37.4 41.5

3.9 7.8 11.7 15.6 19.5 23.4 27.3 31.2 35.1 39.0

3.7 7.4 11.1 14.8 18.5 22.2 25.9 29.6 33.3 37.0

3.6 7.2 10.8 14.4 18.0 21.6 25.2 28.8 32.4 36.0

3.5 7.0 10.4 13.9 17.4 20.9 24.3 27.8 31.3 34.8

3.3 6.6 9.8 13.1 16.4 19.7 22.9 26.2 29.5 32.8

3.2 6.3 9.5 12.6 15.8 18.9 22.1 25.2 28.4 31.5

Note: Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at 2

000 meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some of the columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.


WIND SPEED km/h


5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 75 100

1.4 2.7 4.1 5.4 6.8 8.2 9.5 10.9 12.2 13.6 15.0 16.3 20.4 27.2

1.2 2.4 3.5 4.7 5.9 7.1 8.2 9.4 10.6 11.8 12.9 14.1 17.7 23.5

1.0 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.2 6.2 7.3 8.3 9.3 10.4 11.4 12.4 15.5 20.7

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 15.1 20.1

1.0 1.9 2.9 3.8 4.8 5.8 6.7 7.7 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.5 14.4 19.2

0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6 4.5 5.4 6.3 7.2 8.1 9.0 9.9 10.8 13.4 17.9

0.8 1.7 2.5 3.4 4.2 5.1 5.9 6.7 7.6 8.4 9.3 10.1 12.6 16.9

0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2 8.0 8.8 9.6 12.0 16.0

0.8 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.9 4.7 5.4 6.2 7.0 7.8 8.6 9.3 11.7 15.6

0.8 1.5 2.3 3.0 3.8 4.5 5.3 6.0 6.8 7.5 8.3 9.0 11.3 15.0

0.7 1.4 2.1 2.9 3.6 4.3 5.0 5.7 6.4 7.1 7.9 8.6 10.7 14.3

0.7 1.4 2.0 2.7 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.4 6.1 6.8 7.5 8.2 10.2 13.6



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 6 - 7. Map Distance in cm, Map Scale 1:250 000, Wind Speed in Knots WIND

SPEED knots


5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 75 100

2.5 5.0 7.6 10.1 12.6 15.1 17.6 20.2 22.7 25.2 27.7 30.2 37.8 50.4

2.2 4.4 6.5 8.7 10.9 13.1 15.3 17.4 19.6 21.8 24.0 26.2 32.7 43.6

1.9 3.8 5.8 7.7 9.6 11.5 13.4 15.4 17.3 19.2 21.1 23.0 28.8 38.4

1.9 3.7 5.6 7.4 9.3 11.2 13.0 14.9 16.7 18.6 20.5 22.3 27.9 37.2

1.8 3.6 5.3 7.1 8.9 10.7 12.5 14.2 16.0 17.8 19.6 21.4 26.7 35.6

1.7 3.3 5.0 6.6 8.3 10.0 11.6 13.3 14.9 16.6 18.3 19.9 24.9 33.2

1.6 3.1 4.7 6.2 7.8 9.4 10.9 12.5 14.0 15.6 17.2 18.7 23.4 31.2

1.5 3.0 4.4 5.9 7.4 8.9 10.4 11.8 13.3 14.8 16.3 17.8 22.2 29.6

1.4 2.9 4.3 5.8 7.2 8.6 10.1 11.5 13.0 14.4 15.8 17.3 21.6 28.8

1.4 2.8 4.2 5.6 7.0 8.3 9.7 11.1 12.5 13.9 15.3 16.7 20.9 27.8

1.3 2.6 3.9 5.2 6.6 7.9 9.2 10.5 11.8 13.1 14.4 15.7 19.7 26.2

1.3 2.5 3.8 5.0 6.3 7.6 8.8 10.1 11.3 12.6 13.9 15.1 18.9 25.2

Note: Above 18000 metres, altitude layers for plotting vector diagrams continue to be at 2000

meter intervals. However, the map distance factors vary so little that some of the columns in the above tables are combined for convenience.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 11. Determination of Zone I, Downwind Distance



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 6 - 8. Transmission Factors/Protection Factors

Environmental shielding Transmission

Factor (TF) Protection Factor (PF)

Armoured Vehicles: M1 Tank M48 Tank M60 Tank M2 IFV M3 CFV M113 Armoured Personnel Carrier M109 Special Purpose Howitzer M548 Cargo Vehicle M88 Recovery Vehicle M577 Command Post Carrier M551 Armoured Recon Airborne

Assault Vehicle M728 Combat Engineer Vehicle

0,04 0,02 0,04 0,2 0,2 0,3 0,2 0,7 0,09 0,3 0,2 0,04

25 50 25 5 5 3,33 5 1,43 11,11 3,33 5 25

Trucks: 1/4-ton 3/4-ton 2½-ton 4 - 7-ton

0,8 0,6 0,6 0,5

1,25 1,67 1,67 2

Structures: Multistorey building: Top floor Lower floor Frame house: First floor Basement

0,01 0,1 0,6 0,1

100 10 1,67 10

Urban Areas: (In open) 0,7 * 1,43 *

Woods: 0,8 * 1,25 *

Underground shelters: 0,0002 5000

Foxholes: 0,1 10

* These factors apply to aerial survey dose rates.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 12. Total Dose Received in an Induced Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VII - RECORDING AND CALCULATION OF RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION 0628. Locating and Reporting Radiological Contamination 1. Fallout predictions provide a means of locating probable radiation hazards. Military significant fallout is expected to occur only within the predicted area. However, the prediction does not indicate exactly where the fallout will occur or what the dose rate will be at a specific location. Rainout or washout can also increase radiological contamination on the ground creating local hot spots. Areas of neutron induced radiation also can be caused by low air bursts. 2. Before planning operations in a nuclear environment, commanders must be aware of these residual contamination hazards. The information required for such planning is derived from the equations and nomograms given in the following sections and in AEP-45. The basic information needed is contained in CBRN 4 NUC reports. They provide information on actual measured contamination in the form of dose rates. 0629. Airborne Radioactivity 1. Most contaminated particles in a radioactive cloud rise to considerable heights. Thus, fallout may occur over a large area. It may also last for an extended period of time. A survey conducted before fallout is complete would be inaccurate, because contaminants would still be suspended in the air. For this reason, as well as the hazard to surveying personnel, radiological surveys are not conducted before completion of fallout. 2. An estimate of the time of completion (Tcomp) of fallout for a particular location may be determined using a mathematical equation. The time in hours after burst when fallout will be completed at any specific point is approximately 1.25 times the time of arrival of fallout (in hours after burst). Add the time in hours required for the nuclear cloud to pass over. 3. This is expressed by using the formula:

speedwindEffective

radiusCloudTT arrivalcomp×

+×=225.1

Example For a given location, the following data has been determined: - Time of detonation = H - Time of arrival = H+2 hours (Time of arrival is determined by dividing the distance from GZ to the given point by the

effective wind speed) - Cloud diameter = 4 km (equals 2 x cloud radius)

(Cloud diameter/radius is determined either from Figure 6 - 10 or the appropriate equation from AEP-45 or from set PAPAB of the CBRN 3 NUC report)

- Effective wind speed = 20 Km/h (Effective wind speed is determined from set YANKEE of the CBRN 3 NUC report)

2.7h0.2h2.5hKPH20km42h1.25Tcomp =+=+×=

Thus, fallout for the given location is expected to be complete by H + 2.7 hours. Actual completion of fallout can be determined if a peak CBRN 4 NUC report is received from the area of interest.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0630. Measuring Radiological Data 1. Measurements of radiological data must be taken in accordance with the unit's SOPs. Measurements can be taken directly from an unshielded position if dose rates are low enough, or from a shielded position such as a shelter or vehicle. 2. When the indirect technique is used, most of the readings are taken inside the vehicle or shelter. However, at least one outside reading is necessary to determine the transmission factor, which relates the readings inside to the unshielded values outside. The latter are to be reported since they are necessary for further calculations pertaining to troops in the open, or other vehicles, or shelters. 3. To determine the transmission factor both the inside and outside readings must be taken after fallout is complete. Calculate the transmission factor using the following formula:

ratedoseOutside

ratedoseInsideTFFactoronTransmissi =)(

NOTE: TF is always less than 1. It can be determined from the measurement of the dose as well.

The readings taken inside the vehicle or shelter represent inside shielded dose rates (ID). These readings must be converted to outside, unshielded dose rates (OD) before reporting. Readings are converted using the following formula:

TFIDOD = 4. A precalculated list of TF is contained in national manuals, an example of which is shown in Table 6 - 8. This information is not used by the unit CBRN defence personnel when calculating or reporting outside dose rates. Its principal use is to establish the relative shielding ability of one shelter, structure, or vehicle as compared to another. It is also used for instructional and practice purposes. 5. These factors are for the most exposed occupied location. They are not based on dose rates from fallout; they are based on gamma radiation from cobalt-60. Since cobalt-60 radiation is almost twice as strong as the radiation from fallout, actual TF should be much lower (more protection). 6. In some cases the term protection factor (PF) or correlation factor (CF) is used. It is always the reciprocal of the transmission factor.

ID

ODTF

CForPF ==1)(

0631. Surveys 1. Air-Ground Correlation Factors (AGCF). AGCF is required for calculation of surface dose rates from aerial dose rates taken in an aircraft during a survey in accordance with procedures detailed in STANAG 2112. The AGCF relates a ground dose rate reading to a reading taken at approximately the same time in an aircraft at survey height over the same point on the surface. 2. The AGCF is calculated as shown below:

AGCF = Ground dose rate Aerial dose rate Example:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Surface dose rate = 20 cGy/h Aerial dose rate (200 feet survey height) = 5 cGy/h AGCF = 20 cGy/h 5 cGy/h AGCF = 4

By multiplying the readings taken in the aircraft at a survey height by the AGCF, the surface level reading can be approximated. These values are to be reported in the CBRN 4 NUC.

Ground dose rate = Air dose rate x AGCF 0632. Reporting Instructions 1. Monitoring data to be sent to other units/HQ’s is transmitted in the CBRN 4 NUC report format.

a. Automatic Reports. In accordance with SOPs units in the contaminated area submit certain monitoring reports automatically. These provide the minimum essential information for warning, hazard evaluation, and survey planning. Reports are sent through specified channels to reach the CBRN cell. The automatic reports are the initial, peak, and special reports specified by the CBRN centre or required by commanders for operational purposes. b. Initial Report. After noting a dose rate of 1 cGy/h or more outside, defensive measures in accordance with SOPs are implemented, and the unit formats a CBRN 4 NUC report containing the code "INIT" for initial in set ROMEO. The first report is used at the CBRN centre to confirm the fallout prediction. The dose rate cannot be converted to H+1 at this time.

c. Peak Report. After the initial contamination is detected the unit monitor continuously records dose rates according to the time intervals specified in unit SOPs. The dose rate rises until it reaches a peak, and then it decreases. In some cases, the dose rate may fluctuate for a short time before beginning a constant decrease. When the measurement continues to decrease, the monitor takes an inside reading and then an outside reading for the TF calculation. First, the inside reading is recorded. Within three minutes, the monitor goes to the outside location. After all information is recorded, the CBRN defence team calculates the TF and applies it to the highest dose rate. It then formats the CBRN 4 NUC report. The word "PEAK" is used in set ROMEO.

d. Special Reports. Other standing instructions may establish the requirement for special CBRN 4 NUC reports. The CBRN centre evaluates these special reports. They invite command attention to areas or conditions of serious concern. The operational situation, unit radiation status, and similar considerations determine the criteria for these special reports, which cannot be specified here. Generally, this report may be required when the surface dose rate goes above a specified value. When the dose rate increases after showing continuous decrease, a special report must be sent. Special reports may be required after a specified period of time if the unit remains in the area.

e. Directed Reports. Selected units in the contaminated area will be directed to submit additional CBRN 4 NUC reports. The CBRN centre uses these reports to evaluate a radiological contamination hazard - the decay rate of fallout and how long this decay rate (and the contamination overlay) will remain valid. They are used to determine the H-hour (if unknown) and the soil type in neutron induced areas. Reliable calculations are directly related to the precision of the dose rate measurement. Tactical decisions and personnel safety depend on the accuracy of these measurements. The assessment of further development of the contamination situation depends upon this data. An error in dose rate measurements means a similar error in all following calculations.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

f. Series Reports. A series report consists of a series of dose rate readings taken at the same location at time intervals specified in unit SOPs after the peak dose rate has been recorded. The location must remain constant. The report contains each reading and the time it was taken. The report contains the word SERIES in set GENTEXT.

g. Summary Reports. The summary report shows the radiation distribution throughout units area of responsibility. The locations for the readings are selected by the unit according to the distribution of its elements and the extent or variety of the area’s terrain. The time each reading was taken is reported. The word SUMMARY is given in set GENTEXT.

h. Verification. The verification report is a unit's response to a direct request. If data are lacking from a specific location near or in the unit's area the CBRN centre may request a verification report. It may also be requested to confirm abnormal readings reported earlier. A verification report is not a retransmission of the earlier report, but a check of the actual conditions of the area. The unit tasked with the submission of a verification report receives specific instructions as to the location from which a reading is desired. The word VERIFY is used in set GENTEXT to indicate a verification report.

0633. Report Formatting Instructions at the CBRN Centre 1. For the format used to pass monitoring and survey results see the CBRN 4 NUC report as described in Section 8. Within the CBRN 4 NUC the following three sets represent a segment:

CBRN 4 NUC Set Meaning

QUEBEC Location and type of reading/sample/detection. ROMEO Contamination level, dose rate trend, decay rate. SIERRA Date and time of reading or initial detection of contamination. 2. The location is sent as UTM grid co-ordinates; the level of contamination reading is expressed in cGy/h. 3. Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO, and SIERRA may be repeated as many times as necessary to give a specific picture of the contamination throughout an area. A "zero" dose rate may also be reported on set ROMEO, and is an extremely valuable piece of information in determining the extent and duration of contamination. 4. Only outside dose rates are reported by the unit, and the date time group is reported in ZULU time. Certain abbreviations are associated with the dose rate to describe the circumstances surrounding the contamination. Note that the definition of set ROMEO includes information on the dose rate trend and the relative or actual radiation decay rate. The dose rate must be reported while the latter two items are optional. They require evaluation, which may be done above unit level. A monitor cannot provide this information. 5. Dose rate trends are:

INIT - initial reading PEAK - peak reading DECR - decreasing since last reading INCR - increasing since last reading SAME - same

6. Legal entries for the relative decay rate are: (see paragraph 0633 and 0634)

DN - decay normal



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

DF - decay faster than normal DS - decay slower than normal

7. Table 6 - 9 shows examples of CBRN 4 NUC reports:

Table 6 - 9. Examples of CBRN 4 NUC Reports CBRN 4 NUC QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB1560047000// ROMEO/RAT:1CGH/INIT// SIERRA/REA:021200ZAUG2010//

CBRN 4 NUC QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB1560047000// ROMEO/RAT:35CGH/DECR// SIERRA/REA:021400ZAUG2010//


CBRN 4 NUC QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB1560047000// ROMEO/RAT:20CGH/INCR// SIERRA/REA:021245ZAUG2010//



CBRN 4 NUC QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB1560047000// ROMEO/RAT:40CGH/PEAK// SIERRA/REA:021330ZAUG2010//

CBRN 4 NUC QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB1560047000// ROMEO/RAT:27CGH/DECR/DN// SIERRA/REA:021500ZAUG2010//


0634. Evaluation of Radiological Information 1. After CBRN 4 NUC reports are available they must be evaluated with regard to the actual hazard encountered by troops in the contaminated area with the aim to predict expected dose rates and accumulated dosages for possible missions within the contaminated area. Theoretically, once a radiological hazard has been identified, the contamination existing at any future time can be calculated using simple decay relationships. 2. The dose rate at any location in a fallout area does not remain constant. It decreases with time according to the Kaufmann equation:

nn tRtR 2211 ×=×

Which describes the decay of fallout after it has completely settled on the ground.

In this equation: R is the dose rate at the location. t is the time in hours after H-hour. n is the decay rate.

The subscripts `1` and `2` denote two separate dose rate measurements taken at the same location at different times.

3. Dose rate and total dose calculations cannot be performed until the decay rate is known. The true decay rate will not be known immediately. Accurate determination must wait until several sets of CBRN 4 NUC reports are available. The decay rate of fallout depends on many factors. Some of these factors are:

- Height and type of burst. - Type of weapon (fission, fission-fusion, fission-fusion-fission). - Type of active materials, as well as construction and structural materials within the

weapon. - Type and quantity of materials vaporized or sucked up into the fireball. - "Salting" the weapon to produce a slow decay. - When fallout overlaps fallout.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

- Soil Type. 4. The decay rate varies with time. Generally, the decay rate becomes slower as time passes. The same decay rate may not be present across the entire fallout area. The pattern as a whole will have an average value, which may vary from position to position. The amount of variation in the decay rate for fallout is expected to range from 0.2 to 2.0. The lower values are assumed for "salted" weapons. Decay calculations are valid only if the dose rate readings are made after completion of fallout. While fallout is still arriving, the Kaufmann equation is not valid. 5. Because of the delay in determining the actual decay rate, an assumed decay rate of n = 1.2, referred to as standard decay, is used by all units until informed otherwise by the CBRN centre. When the actual decay rate has been established by the CBRN centre, it will be sent as set ROMEO on the CBRN 4 or CBRN 5 NUC report. The assumed normal decay rate of n = 1.2 is used in many simplified radiological calculation procedures. Optimum time of exit calculations are also based upon n = 1.2.

Note: In the equations of the following sections all times are given in hours after the burst. The information given in corresponding sets of the CBRN messages (e.g. SIERRA) must be converted appropriately when moving from calculation to reporting or vice versa.

0635. Determination of Decay Rate 1. Graphical Method. When a sequence of dose rates (CBRN 4 NUC reports) from one location is plotted on log-log graph paper, the decay rate of the contamination will cause the line plotted to be a straight line, inclined at a slope (n) to the axes of the graph. 2. Figure 6 - 13 shows data plotted on log-log graph paper for 3 locations. The time is used as the number of hours past H-hour. A set of three lines is drawn through the points. The slope of the line is n = a/b, the decay exponent for each location. The best straight line is fitted to the points. The value of n may then be determined for each location and an average n determined for the area. If the slopes of the lines differ by more than 30% from one location to the next, a mean value cannot be defined, and the decay rate determined for a given location can only be applied in the immediate vicinity of that location.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

TIME (H-hour + NUMBER OF HOURS)

Figure 6 - 13. Decay Rate Determination (Measurement of Slope)

3. To predict the development of the decay at any other point P in the area, plot a reading from point P on the graph and draw a line with the slope of n through this point as shown at the top of the figure. In this way the dose rate at this point can be estimated for any time H + t. 4. Different graphical aids may be designed by nations or units to assist in determining the decay rate. An example for an overlay is given in Figure 6 - 21. To use it proceed as follows:

a. Plot the dose rate readings versus time as in Figure 6 - 13. b. Place the overlay on the



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 13 move it up or down parallel to the grid until the points representing the measurements best fit one of the radial lines of the overlay. The label on the radial line indicates the decay rate.

CAUTION

When dealing with overlapping contamination areas, using an "average" n value for the overall pattern can lead to serious errors. The reliability of the decay rate calculation depends on the precision of the dose rate readings, the interval over which the readings are taken, and the time over which dose calculations are to be made. That is, the more reliable the dose rate monitoring and the longer the time interval over which they are taken, the longer the time period over which reliable dose calculations can be made. As a rule of thumb, reliable dose calculations can be projected in time (tp) over a period up to three times as long as the monitoring time interval. For example, for a decay rate determined from monitoring readings taken between H+4 and H+8, dose calculations could be reliably projected from H+8 to H+20 (tp = H+8 + 3 (* (8 - 4)) = H+20). Thus, the calculations based upon decay rate are valid for 20 hours after the burst. This information should be placed on the contamination overlay to advise the user of the length of time the calculations are valid.

0636. Determination of the Dose Rate for an Arbitrary Time 1. Graphical Method. To determine the dose rate at an arbitrary time it is necessary to use a reference dose rate for the reference times H+1 and H+48. The following equation is used for this purpose:

tn RNFR ×=

“n” is the normalized time, e.g. 1 or 48, and t is the time elapsed since the burst.

2. The normalizing factors NF can be tabulated as shown in the Table 6 - 12 or presented graphically as shown in Figure 6 - 22. The dose rate at H+1 hours can also be determined by using one of the nomograms in Figure below, given a dose rate reading at H+t. 3. When working with aerial or ground survey data, an additional step reduces the number of required calculations. Multiply the normalizing factor either with the air-ground correlation factor (AGCF) for aerial surveys or the vehicle correlation factor (CF) to determine the overall correction factor (OCF) before applying the correction to the measured data to normalize it to the reference time desired (e.g. when preparing reports).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 14. Fallout Decay Nomogram

0637. Determination of the Time at which a given Dose Rate is to be Expected 1. Graphical Method. When the decay rate and the normalized dose rate for H+1 are known, the dose rate at H+t, or the time t, when a specific dose Rt will occur, can be read from the nomograms shown in Figure 6 - 14. 0638. Total Dose Reduction 1. The primary objective of the commander is to accomplish the mission while keeping the total dose as low as possible. The total dose may be reduced in several ways.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

a. Avoid the area. When the actual measured fallout area cannot be avoided, select the route,

which has the lowest dose rate. Commit the fewest number of personnel possible to the operation.

b. Reduce exposure time. Plan operations to minimize time spent in contaminated areas. Select

the route easiest to cross. This route should offer high speed advance.

c. Delay time of entry. If possible, allow the contamination to decay, refer to the nomograms in Figure 6 - 14 for details.

d. Use shielding. All vehicles should have increased shielding. Cross fallout areas on foot as a

last resort. 0639. Total Dose Procedures 1. Nomogram Method. Total dose, time of entry, and time of stay calculations in fallout areas may also be solved with total dose nomograms. These nomograms may be based on different anticipated decay rates.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 15. Total Dose (Fallout)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Total dose nomograms relate total dose, H+1 dose rate, stay time Ts, and entry time Te. The

index scale is a pivoting line. It is used as an intermediate step between D and R1, and Ts and Te. The index scale value can be used to multiply the R1 to find the D. The four values on these nomograms are defined below: D = total dose in cGy. R1 = dose rate in cGy/h one hour after burst (H+1). The H+1 dose rate must ALWAYS be used. NEVER use a dose rate taken at any other time. Ts = stay time in hours. Te = entry time (hours after H-hour). R1 must be known before the total dose nomograms can be used. If any two of the other three values are known, the nomograms can be used to find the missing piece of information. Determination of R1 is discussed in paragraph 0636. D and R1, or Ts and Te are used together. When working with total dose nomograms, start the problem on the side of the nomogram where the two known values are located. If D and R1 are given, start on the left side. If Ts and Te are given, start on the right side. Never begin a problem by joining D or R1 with either of the time values.

Example: Given: R1 = 200 cGy/h. Te = H + 1.5 hours. Ts = 1 hour. n = 1.2 Find: D Answer: 90 cGy. Solution.

Select the n = 1.2 total dose nomogram. Connect H + 1.5 hours on the Te scale with the Ts reading of 1 hour. Pivot the hairline at its point of intersection with the index scale to the 200 cGy/h on the R1 scale. Read D = 90 cGy on the total dose scale.

By 25 hours after the burst, the change in the rate of decay is so low that it is relatively insignificant. Therefore, a different approach is used to estimate total dose when Te is greater than 25 hours. In this case, simply multiply the dose rate at the time of entry by the time of stay. This is written:

D = RTe * Ts D = total dose (cGy). RTe = dose rate (cGy/h) at time of entry. Ts = time of stay (h).

For example: Given: R1 = 300 cGy/h. Ts = 2 hours. Te = H + 30 hours. n = 1.2



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Find: D Answer: 10 cGy.

Solution. Select the 1.2 decay rate nomogram. Align 300 cGy/h on the R1 scale with 30 hours on the Te scale. Read the dose rate at the time of entry on the Rt scale (the RTe) as 5 cGy/h. Find dose D = RTe * Ts 5 cGy/h. * 2 hours D = 10 cGy. When Ts must be calculated against a dose limit, the above formula must be rearranged.

Te

s RDT =

Using the data from the previous problem, this is solved as:

510

==Te

S RDT

hoursTS 2=

Note that the dose rate at the time of entry is used here. Get the time of entry by determining the time the R1 value will decay to the Rt value. Using the data from the two previous examples:

2

10==

STe T

DR

5=TeR

Now determine when (time) 300 cGy/h will reduce to 5 cGy/h. Align the R1 value and the Rt value. Note that the hairline crosses the time (t) scale at H + 30 hours. Therefore, Te = H + 30 hours.

0640. Crossing a Fallout Area 1. In nuclear warfare, it is to be expected that extensive areas will be residually radioactive. It may be necessary to cross an area where there is residual radiation. 2. When crossing a contaminated area, the dose rate will increase as the centre of the Area is approached and will decrease as the far side is approached. Therefore, determine an average dose rate for total dose calculations. A reasonable approximation of the average dose rate can be determined using only one half of the highest dose rate. This is written:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

2maxRRavg =

Ravg = average dose rate. Rmax = highest dose rate encountered or expected to be encountered. 3. This calculation is sufficient when looking for a suitable route for crossing a contaminated area or when time is critical. A more exact solution for this problem is given in AEP-45. 4. The effective dose rate for a crossing problem can be treated like the dose rate for a fixed point. Therefore all follow on calculations (e.g. accumulated dose, earliest time of entry) for the crossing problem can be done using the same procedures used for a fixed point described in the above. 5. The transmission factor must also be applied as in a stationary situation. 0641. Optimum Time of Exit from Fallout Areas 1. Radiological fallout may present a serious hazard to units that remain in the contaminated area. Shelters such as field emplacements are the best protective measures against nuclear radiation for troops in the field. If the shelter provides any appreciable amount of protection, it will be advantageous to remain and improve it rather than to evacuate to an uncontaminated area. If the situation permits, and higher HQ’s approve, the commander may decide to move out of the contaminated area. By evacuating at the optimum exit time, the radiation dose to personnel is kept to a minimum. 2. To compute the optimum exit time from a fallout area, you must know the time of detonation, the location of an uncontaminated area, the average TF, and the time required to evacuate. 3. When moving from an area contaminated by fallout, the unit moves into an uncontaminated location. This will necessitate waiting until fallout is complete at present positions. 4. The average TF of the fallout shelters and the vehicles used to leave the contaminated area must be computed. Since all shelters are not the same, an average value should be used. The TF of a vehicle may be estimated. A unit moving on foot will be fully exposed and will have a TF of 1.0. 5. The time to load vehicles and move out of the contaminated area must be estimated. In order to minimize exposure time, it may be necessary to temporarily abandon non essential items and recover them at a later time when the dose rate has decreased to an acceptable value. 6. The optimum time of exit (Topt) is calculated as:

evopt TMFT ×=

where: MF is a multiplication factor taken from Figure 6 - 62. Tev is the time required to evacuate the contaminated area. The following abbreviations are used in the optimum time of exit calculations: TFS = Average TF for the fallout shelters. TFM = Average TF after leaving shelters (during movement out of the contaminated area). TFRatio = TF ratio.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Compute the optimum exit time by the three following steps:

- Calculate the TF ratio, TFRatio = TFS/TFM. - Determine the multiplication factor. Enter the vertical axis of Figure 6 - 62 with the value

obtained for TFRatio. Move horizontally along this value to the curve. Move straight down and read the multiplication factor from the horizontal axis.

- Calculate the optimum exit time. Multiply the multiplication factor by Tev. The product is the optimum time, in hours after detonation, that the unit should leave its shelters and evacuates the area.

7. Special Considerations. The unit should evacuate the fallout area as soon as possible when ratios of TFRatio are close to or greater than 0.5. If the optimum time of exit is estimated to be before the actual arrival of fallout, the unit should evacuate the area as soon as possible after fallout is complete and an uncontaminated area is available. 8. The unit will receive the smallest dose possible if it leaves the contaminated area at the optimum time of exit. If the commander is willing to accept up to a ten percent increase in dose, he may leave the shelters any time between one half and twice the optimum time of exit. 9. If possible, personnel should improve their shelters while waiting for the optimum time of exit. The estimate of the optimum time of exit should be recalculated if significant improvement is made in the shelters. Improved shelters mean the unit should remain in shelters for a longer period of time to minimize the dose to the personnel.

Sample Problem.

Given: TFS = 0.1 (foxhole). TFM = 0.6 (2½ ton truck). Tev = 1 hour. Find: Optimum time of exit. Solution: TFRatio = 0.1/0.6 = 0.167 Multiplication factor = 2.80 Optimum time of exit = MF * Tev = 2.80 * 1 h = 2.80 h or 2 hours and 48 minutes. 0642. Induced Radiation 1. Neutrons are produced in all nuclear weapon bursts. Some of these neutrons may be captured by the various elements in the soil under the burst. As a result, these elements become radioactive, emitting beta particles and gamma radiation for an extended period of time. Beta particles are a negligible hazard unless the radioactive material makes direct contact with the skin for an extended period of time. Beta particles can cause skin irritations varying from reddening to open sores. In contrast, gamma radiation readily penetrates the body and can cause radiation injury and even death. To determine the external military hazard posed by induced radiation, an analysis of the dose rate of the emitted gamma radiation must be determined. 2. The location of a suspected induced radiation area created by an air burst is determined by nuclear burst data. Weather conditions have no influence upon its location or size. Surface winds will



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

not affect the pattern. The pattern, if produced, will always be around GZ. The size of the pattern depends on the yield of the weapon and height of burst. Table 6 - 10 shows the boundaries of the induced area for different yields. Assuming an optimum height of burst, the user enters the table with the yield of the weapon (or interpolates if not listed). The distance given is the maximum horizontal radius to which a 2 cGy/h dose rate will extend one hour after burst.

Table 6 - 10. Radii of Induced Contamination Estimated Yield (KT) 2 cGy/h dose rate at H + 1 hour

Horizontal Radius (meters) 0.1 200 1 700 10 1000 100 1600 1000 2000

3. The circular area with a radius as given in Table 6 - 10 around GZ is regarded as contaminated until actual dose rate readings indicate otherwise. The actual area of contamination is usually substantially less, depending upon actual yield and height of burst. 0643. Decay of Induced Radiation 1. The soil in the target area is radioactive to a depth of 0.5 metres at GZ. In contrast, fallout is a deposit of radioactive dust on the surface. From this it can be seen that decontamination of the area is impractical. 2. The decay characteristics of induced radiation are considerably different from those of fallout. Fallout is a mixture of many substances, all with different rates of decay. Induced radiation is produced primarily in aluminium, manganese, and sodium. 3. Other elements, such as silicon, emit so little gamma radiation or decay so fast that they are less important. 4. During the first 30 minutes after a burst, the principal contributor to induced radiation is radioactive aluminium. Almost all soils contain aluminium. It is one of the most abundant elements in the earth’s surface. Radioactive aluminium has a half-life of two to three seconds. Because of this, almost all the radioactive aluminium has decayed within 30 minutes after the burst. 5. Most soils also contain significant quantities of manganese. This element decays with a half-life of about 2.6 hours. From 30 minutes after burst until 10 to 20 hours after the burst, both manganese and sodium are the principal contributors to the radiation. After 10 to 20 hours after the burst, sodium, which decays with a half-life of about 15 hours, is the principal source of radiation. 6. Soil composition is the most important factor in the decay of induced radiation. Its decay must be considered differently from that of fallout. For fallout, the decay rate is calculated by using the Kaufmann equation. For induced radiation, the percentage, by weight, of elements present in the soil determines the decay rate. 7. Since soil composition varies widely, even in a localized area, you must know the actual chemical composition of the soil to determine the rate of decay of induced radiation. The soils are divided into four types. Table 6 - 11 has been extracted from Defense Nuclear Agency Effects Manual 1 (DNA EM-1). 8. Since the actual soil composition will not be known, soil type II, the slowest decay, is used for all calculations until the CBRN Centre advises use of a different soil type.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 6 - 11. Soil Types for Induced Radiation Calculations Chemical Composition of Soils

Element Type I (Liberia, Africa)

Type II (Nevada Desert)

Type III (Lava, Clay, Hawaii)

Type IV (Beach, Sand,

Pensacola, Florida) Sodium - 1.30 0.16 0.0001 Manganese 0.008 0.01 2.94 - Aluminium 2.89 6.70 18.79 0.006 Iron 3.75 2.20 10.64 0.005 Silicon 33.10 32.00 10.23 46.65 Titanium 0.39 0.27 1.26 0.004 Calcium 0.08 2.40 0.45 - Potassium - 2.70 .088 - Hydrogen 0.39 0.70 0.94 0.001 Boron - - - 0.001 Nitrogen 0.065 - 0.26 - Sulphur 0.07 0.03 0.2 - Magnesium 0.05 0.60 0.34 - Chromium - - 0.04 - Phosphorus 0.008 0.04 0.13 - Carbon 3.87 - 9.36 - Oxygen 50.33 50.82 43.32 53.332 9. Soil type is determined by using engineer soil maps or a CBRN 4 report and the induced decay nomograms. The method is basically a process of elimination. The dose rate and the time it was measured are applied to an induced decay nomogram. This will result in an H+1 or R1 dose rate. Then if the other dose rates and times from the series report result in the same R1 dose rate that is the soil type. If not, check the other nomograms until the one used results in the same R1. 0644. Dose Rate Calculations 1. The decrease in the dose rate must be calculated before total dose can be found. This is done with decay nomograms. Use the residual radiation (induced) decay nomograms in (Figure 6 - 63 through Figure 6 - 66) for these calculations. They allow the user to predict the dose rate at any time after the burst. Each nomogram denotes time (hours) after the burst for one of the four soil types. 2. 3. In each nomogram, the R1 scale is at the right. This scale shows H+1 dose rates. The Rt scale is on the left. This scale shows dose rates at times t. 4. Example. Given: Rt = 150 cGy/h at H + 3 hours, soil type II. Find: R1 Answer: 190 cGy/h.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Solution: Select nomogram for soil type II. Align the hairline with the 3 hour tick mark on the time (middle) scale (t) and the 150 cGy/h point on the Rt scale. Read the dose rate as 190 cGy/h at the point of intersection with the R1 scale.

0645. Total Dose Calculations 1. The nomogram below is used for predicting the total dose received in an induced area. This nomogram relates total dose, H + 1 dose rate, stay time, and entry time. The two scales to the left of the index line show total dose and H + 1 dose rate. There are two stay time scales to the right of the index line. The extreme right scale shows entry time. The index line is a pivoting line, which is used as an intermediate step between D and R1. R1 is found by using one of the induced decay nomograms. If soil type is unknown, assume the soil is type II. The total dose nomogram, Figure 6 - 16, is NEVER used to find R1. 2. On Figure 6 - 16, soil types II and IV under "stay time" will be used for total dose calculations if the soil type is not known. If the soil type is known, the appropriate scale under "stay time" will be used. It is possible to find any one value on the total dose nomogram if the other three are given, as illustrated in the following examples.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 16. Total Dose Received in an Induced Area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example 1 Given: R1 = 140 cGy/h. Te = H + 6 hours. Ts = 1 hour. Soil type: II Find: D Answer: 72 cGy. Solution.

On nomogram at Figure 6 - 16, connect H + 6 on the Te scale with 1 hour on the Ts scale (soil types II and IV) with a hairline. Pin the hairline at the point of intersection with the index scale. Now pivot the hairline to 140 cGy/h on the R1 scale. Read 72 cGy on the D scale.

Example 2 Given: R1 = 300 cGy/h. Te = H + 6 hours. D = 70 cGy. Soil Type: III Find: Ts Answer: 1 hour. Solution.

On nomogram at Figure 6 - 16 connect 70 cGy on the D scale with 300 cGy/h on the R1 scale. Pin the hairline at the point of intersection with the index scale. Pivot the hairline to H + 6 hours on the Te scale. Read 1 hour on the Ts scale (soil types I and III).

0646. Transmission Factors 1. TF for induced areas are determined in the field. The TF in Table 6 – 8 should be used with the greatest reservation. Actual TF in induced areas may be lower by as much as 70 percent because of a very technical characteristic of radiation. 2. Essentially the strength of gamma radiation is measured in million electron volts (MeV). Fallout less than 24 hours old has an average energy of 0.67 MeV. Induced radiation emitted from the three principal soil elements has a range of 0.68 MeV to 1.2 MeV. 3. Because of the unique decay characteristics of induced radiation, TF must be recalculated frequently. Every four hours is recommended. This accounts for changes in the penetration ability of the remaining radiation. 0647. Crossing an Induced Radiation Area 1. If an area must be crossed, the lowest dose rate area, consistent with the mission, is selected. 2. In calculating total dose, it is necessary to determine an average dose rate; dose rates increase as the centre of the area is approached and then decrease beyond the centre of the area. The average dose rate represents a mean value the individual is exposed to during the time of stay. A



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

reasonable approximation of the average dose rate can be obtained by dividing by two the maximum dose rate predicted to be encountered. This is written as:

2maxRRavg =

Time of stay (stay time) must be calculated for crossing problems. Use the relationship of:

speed

cedisTStan

=

Then follow the same procedures as for fallout. 0648. Plotting Data and Producing a CBRN 5 NUC Message 1. Contaminated areas are shown on the radiological situation map, and information about them must be passed to other units and HQ’s. The most expeditious means for this is the radiological contamination overlay. 2. The preparation of such an overlay is described below:

a. After all available information from monitoring and surveying has been plotted on a map as normalized (H+1) and corrected (unshielded, 1 m above ground) dose rates, contour lines for standard dose rates can be drawn on a radiological contamination overlay.

b. When constructing the radiological contamination overlay, there are factors that locally affect the

contamination pattern.

c. This is particularly true between points in an aerial survey. These include topographic features such as bluffs or cuts, heavily built-up or wooded areas, and bodies of water. For example, a large river will carry away any fallout landing on it, leaving its path relatively free of contamination. Also, the contamination hazard near a lake will be lower than expected. The fallout particles will sink to the bottom of the lake, and the water will provide shielding. In wooded areas or built-up areas, a measure of the reduction of dose rate can be obtained by using the TF’s (see Table 6 - 8) for these areas.

d. Dose-rate contour lines showing the contamination hazard in an area can be drawn as follows:

(1) Determine the H+1 dose-rate contour lines to be plotted (for example, 30, 100, 300, 1,000

centigray per hour). These contour lines may be required for CBRN 5 purposes or for anticipated calculations to be made from the data.

(2) Determine the points on the chosen survey routes, or on course legs, and close to

monitoring locations that are providing the desired dose rates. Interpolate linearly between dose rates as required.

(3) Connect all the points having the same dose rates with a smooth line. Use all plotted

monitoring data as additional guides in constructing these contours.

e. The plotter must use care and judgement in plotting these contours and must visualize the probable general shape and direction of the pattern. Any dose rates disproportionately higher than other readings in the immediate area indicate possible hot spots, when such readings are reported, that area should be rechecked. If dose rates are confirmed, these hot spots should be plotted and clearly identified.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

f. Figure 6 - 17 shows a typical plot, which might be developed, from survey data.

Figure 6 - 17. Fallout Pattern plotted from Survey Data

Legend:

Actual

Predicted

g. Radiological contamination overlays used for evaluation purposes must provide the most detailed information possible.

h. The minimum information required is:

(1) Map designation and orientation data. (2) Nuclear burst and GZ identification (sets ALFA and FOXTROT of CBRN 2). (3) H-hour (set DELTA of CBRN 2).



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(4) Reference time (set OSCAR of CBRN 5).

(5) Decay rate/soil type.

(6) Time of preparation and validity time.

(7) Source of the contamination fallout or neutron induced contamination.

(8) Dose rate contour lines as established by the commander. 3. Additional information such as time of completion lines for fallout may also be included where unit SOPs require such information. 0649. Reporting Data 1. Electronic communications are not always available. If this is the case, the radiological contamination overlay must be converted into a series of readings and co-ordinates for transmission as a CBRN 5 NUC report. This method has a disadvantage. It requires the addressee to re-plot data from the CBRN 5 NUC report and connect them to produce dose rate contours; a time consuming process. Staff planners must consider that the shapes of dose rate contours drawn to correspond with a relatively brief series of readings and co-ordinates can vary significantly. 2. If electronic communications of data or communications of hard copy are not available and if time and distance permit, radiological contamination overlays are sent by messenger. Data is transmitted, manually by the CBRN 5 NUC report as a last resort. 3. When the contamination comes from a single burst, the dose rates will be normalized to H + 1. But if there have been several detonations at different times and no single H + 1 is possible, then the dose rates are reported for a specific time. 4. On the CBRN 5 NUC report a closed contour line on a plot, is represented by repeating the first coordinate. 5. To calculate the dose rates along the contour lines at a later time use the procedures described in paragraph 0636, and label the contour lines accordingly. AEP-45 describes methods by which contour lines may be produced using computers.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 18. Stabilized Cloud and Stem Parameters (Graph)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Note: Safety distance for an AIR burst and unproted unwarned (open air) personnel.

Figure 6 - 19. Safety Distance as a Function of Weapon Yield



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0650. Determination of Decay Rate 1. Graphical Method. When a sequence of dose rates (CBRN 4 NUC reports) from one location is plotted on log-log graph paper, the decay rate of the contamination will cause the line plotted to be a straight line, inclined at a slope (n) to the axes of the graph. 2. 3. Figure 6 - 20 shows data plotted on log-log graph paper for 3 locations. The time is used as the number of hours past H-hour. A set of three lines is drawn through the points. The slope of the line is n = a/b, the decay exponent for each location. The best straight line is fitted to the points. The value of n may then be determined for each location and an average n determined for the area. If the slopes of the lines differ by more than 30% from one location to the next, a mean value cannot be defined, and the decay rate determined for a given location can only be applied in the immediate vicinity of that location.

TIME (H-hour + NUMBER OF HOURS)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 20. Decay Rate Determination (Measurement of Slope)

Figure 6 - 21. Overlay for Determination of Decay Rate



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 6 - 12. Normalizing Factors (Correction to H + 1 hour) Normalizing factors (Correction to H + 1 hour).

TIME AFTER BURST

DECAY EXPONENT (n)

0.600 0.800 1.000 1.200 1.400 1.600 1.800 2.000

10 min 20 min 30 min 40 min 50 min

1 hr 00 min 1 hr 10 min 1 hr 20 min 1 hr 30 min 1 hr 40 min 1 hr 50 min 2 hr 00 min 2 hr 15 min 2 hr 30 min 2 hr 45 min 3 hr 00 min 3 hr 15 min 3 hr 30 min 3 hr 45 min 4 hr 00 min 4 hr 20 min 4 hr 40 min 5 hr 00 min 5 hr 20 min 5 hr 40 min 6 hr 00 min 6 hr 20 min 6 hr 40 min 7 hr 00 min 7 hr 20 min 7 hr 40 min 8 hr 00 min 9 hr 00 min

10 hr 00 min 11 hr 00 min 12 hr 00 min

0.341 0.517 0.660 0.784 0.896 1.000 1.090 1.180 1.270 1.350 1.430 1.510 1.620 1.730 1.830 1.930 2.020 2.120 2.210 2.290 2.410 2.520 2.620 2.730 2.830 2.930 3.020 3.120 3.210 3.300 3.390 3.480 3.730 3.980 4.210 4.440

0.238 0.415 0.574 0.723 0.864 1.000 1.130 1.250 1.380 1.500 1.620 1.740 1.910 2.080 2.240 2.400 2.560 2.720 2.870 3.030 3.230 3.420 3.620 3.810 4.000 4.190 4.370 4.560 4.740 4.920 5.100 5.270 5.800 6.310 6.800 7.300

0.167 0.333 0.500 0.667 0.833 1.000 1.160 1.330 1.500 1.660 1.830 2.000 2.250 2.500 2.750 3.000 3.250 3.500 3.750 4.000 4.330 4.660 5.000 5.330 5.660 6.000 6.330 6.660 7.000 7.330 7.660 8.000 9.000

10.000 11.000 12.000

0.116 0.268 0.435 0.615 0.803 1.000 1.200 1.410 1.620 1.840 2.070 2.290 2.640 3.000 3.360 3.730 4.110 4.490 4.880 5.270 5.810 6.350 6.890 7.450 8.010 8.580 9.160 9.740

10.330 10.920 11.520 12.120 13.960 15.840 17.760 19.720

0.081 0.215 0.379 0.567 0.775 1.000 1.240 1.490 1.760 2.040 2.330 2.630 3.110 3.600 4.120 4.650 5.200 5.770 6.360 6.960 7.790 8.640 9.510

10.410 11.340 12.280 13.250 14.230 15.240 16.270 17.310 18.370 21.670 25.110 28.700 32.420

0.057 0.172 0.330 0.523 0.747 1.000 1.280 1.580 1.910 2.260 2.630 3.030 3.660 4.330 5.040 5.800 6.590 7.420 8.280 9.190

10.440 11.760 13.130 14.560 16.040 17.580 19.170 20.800 22.490 24.230 26.020 27.850 33.630 39.810 46.360 53.290

0.040 0.138 0.287 0.482 0.720 1.000 1.320 1.670 2.070 2.500 2.970 3.480 4.300 5.200 6.170 7.220 8.340 9.530

10.790 12.120 14.000 16.000 18.110 20.350 22.690 25.150 27.720 30.410 33.200 36.100 39.110 42.220 52.190 63.090 74.900 87.600

0.028 0.111 0.250 0.444 0.694 1.000 1.360 1.770 2.250 2.770 3.360 4.000 5.060 6.250 7.560 9.000

10.560 12.250 14.060 16.000 18.770 21.770 25.000 28.440 32.110 36.000 40.110 44.440 49.000 53.770 58.770 64.000 81.000

100.000 121.000 144.000



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NORMALISATION FACTOR (H + 1)

TIME (H + ____ HOURS AFTER BURST) READING WAS TAKEN

11.5

22.5

34

56

78

910

1520

2530

4048

1

1.5

2

2.53

4

56789

10

15

20

2530

40

5060708090

100

150

200

250300

400

500600700800900

1000

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

Figure 6 - 22. Graphical Method for Determining Normalization Factor



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

NORMALISATION FACTOR (H + 48)

TIME (H + ____ HOURS AFTER BURST) READING WAS TAKEN

4860

7080

90100

150200

300400

500600

8001000

15002000

30004000

50001

1.5

2

2.53

4

56789

10

15

20

2530

40

5060708090

100

150

200

250300

400

500600700800900

1000

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

Figure 6 - 23. Graphical Method for Determining Normalization Factor



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 24. Fallout Decay Nomogram n = 0.2



NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 43. Total Dose (Fallout) n = 0.2



NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED




NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 62. Multiplication Factor



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 63. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type I



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 64. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type II



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 65. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type III



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 6 - 66. Decay of Induced Radiation Soil Type IV



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VIII - CBRN NUC REPORTS 1- 6 0651. Reporting of Nuclear Incidents within the CBRN Warning and Reporting System 1. Nuclear incident warning and reporting aid in the rapid collection, evaluation and dissemination of data concerning nuclear fallout and hazards, including the prediction of hazard areas. 0652. Reporting CBRN 1 NUC 1. This is the observer’s initial report.

Table 6 - 13. CBRN 1 NUC – Example CBRN 1 NUC


Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number C BRAVO Location of Observer and

Direction of Incident M BRAVO/MGRS:32UNB0620063400/25

00MLG// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start

and incident End M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/-/-// GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1// HOTEL Type of Nuclear Burst M HOTEL/SURF// JULIET Flash-to-Bang Time in seconds O JULIET/57// LIMA Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud

Width at H+5 Minutes O LIMA/18DEG//

MIKE Stabilized Cloud Measurement at H+10 Minutes

O MIKE/TOP/33DEG/9KM//

PAPAC Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive Cloud

O

PAPAD Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud

O

GENTEXT CBRN Info O 0653. Reporting CBRN 2 NUC 1. The CBRN Centre may assign an Incident Serial Number (ALFA) to the CBRN 1 report and transmit the information as a CBRN 2 report.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DEU/A234/001/N// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start


FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB1860048300/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information M GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1// HOTEL Type of Nuclear Burst M HOTEL/SURF// NOVEMBER Estimated Nuclear Yield in KT M NOVEMBER/50// GENTEXT CBRN Info O

0654. Reporting CBRN 3 NUC 1. This report provides a prediction of the nuclear hazard area to assist the commander in ordering the appropriate protective posture for his forces in the predicted hazard area.



Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/DEU/A234/001/N// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start


FOXTROT Location of Incident M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB1860048300/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/4// HOTEL Type of Nuclear Burst M HOTEL/SURF// NOVEMBER Estimated Nuclear Yield in KT O NOVEMBER/50// OSCAR* Reference DTG for

Estimated/Actual Contour Lines C

PAPAB Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction Parameters

M PAPAB/019KPH/33KM/5KM/ 272DGT/312DGT//

PAPAC Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive Cloud

O

PAPAD Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud

O PAPAD/030DGT//

XRAYB* Predicted Contour Information O GENTEXT CBRN Info O

*OSCAR is required if set XRAYB occurs, otherwise it is prohibited.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0655. Reporting CBRN 4 NUC 1. This report provides detection data and passing monitoring and survey results.



Set Description Cond Example ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/BEL/001/001/N// KILO Crater Description O KILO/NKN// QUEBEC* Location of

Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of Sample/Detection

M QUEBEC/MGRS:31UDS9840062800/-/MPDS/HGSM/-/-/-/-/-/-//

ROMEO* Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend and Decay Rate Trend

M ROMEO/RAT:38CGH/DECR/DN//

SIERRA* Date-Time-Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination

M SIERRA/REA:030900ZAPR2010//

WHISKEY Sensor Information O WHISKEY/POS/POS/Y/HIGH// GENTEXT CBRN Info O * Sets QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are a segment. Sets/segments are repeatable up to 20 times

in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or survey points. 0656. Reporting CBRN 5 NUC 1. This report will outline the actual extent of the ground contamination from survey data.



Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/BEL/001/001/N// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident

Start and Incident End O DELTA/030726ZAPR2010//


M OSCAR/030826ZAPR2010//

XRAYA* Actual Contour Information M XRAYA/600CGH/31UES051714/31UES082701/31UES080669/31UES054643/31UES017643/31UES028698/31UES051714// XRAYA/300CGH/31UES056727/31UES093714/31UES106719/31UES069635/31UES004598/31UES004640/31UES012682/31UES030714/31UES056727// XRAYA/150CGH/31UES103724/31UES062551/31UDS955434/31UDS848387/31UDS845452/31UDS908565/31UDS978677/31UES041727/31UES103724//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

* Sets are repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours 0657. Reporting CBRN 6 NUC 1. This message will be used to provide specific information required to produce a more detailed nuclear hazard prediction.



Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/DEU/A234/001/N// DELTA Date-Time-Group of Incident Start

and Incident End O DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Incident O FOXTROT/32UNB058640// GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and

Quantity Information O

QUEBEC Location & Type Reading /Sample /Detection

M QUEBEC/MGRS:32UNB2830070400/GAMMA/-/-/-/-/-/-/-/-//

ROMEO Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend and Decay Rate Trend

O

SIERRA Date-Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination

O SIERRA/REA:202300ZSEP2010//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/WEAPON YIELD ESTIMATED FOR EVALUATION OF COLLATERAL DAMAGE PURPOSES ONLY//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 7 HAZARD PREDICTION AND WARNING (COASTAL/SEA)

AND MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION 0701. Aim 1. The aim of this chapter is to provide information on the location, the extent of the hazard area and the duration of the hazard resulting from incidents with chemical agents and nuclear fallout at sea and in the coastal region. It provides information necessary for commanders to warn units at sea and on the adjacent land areas13. 2. Biological hazard area prediction procedures for shipping are the same as for land and are described in Chapter 4. 3. Radiological hazard area prediction procedures for shipping are the same as for land and are described in Chapter 5.

13 MERWARN messages are for communication with non-military authorities, so these are NOT referred to in APP-11.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II - CHEMICAL HAZARD AREA PREDICTION (COASTAL/SEA) 0702. Agents at Sea or on Shorelines 1. This chapter refers to agents at sea or on the shoreline. If the location of the release is unknown, it is assumed to be located up wind, at a distance equivalent to the unit's maximum range of reconnaissance. The size of the release area is assumed to be contained within a 0.5 NM radius circle. 0703. General Procedures 1. Horizontal Extent of the Downwind Hazard Area. The horizontal extent of the downwind hazard area depends on:

a. The type of chemical agent. b. The means of delivery (agent concentration in the release area). c. The meteorological conditions. d. The defined hazard (hazard level).

2. When preparing a CBRN 3 CHEM message for the following listed chemical agents, the CBRN defence agency must always indicate which hazard level the predicted hazard area is based upon. This information should be contained in set GENTEXT. In this publication, 3 different levels of hazard may be taken into account - LCt50, ICt5, and miosis. The following dosage limits (mg x min/m3) are valid:

Agent LCt50 ICt5 Miosis SARIN 70 5 3 SOMAN 70 5 3

3. Vertical Extent of the Hazard. The hazard extends at least up to 150 m above the sea surface. Aircrews flying low level must therefore be warned accordingly. 4. Chemical Attacks. Chemical attacks may basically be divided into Air-contaminating Attacks (Type A ) (non-persistent agents), and Ground-contaminating Attacks (Type B ) (persistent agents) :

a. Type A (non-persistent). In this publication, for prediction purposes, two types of air

contaminating (non-persistent) agents are recognized:

(1) Sarin (GB) and all other known non-persistent agents, and

(2) Soman (GD) as an aerosol. If the agent cannot be identified, use GB.

b. Type B, (persistent agents). Large quantities of persistent chemical agents may be released with the intention of contaminating ship surfaces. For such a situation the procedures in Chapter 3 should be used. However at sea, the resulting hazard area will be over predicted since persistent agent(s) hydrolyze and mix with water and will not generate as much vapour from evaporation as results from land contamination.

5. Means of Delivery. The delivery means are listed in Annex C, paragraph C012. In cases where the means of delivery is unknown, MLR is assumed.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

6. Meteorological Data. The meteorological data required for the downwind hazard area prediction procedure is provided in a CBRN CDM (see chapter 2). Valuable MET information can be provided by the attacked unit itself. Therefore units at sea reporting a chemical attack should always attempt to include actual weather information under set YANKEE and ZULU in CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM reports. 0704. Prediction Procedures 1. For sea areas, the prediction of chemical downwind hazard areas follows either the simplified procedure or the detailed procedure. The simplified procedure is intended for use in ships, whereas the detailed procedure is designed for use by CBRN defence agencies at Naval HQ’s, where trained CBRN defence personnel and suitable facilities are available. 0705. Plotting Procedures in Case of Releases Near a Coast 1. The following procedures apply if a release is on land, near a coast and the wind direction is ‘off shore’ or a release is over the water, near a coast, and the wind direction is ‘towards the land’. Using the following descriptions/situations the user will know which procedures to use even though it is not always clear whether one needs to use the land or the sea procedures:

a. A template is (almost) completely over land if more than 80% of the area that is covered by the template is over land; or, if more than 20% is over water but the involved water body (or bodies) covers less than 400 km2 of water, within a distance of 30 km from the release point (attack center location).

b. A template is (almost) completely over sea if more than 80% of the area that is covered by the

template is over water; or, if more than 20% is over land but the involved land mass (or masses) covers less than 400 km2 of land, within a distance of 30 km from the release point (attack centre location).

c. In every case, if the MET report indicates that there are land/sea breeze conditions, the land

sea breeze procedures must be used. If that is not the case, and the release takes place over land, use the land procedures from Chapter 3 to produce a hazard area template. Then determine if this template is almost completely over land (see explanation above). If that is the case, use the template that was just produced. If that is not the case, use the sea procedures as described in the rest of this chapter to produce a second template. Combine the land and the sea template using the convex hull method as follows: plot both the land template is the hazard areaand the sea template; then connect the outer points of the 2 templates and prepare the CBRN 3 CHEM message.

d. If that (land sea breeze conditions) is not the case, and the release takes place over the sea,

use the sea procedures as described in the rest of this chapter to produce a hazard area template. Then, determine if this template is almost completely over sea. If that is the case, use the template that was just produced. If that is not the case, use the land procedures from Chapter 3 to produce a second template. Combine the land and the sea template using the convex hull method as follows: plot both the land template and the sea template; then connect the outer points of the 2 templates and prepare the CBRN 3 CHEM message.

0706. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Simplified Procedure Requirements 1. The chemical weapon hazard prediction simplified procedure requires:

a. Sea charts (maps) of the area of operation; b. Ship's Chemical Template (Figure 7 - 2);

c. CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM; and



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

d. CBRN CDM.

2. If a valid CBRN CDM is not available, Figure 7 - 1 may be used to determine the air stability category, which is the basis for the determination of the maximum downwind hazard area distance. 3. This distance is determined from Figure 7 - 1 and Figure 7 - 2. When using the simplified procedure, use the downwind hazard area distances related to miosis. 4. The downwind direction and downwind speed must be determined on board.

Figure 7 - 1. Graph for Determination of Air Stability Category (SEA)

Note: The numbers 1 through 7 in the above graph refers to the seven stability categories as

described in Chapter 2. 0707. Downwind Hazard Area Distance (Nautical Miles) "Sea" 1. The following represents downwind hazard area distance (nautical miles) at sea:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 7 - 1. Downwind Hazard Area Distance versus Wind Speed (KTS)

and Air Stability, SEA

Table 7 - 2. Downwind Hazard Area Distance versus Wind Speed (KTS)

and Air Stability, SEA Size of Release : SML Size of Release :LRG STABILITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DOSE STABILITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DOSE

WIND 5 – 9 KTS

<1 <1 <1 <1 <1 2 2 LCt50 WIND 5 –9 KTS

2 2 2 4 4 4 4 LCt50 4 4 6 8 8 10 8 ICt5 12 16 20 26 28 26 20 ICt5 4 6 8 10 12 12 12 MIOSIS 16 22 30 36 38 34 26 MIOSIS

WIND 10 – 14

KTS

<1 <1 <1 <1 <1 2 LCt50 WIND 10 – 14

KTS

2 2 2 2 4 4 LCt50 2 4 6 6 8 10 ICt5 10 14 20 26 30 32 ICt5 4 6 8 10 12 14 MIOSIS 16 20 28 38 44 42 MIOSIS

WIND 15 – 19

KTS

<1 <1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 15 – 19

KTS

2 2 2 2 LCt50 2 4 6 6 ICt5 10 16 20 26 ICt5 4 6 8 10 MIOSIS 16 22 30 38 MIOSIS

WIND 20 – 24

KTS

<1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 20 – 24

KTS

2 2 2 LCt50 4 4 6 ICt5 12 18 22 ICt5 4 6 8 MIOSIS 18 26 34 MIOSIS

WIND 25 – 29

KTS

<1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 25 – 29

KTS


WIND 30 – 34

KTS

<1 <1 <1 LCt50 WIND 30 – 34

KTS


2. Determination of the Hazard Area. The hazard area is determined as follows:

a. The centre of the release area (CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM, set FOXTROT) is plotted

on the chart. A circle, the radius of which is 0.5 NM, is drawn around the centre. This circle represents the release area (Figure 7 - 2).

b. The template for a simplified chemical hazard area prediction is placed on the chart in such a

way that the centre point of the template circle coincides with the centre of the release area. The value on the protractor corresponding to the downwind direction given in the CBRN CDM must be oriented towards the north on the chart. This position of the template is marked on the chart by using the holes punched in the template along the downwind axis. The template is then moved back along the downwind axis until the radial lines become tangents to the circle (30 degrees standard). Use the holes punched out along the radial lines to mark the position and connect to the circle, forming tangents.

c. The maximum downwind hazard area distance is then marked on the downwind axis. Through

this point a line is drawn perpendicular to the downwind axis, to intersect the tangents. (Figure 7 - 2).

d. When, in the CBRN CDM, light winds are reported (wind speeds of 5 knots or less), the

hazard area is represented by a circle concentric to the release area, with a radius equal to 15 NM.

0708. Chemical Weapon Hazard Prediction Detailed Procedure Requirements 1. The detailed procedure is based upon the information compiled in the "Chemical Prediction Data Sheet" (CPDS) and CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM. The CPDS (See Table 7 - 3) must be filled in immediately on receipt of a new and updated CBRN CDM, and checked on the receipt of a CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM, containing meteorological information in set YANKEE and ZULU.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CDM (ADP formatted) EXER/CC92// MSGID/CBRNCDR/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/FLKDOGEOPHYSBLSTN/003/JUN/-/-/NATO/UNCLASSIFIED/-// AREAM/NFEA// ZULUM/110500ZJUN2010/110600ZJUN2010/111200ZJUN2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C// WHISKEYM/030/005/1/14/7/0/-// XRAYM/040/010/3/15/6/6/-// YANKEEM/070/012/4/16/6/6/-//

Table 7 - 3. Example Chemical Prediction Data Sheet (CPDS) CHEMICAL PREDICTION SHEET Agent: Sarin Delivery Means: Artillery Hazard Level: ICt5 1 CBRN CENTRE: AMZ BSN 2 AREA OF VALIDITY: NFEA 3 ORIGINATOR OF CDM: F1Kdo/GEOPHYS B1St N 4 DATE: 11 JUN 2010 PERIOD 5 TIME OF VALIDITY: 0600Z - 1200Z W X Y 6 Downwind Direction (Degrees) 030 040 070 7 Downwind Speed 10 m (KTS) 5 10 12 8 1.5 times the Wind Speed (KTS) 7.5 15 18 9 .5 times the Wind Speed (KTS) 2.5 5 6 10 Stability Category 1 3 4 11 Temperature (Centigrade) 14 15 16 12 Relative Humidity (Percent) 70 60 60 13 Significant Weather Phenomena - RAIN RAIN 14 Cloud Coverage - - - 15 Maximum Downwind Hazard Area Distance

(NM) 4 6 6

16 Maximum Duration of Hazard (Hours) 1.6 1.2 1 17 Half Sector Angle (Degrees) CIRCULAR 20 20 18 Remarks

2. The delineation of the hazard area resulting from an attack with chemical agents requires information on:

a. The chemical agent and means of delivery. b. Location of the release area as reported in CBRN 1 CHEM or CBRN 2 CHEM.

c. Downwind direction of the agent cloud (taken from CDR).

d. Maximum downwind hazard area distance(s) related to the appropriate hazard level(s) (LCt50

and/or ICt5 and/or miosis). (Taken from Table 7 - 1 or 7 - 2).

e. Half-sector angle of the hazard area:

(1) 35 degrees for wind speeds higher than 5 knots, but less than 10 knots, (2) 20 degrees for wind speeds of 10 knots and more.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

3. For wind speeds equal to 5 knots or less, the hazard area will be circular with radius equal to the downwind hazard area distance for 5 knots wind speed. However, the radius should not exceed 15 NM. 0709. Determination of Downwind Hazard Areas 1. To plot the chemical downwind hazard area on a sea chart or on General Operations Plot, the above information is used in the following way: (See Figure 7 - 3).

a. Plot the location of the release area. If the exact location (centre of the attack) is known, draw a circle around this point with a radius of 0.5 NM. If only a dissemination area is reported, determine the centre point of this area and draw a circle around this point, using a radius of 0.5 NM. If the size of the release area is known to be larger, the radius must be adjusted accordingly.

b. From the centre of the release area circle draw a line, representing the downwind direction.

c. Draw two lines which, being tangents to the circle, form an angle equal to the half sector angle

on either side of the downwind direction (downwind axis).

d. Label the point on the downwind direction line (downwind axis), thus marking the extend of the downwind hazard area distance(s) for the relevant level(s) of hazard (LCt50 and/or ICt5 and/or miosis) and draw a line through this (these) point(s), perpendicular to the downwind axis and intersecting the two tangents. The downwind hazard area(s) is (are) contained within this (these) line(s), the tangents and the upwind arc of the release area circle.

2. When low wind speeds are reported in the CBRN CDM, (wind speed 5 knots or less), draw a circle concentric to the release area circle, using the relevant downwind hazard area distance as the radius. 0710. Change in Meteorological Conditions 1. If the meteorological conditions change within the period of duration of the hazard, the predicted hazard area must be adjusted only if:

a. The stability category changes from one category to another; and/or b. The wind speed changes by more than 5 knots or from 5 knots or less to more than 5 knots

and vice versa; or

c. The wind direction changes by more than 20 degrees. 2. The hazard area is then determined as follows: Calculate the downwind distance that the agent cloud may have travelled at the time the change in the meteorological conditions occurred, by using the downwind speed. Consider this point to be the centre point of a "new" release area, and draw a circle around it with a radius equal to half the width of the hazard area at that point. From there on, repeat the steps beginning with the procedure prescribed in paragraph 0709.1.b. The distance that the agent cloud may already have travelled must be subtracted from the maximum downwind hazard area distance under the new weather conditions (Figure 7 - 6). 0711. Agent Clouds crossing the Coast Line 1. When a cloud from a chemical agent crosses the coast line from sea to land or vice versa, consider the point where the downwind direction line (downwind axis) intersects the coast line to be the centre point of a "new" release area, and follow the procedure described in paragraph 0710.2 above, using the appropriate tables for sea and land to determine the downwind hazard area



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

distances. When frequent changes occur, use the land procedure when working manually (Chapter 3). 2. In the case of air contaminating attacks, the beginning and the end of the hazard at a given point may be determined from:

a. The downwind speed; b. The distance of the location from the edge of the release area;

c. The beginning and the end of the attack;

d. The following two formulas are used:

tB = (dA x 60) / (1.5 x VZ) or tB = (dA x 40) / VZ and tE = (dB x 60) / (0.5 x VZ) or tE = (dB x 120) / VZ tB = time in minutes from the beginning of the attack to the beginning of the hazard. dA = distance between the location and the downwind leading edge of the dissemination

area (in NM). dB = distance between the location and the downwind trailing edge of the dissemination

area (in NM). VZ = wind speed in knots. If necessary, the wind speed must be determined as the mean

wind speed over several periods of validity of the CBRN CDM. tE = time in minutes from the end of the attack to the end of the hazard. Example Given: dA = 5 NM, VZ = 10 knots. Using the formulas, tB and tE are calculated as follows: tB = (5 NM x 40) / 10 knots = 20 minutes, and tE = (6 NM x 120) / 10 knots = 72 minutes

3. The expected maximum duration of the air-contaminating hazard (i.e.; when the calculated hazard is expected to be completely clear) may be obtained by using the maximum downwind hazard area distance as dA, and calculating tE from the formulas in sub-paragraph d. above. 4. The CBRN defence agency (CBRN Collection Centre/CBRN Sub Collection Centre) must continuously check the CBRN 3 CHEM messages issued in order to ensure that any new information (meteorological or CBRN) is considered. If necessary, a corrected CBRN 3 CHEM message must be transmitted.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 7 - 2. Ship's Chemical Template (example)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Note: The production of the Chemical Template is a national responsibility. Example: CBRN CDM AREAM/NEEA// ZULUM/250830ZAUG2010/250900ZAUG2010/251500ZAUG2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C// WHISKEYM/030/030/4/25/5/-/0// XRAYM/025/035/4/25/5/-/0// YANKEEM/020/040/4/24/5/-/0// CBRN 1 CHEM BRAVO/4133N00318E/-// DELTA/250915ZAUG2010/250920ZAUG2010// FOXTROT/4133N00318E /AA// GOLF/OBS/MRL/-/RKT/8// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/SEA/-//

CBRN 1 CHEM BRAVO/4130N00318E/359DGG// DELTA/250916ZAUG2010// GOLF/-/-/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/-/-/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/SEA/-//

CBRN 1 CHEM BRAVO/4134N00314E/118DGG// DELTA/250915ZAUG2010// GOLF/-/-/-/-/-// INDIA/SURF/-/-/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/SEA/-//

CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DEU/TG300/003/C// DELTA/250915ZAUG2010/250920ZAUG2010// FOXTROT/4133N00318E/AA// GOLF/OBS/MRL/-/RKT/8// INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/SEA/-// YANKEE/030DGT/058KPH// ZULU/4/25C/-/-/0//

Figure 7 - 3. Chemical Downwind Hazard Area Plot (Simplified Procedures

Release Area DOWNWIND DIR. = 030 DGT°

N

DHD = 28 km

Hazard Area

411148N0092348E



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example: CBRNCDM AREAM/NFEB4// ZULUM/160530ZJUL2010/160600ZJUL2010/161200ZJUL2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C// WHISKEYM/160/025/4/22/5/-/0// XRAYM/160/030/4/21/5/-/0// YANKEEM/160/025/4/20/5/-/0// CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/DEU/TG301/011/C// DELTA/160610ZJUL2010/160613ZJUL2010// FOXTROT/554230N0104630E/AA// GOLF/OBS/BOM/2/-/-// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/SEA/-//

CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/DEU/TG301/011/C// DELTA/160610ZJUL2010/160613ZJUL2010// FOXTROT/554230N0104630E/AA// GOLF/OBS/BOM/2/-/-// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1NM/-/2NM/-// PAPAX/100600ZJUL2010/554234N0104444E/ 554327N0104554E/554308N0104752E/554114N0105041E/554001N0104444E/ GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/THIS CBRN 3 HAS BEEN CALCULATED FOR THE ICT5 LEVEL//

Release Area

DOWNWIND DIR. = 160 DGT°

N

DHD = 2 NM

554230N0104630E

Level of Hazard = ICT5

554001N0104444E

554234N0104444E

554327N0104554E

554308N0104752E

554114N0105041E

Figure 7 - 4. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 10 knots or more



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example: CBRNCDM AREAM/NFEB3// ZULUM/150530ZJUN2010/150600ZJUN2010/151200ZJUN// UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C// WHISKEYM/070/005/3/20/5/-/0// XRAYM/075/005/3/20/5/-/0// YANKEEM/070/005/3/20/5/-/0// CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C// DELTA/150655ZJUN2010/150656ZJUN2010// FOXTROT/541000N0113000E/AA// GOLF/OBS/AIR/2/BOM/6// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/SEA/-// YANKEE/O70DGT/010KPH// ZULU/3/20C/-/-/0//

CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C// DELTA/150655ZJUN2010// FOXTROT/541000N0113000E/AA// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/01NM/-/008NM/-// PAPAX/150600ZJUN2010/541000N0113000E // YANKEE/070DGT/010KPH// ZULU/3/20C/-/-/0// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/LEVEL OF HAZARD MIOSIS//

N

Downwind Direction = 070 DGT

DHD = 8 NM541000N0113000E

Release Area

Figure 7 - 5. Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, Wind Speed 5 knots or less or variable



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example: CBRN CDM AREAM/NFEB4// ZULUM/250830ZOCT2010/250900ZOCT2010/251500ZOCT2010// UNITM/-/DGT/KTS/C// WHISKEYM/040/010/4/12/7/5/2// XRAYM/090/009/4/14/7/5/2// YANKEEM/120/008/4/15/7/5/2// CBRN 2 CHEM ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C// DELTA/251215ZOCT2010// FOXTROT/554100N0103500E/AA// GOLF/OBS/AIR/3/BOM/3// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// TANGO/SEA/-// YANKEE/O90DGT/009KTS// ZULU/4/14C/-/-/2//

CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/ITA/TG402/002/C// DELTA/251215ZOCT2010// FOXTROT/554100N0103500E/AA// INDIA/SURF/SN:GB/NP/-/-// MIKER/-/-// PAPAA/1NM/-/16NM/-// PAPAX/251300ZOCT2010/554100N0103406E/554124N0103430E/ 554306N0103942E/554518N0104624E/554518N0110936E/ 552724N0105136E/553854N0103942E/554036N0103430E// YANKEE/090DGT/009KTS// ZULU/4/14C/7/5/2// GENTEXT/CBRNINFO/LEVEL OF HAZARD ICT5//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Release Area

Second Downwind Dir. = 120 DGT

N

Second DHD = 16 NM – DA = 9.25 NM

Level of Hazard = ICT5

554036N0103430E

554100N0103406E

554306N0103942E

553854N0103942E

554124N0103430E

554518N0104624E 554518N0110936E

552724N0105136E

DA = 6.75

First Downwind Dir. = 090 DGT

Figure 7 - 6. Recalculation of Downwind Hazard Area, Type "A" Attack, after

Change in Downwind Direction at Point B



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION III – FALLOUT HAZARD AREA PREDICTION (COASTAL/SEA) 0712. General 1. When a nuclear explosion is reported, the ship should immediately gather the necessary information to be able to plot the potential hazard area. 0713. Effective Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed 1. Winds in the atmosphere vary considerably with height, both in direction and speed, and have a major influence on the distribution of radioactive fallout from a nuclear cloud. 2. The worst contamination will fall to the surface along a path represented by the average wind between the surface and the middle of the nuclear cloud. 3. Based upon meteorological information on the wind conditions in the air space between the surface and the height of the nuclear cloud, CBRN Collection Centres will compute the average direction and speed of the radioactive particles' path from the nuclear cloud to the surface. 4. The results of this computation make the fallout prediction, expressed in the terms of effective downwind direction and wind speed. This direction is also known as the fallout axis. 5. The surface wind will usually be considerably different from the effective downwind, both in direction and speed, and the surface wind should never be used to estimate the drift of fallout. 0714. Ship's Fallout Template 1. To simplify the plotting and presentation of fallout information in ships, while preserving a reasonable accuracy, a "Fallout Template" is required. A "Ship's Fallout Template" is shown in Figure 7 - 7, designed for use in naval ships as well as in merchant ships. The table containing cloud radii and safety distances at the bottom of the template is for use in naval ships only and correspond to the yields illustrated in Error! Reference source not found.. 0715. Fallout Plotting 1. When a nuclear explosion is reported in a CBRN 3 NUC message, the ship should immediately plot the fallout area, using the information contained in the message. 2. The transparent Ship's Fallout Template is used, and the plotting should be made in the following order:

a. Look up fourth and fifth field of set PAPAB (left and right radial line of the fallout area) and

calculate the bisector. This line is the equivalent to the downwind direction. Draw the grid north (GN) line from the centre of the inverted compass rose through the number of degrees on the compass rose equal to the above-calculated downwind direction.

b. Using the scale of the chart on which the plot is to be used and with GZ as centre and the

downwind distance of Zone I (set PAPAB, field two) as radius, draw an arc between the two radial lines printed on the template on each side of the downwind axis.

c. Using double the distance of Zone I as radius, draw another arc, representing the Zone II

downwind distance.

d. Using the chart scale with GZ as centre, draw a semicircle upwind, the radius of the circle being the radius given in the CBRN 3 NUC, (set PAPAB, field three). The previously plotted semi circles may be helpful.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

e. From the intersections of the Zone I arc with the two radial lines, draw lines to the ends of the

cloud radius semi circle.

f. Determine the area in which fallout deposition is predicted to occur at any given time after the detonation: (1) Multiply the effective downwind speed (from CBRN 3 NUC, set PAPAB, first field) by the

time after burst (in hours), the result being a distance in nautical miles. (2) To and from this distance add and subtract a safety distance of 15 nautical miles to allow

for finite cloud size, diffusion and wind fluctuations. The result is two distances.

(3) With GZ as centre and the two distances obtained in (2) as radii, draw arcs across the plotted fallout area.

(4) The area enclosed between the two arcs will contain, in most cases, the area of deposition

of fallout at this particular time after the burst. (See the worked example in paragraph 0716).

0716. Plotting from CBRN 3 NUC Example

Given: CBRN 3 NUC ALFA/GBR/CBRNC/09-001/N// DELTA/091715ZSEP2010/-// FOXTROT/PLYMOUTH/AA// HOTEL/SURF// PAPAB/018KTS/040NM/05NM/275DGT/315DGT// Problem: Determine the predicted fallout area and the area within which fallout is predicted to deposit at the surface at 091845ZSEP2010.

Solution: See Figure 7 - 8.

- Calculate the downwind direction 295 degrees as bisector from left and right radial line from set PAPAB, fourth and fifth field. Draw the GN line from GZ through 295 degrees of the inverted compass rose on the template.

- From set PAPAB, the downwind distance of Zone I is 040 nautical miles. Therefore the

Zone II downwind distance is 2 x 40 = 80 nautical miles. Using the appropriate chart scale, with GZ as centre and 40 and 80 nautical miles as radii, draw arcs between the two radial lines.

- From set PAPAB, third field, the cloud radius is 5 nautical miles. With GZ as centre and 5

nautical miles as radius draw the cloud radius semicircle upwind of GZ. The pre-printed semi circles may be helpful.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

- Connect the ends of the cloud radius semi circles with the intersection of the left and right radial lines and the Zone I arc.

- 091845Z is 1½ hours after the burst. From set PAPAB, first field, obtain the speed of the

effective downwind, i.e. 018 knots. 018 knots * 1½ h = 27 nautical miles. The safety distance is always 15 nautical miles. 27 + 15 = 42 nautical miles, and 27 - 15 = 12 nautical miles.

- With GZ as centre and 42 and 12 nautical miles as radii draw arcs across the fallout

pattern. The area enclosed by the two arcs and the contour of the pattern is the area within which fallout is predicted to deposit at the surface at 091845ZSEP2010.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 7 - 7. Ship’s Fallout Template



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Figure 7 - 8. Fallout Plotting, using Ship’s Template



NATO UNCLASSIFIED



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV – MERCHANT SHIPPING WARNING 0717. Significance of CBRN Warnings for Merchant Shipping 1. Chemical, biological, radiological and fallout contamination from nuclear explosions (hereafter collectively referred to as contamination) on sea and land targets, particularly from the latter, may affect large areas of adjacent waters. 2. The areas affected will depend upon the prevailing wind conditions, and any ship close to or approaching these areas will be in danger. It is therefore essential that shipping should be warned of the fallout hazards and contamination in order that defensive measures may be taken and course may be altered to avoid the dangerous areas. 0718. MERWARN, Warnings to Merchant Ships at Sea 1. The MERWARN message, which is not reflected in the APP-11, is a simplified approach for broadcasting warnings of CBRN hazards, endangering merchant shipping. These warnings will originate from naval authorities using the preformatted messages:

a. MERWARN CHEM. The MERWARN CHEM is issued to pass immediate warning of a

predicted chemical contamination and hazard area. b. MERWARN BIO. The MERWARN BIO is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted

biological hazard area.

c. MERWARN RAD. The MERWARN RAD is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted radiological contamination and hazard area.

d. MERWARN NUC. The MERWARN NUC will be issued after a nuclear attack and gives fallout

data for a specific nuclear explosion or series of explosions, which will be identified in the message.

e. MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER. This is a general diversion order, based upon the fallout

threat, whereby merchant ships proceeding independently are passed evasive routing instructions of a general nature.

2. In some cases it may be better to provide warning of contamination by means of general plain language messages rather than by the formats above. 0719. MERWARN Originating and Diversion Authorities 1. MERWARN Originating and Diversion authorities will be designated by national or NATO commanders before commencement of operations. 0720. Precedence of MERWARN Messages 1. All MERWARN CBRN messages should be given the precedence FLASH (Z) to ensure rapid handling on any military circuit between the originating authority and the appropriate navigation service. This precedence should not be used where the rules for the use of the International Safety Signal (TTT for CW and Security for voice circuits) apply. 0721. Method of Promulgation 1. MERWARN CBRN messages will be transmitted by ADP systems or in plain language, using GMT, preceded by the International Safety Signal (TTT for CW and Security for voice circuits) from the



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

World Wide Navigation Service. Thus masters need not concern themselves with the identity of the MERWARN originators, but only with the sea areas covered by each message. 0722. MERWARN CHEM 1. MERWARN CHEM, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted chemical contamination and hazard area. MERWARN CHEM reports are issued as soon as possible after a chemical substance release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable the master of a ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for MERWARN CHEM:

MERWARN CHEM (Message identifier) ALFA: Incident Serial Number (as defined by naval authority). DELTA: Date/time group (Z) of incident start and incident end. FOXTROT: Location of incident. INDIA: Release Information. PAPAA: Predicted release and hazard area. Note, if downwind speed is 5 knots or less, or

variable, this set will consist of three (3) digits instead of coordinates, representing the radius of a circle in nautical miles centred on the location of the attack contained in set FOXTROT.

PAPAX: Hazard area location for weather period YANKEE: The downwind direction and speed. ZULU: Information on Measured weather conditions. GENTEXT: Remarks

2. MERWARN CHEM, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN CHEM standard format may not always be suitable. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general nature, indicating areas affected and expected movement of the hazard.

Example 1 MERWARN CHEM ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N// DELTA/150630ZFEB2010/-// GENTEXT/PERSISTENT NERVE AGENT VAPOUR HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017 KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010//

Example 2 MERWARN CHEM ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS THIS IS XXX (Call sign) TIME 150630ZFEB2010 BREAK PERSISTENT NERVE AGENT VAPOUR HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017 KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010 BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0723. MERWARN BIO 1. MERWARN BIO, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted biological hazard area. MERWARN BIO reports are issued as soon as possible after a biological substance release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable the master of a ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for MERWARN BIO:

MERWARN BIO (Message identifier) ALFA: Incident Serial Number (as defined by naval authority). DELTA: Date/time group (Z) of incident start and incident end. FOXTROT: Location of incident. INDIA: Release Information. PAPAA: Predicted release and hazard area. Note, if downwind speed is 5 knots or less, or


PAPAX: Hazard area location for weather period YANKEE: The downwind direction and speed. ZULU: Information on Measured weather conditions. GENTEXT: Remarks

2. MERWARN BIO, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN BIO standard format may not always be suitable. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general nature, indicating areas affected and expected movement of the hazard.

Example 1 MERWARN BIO ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N// DELTA/150630ZFEB2010/-// GENTEXT/BIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017 KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010//

Example 2 MERWARN BIO ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS THIS IS XXX (Call sign) TIME 150630ZFEB2010 BREAK BIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017 KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010 BREAK THIS XXX OUT

0724. MERWARN RAD 1. MERWARN RAD, ADP Format. This message is issued to pass immediate warning of a predicted radiological contamination and hazard area. MERWARN RAD reports are issued as soon as possible after a radiological material release is detected. They contain sufficient information to enable the master of a ship to plot the downwind hazard area. The following standard format will be used for MERWARN RAD:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

MERWARN RAD (Message identifier) ALFA: Incident Serial Number (as defined by naval authority). DELTA: Date/time group (Z) of incident start and incident end. FOXTROT: Location of incident. INDIAR: Release Information. PAPAA: Predicted release and hazard area. Note, if downwind speed is 5 knots or less, or


PAPAX: Hazard area location for weather period YANKEE: The downwind direction and speed. ZULU: Information on measured weather conditions. GENTEXT: Remarks

2. MERWARN RAD, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN RAD standard format may not always be suitable. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general nature, indicating areas affected and expected movement of the hazard.

Example 1 MERWARN RAD ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N// DELTA/150630ZFEB2010/-// GENTEXT/RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017 KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010// Example 2 MERWARN RAD ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS THIS IS XXX (Call sign) TIME 150630ZFEB2010 BREAK RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION HAZARD EXISTS FROM NORFOLK TO HATTERAS AT 150627ZFEB2010 AND IS SPREADING SOUTH-EASTWARDS AT 017 KNOTS. SEA AREA OUT TO 100 NAUTICAL MILES FROM COAST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY 150930ZFEB2010 BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT

0725. MERCHANT NUC 1. MERWARN NUC, ADP Format. MERWARN NUC messages are issued as soon as possible after the attack producing fallout, and gives fallout data for a specific explosion or series of explosions, which will be identified in the message. The MERWARN NUC will then be transmitted at six hour intervals (to the nearest hour) thereafter, for as long as the fallout danger exists. They contain information, which enables the master of a ship to plot the danger area. As a minimum the MERWARN NUC should contain the following information, which is also represented within the CBRN message system by the sets ALFA, DELTA, FOXTROT and PAPAX:

ALFA: Incident Serial Number (as defined by the naval authority) DELTA: Date-time Group of nuclear attack (GMT) FOXTROT: Location of attack (latitude and longitude, or geographical place name) HOTEL: Type of nuclear burst PAPAX: Hazard area location for weather period



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Example MERWARN NUC (ADP version) Common MSG heading followed by: ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N// DELTA/140608ZMAR2010// FOXTROT/556900N0091400E /AA// HOTEL/SURF// PAPAX/140600ZMAR2010/556900N0091400E//

2. MERWARN NUC, Plain Language Format. The MERWARN NUC standard format may not be suitable after a multiple nuclear attack, which produces fallout from several bursts in a large or complex target area. In such cases warnings will be plain language statements of a more general nature, indicating area affected and expected movement of the fallout.

Example 1

MERWARN NUC ALFA/GBR/310/UK1-03004/N// DELTA/140608ZMAR2010// GENTEXT/ Fallout extends from Glasgow area to eastern Ireland at 021405Z and is spreading westwards with 12 Knots. Irish Sea is likely to be affected within an area of 60 nautical miles of the British coast. Example 2 MERWARN NUC ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS THIS IS XXX (Call sign) TIME 140608ZMAR2010 BREAK FALLOUT EXTENDS FROM GLASGOW AREA TO EASTERN IRELAND AT 021405Z AND IS SPREADING WESTWARDS WITH 12 KNOTS. IRISH SEA IS LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED WITHIN AN AREA OF 60 NAUTICAL MILES OF THE BRITISH COAST BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT

0726. MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER 1. In addition to the origination of MERWARN CHEM, BIO, RAD and NUC messages, naval authorities may, if circumstances dictate, broadcast general diversion orders, based upon the fallout threat, whereby merchant ships proceeding independently will be passed evasive routing instructions of a more general nature, using the standard Naval Control of Shipping (NCS) identifier MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER.

MERWARN DIVERSION ORDER

ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS ALL STATIONS THIS IS XXX (Call sign) TIME 140608ZMAR2010 BREAK ENGLISH CHANNEL CLOSED. ALL SHIPPING IN NORTH SEA TO REMAIN NORTH OF 052 DEGREES N UNTIL 031500ZSEP2010 BREAK THIS IS XXX OUT

0727. Other Warnings 1. ATP-2, VOL II, gives instructions for the display of signals by ships that have received a MERWARN NUC message, which affects their area. Ships arriving from sea but remaining beyond



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

visual/aural range of shore stations should continue to keep radio watch in order to receive MERWARN Messages.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 8 FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING (STRIKWARN) AND

MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT (MIR)

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION 0801. Aim 1. The aim of this chapter is to provide guidance and direction for NATO forces who will require warning of friendly nuclear strikes and the interception of an adversary incoming missile. 0802. Requirement 1. The requirement for a standard warning message and for delineation of warning and reporting responsibilities is essential to ensure that the timely warning of friendly nuclear strikes is provided. This is done so that personnel and units may take relevant measures to protect themselves and their equipment and be prepared to exploit the weapons’ effects.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II – FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKE WARNING RESPONSIBILITIES 0803. Coordinating Commander 1. Responsibility for issuing a warning rests with the coordinating commander. The coordinating commander is the regional commander who coordinates the activities of nuclear delivery and supporting units. 0804. Commanders authorization 1. Commanders authorized to release nuclear strikes will ensure that strikes affecting the safety of adjacent or other commands are coordinated with those commands. Commanders must allow sufficient time to permit dissemination of warnings to personnel, the taking of protective measures, and preparation to exploit the effects of the weapons. Points at issue must be submitted to the next higher commander for resolution and decision. 0805. Warning Dissemination 1. The Commander responsible for disseminating a nuclear STRIKWARN must inform:

a. Subordinate headquarters whose units are likely to be affected by the strike. b. Any other land, air, and naval headquarters/commands, as appropriate, whose units are likely

to be affected by the strike. c. Next higher level of command, when units not under the command of the coordinating

commander are likely to be affected by the strike.

2. Each unit concerned, down to the lowest level, will be warned by its next higher command as to the level of safety measures it should take, in light of their proximity to the target. 3. Only information that is of direct interest to the units affected will be disseminated. 0806. Impending Strike Warning 1. Warning of impending strikes (See Section III for example message) will be initiated no earlier than is necessary to complete warning of personnel. Any means of communications chosen by the staff, preferably secure, will be used to ensure all affected personnel are warned. 0807. Other Warning 1. Dazzle warnings are to be passed to all region flying squadrons. For dazzle warnings, only lines ALFAW, DELTAW, FOXONEW [Designated Ground Zero (DGZ(s) only], and INDIAW are sent. 0808. Message Characteristics 1. Classification. STRIKWARN messages should be classified with regard to current operational security instructions and speed of dissemination. STRIKWARN messages by their nature contain time-oriented specific friendly force attack information. 2. Use of Codes. Should the STRIKWARN messages be classified and secure electronic means not be available, the message should be encrypted. Only circuits and coding systems, which meet NATO security criteria, may be used. Messages may be sent in clear when the coordinating commander determines that safety warnings override security requirements. A warning message will not normally be sent in the clear earlier than 60 minutes before the strike, or time on target.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

3. Precedence. All messages should be given a precedence, which reflects the operational value of the contents. Normally IMMEDIATE would be appropriate. However, due to the nature of the STRIKWARN message, higher levels of precedence may be considered. The principle is to transmit the message with precedence adequate to ensure timely warning of all personnel likely to be affected by the strike. 4. Units of Measurement. Standard ground units of measure will be used for coordinates and, distance (UTM grid, and metres). Organizations (e.g., naval) who use different SI units will be responsible for converting units for retransmission to their subordinates. They will also be responsible for providing warning messages to all units who may be affected by their weapons. Units different from those used in this publication are not permitted. 5. Position Referencing. When using the STRIKWARN APP-11 message text format, locations must be identified by geographical coordinates (LAT/LONG), in WGS84 standard Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates, or by geographical name. SOPs or software must provide for any situation where the use of differing systems may cause confusion. 6. Message Format. (See Annex C). 0809. Action on Cancelled Attacks 1. When strikes are cancelled, units previously warned will be notified in clear by the most expeditious means in the following format. The message will be authenticated. For multiple strikes, all strikes have to be cancelled before disseminating cancellation messages. Include the following information:

a. Target Number or Nickname.

b. CANCELLED.

0810. Reporting STRIKWARN

Table 8 - 1. CBRN STRIKWARN CBRN STRIKWARN


Set Description Cond. Example ALFAW STRIKWARN Target Identifier M ALFAW/THUNDER// DELTAW Date-Time-Group of Strike or Strike

Cancelled M DELTAW/031400ZAPR2010/031405Z

APR2010// FOXONEW Minimum Safe Distance One O FOXONEW/012/MGRS:31UES087008

4400// FOXTWOW Minimum Safe Distance Two M FOXTWOW/016/MGRS:31UES087008

4400// HOTELW Number of Surface Burst O HOTELW/1// INDIAW Number of Burst in a Multiple Strike O AKNLDG Aknowledge Requirement M AKNLDG/-// 0811. CBRN 3 Reports 1. When line HOTELW of the STRIKWARN indicates a surface or subsurface burst, a CBRN 3 NUC Message will be transmitted as soon as possible after the STRIKWARN. The development and transmission of this message is the responsibility of the coordinating commander when analysis



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

indicates that fallout could affect friendly units. Refer to the nuclear chapter for all hazard prediction and warning and reporting procedures upon the occurrence of the nuclear explosion.

SECTION III – EXAMPLE STRIKWARN MESSAGES 0812. Example of STRIKWARNs

Table 8 - 2. Single Airburst (Minimum Safe Distance (MSD) 1 and MSD 2) Single Airburst (MSD 1 and MSD 2) Voice MTF Format STRIKWARN MSGID/STRIKWARN/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC

JTFZ /025/JUN/-/-/NATO/SECRET/-// A HOT CANDLE ALFAW/HOT CANDLE// D 072220Z-072310Z JUN 2010 DELTAW/072220ZJUN2010/072310ZJUN2010// F1 011 32UNB706101 FOXONEW/011/MGRS:32UNB7060010100// F2 025 FOXTWOW/025/MGRS:32UNB7060010100// AKNLDG/YES//

Table 8 - 3. Single Airburst (Only MSD 2 Transmitted) Single Airburst (Only MSD 2 Transmitted) Voice MTF Format STRIKWARN MSGID/STRIKWARN/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC

JTFZ /030/JUN/-/-/NATO/SECRET/-// A AC016 ALFAW/AC016// D 061315Z-061325Z JUN 2010 DELTAW/061315ZJUN2010/061325ZJUN2010// F2 023 32UNB669228 FOXTWOW/023/MGRS:32UNB6690022800// AKNLDG/YES//

Table 8 - 4. Multiple Bursts (All Airbursts) Multiple Bursts (All Airbursts) Voice MTF Format STRIKWARN MSGID/STRIKWARN/APP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC

JTFZ /014/JUN/-/-/NATO/SECRET/-// A ENCHANTMENT ALFAW/ENCHANTMENT// D 130605Z-130715Z JUN 2010 DELTAW/130605ZJUN2010/130715ZJUN2010// F2 030 32UNB590167, 32UNB521723, 32UNB630350, 32UNB600354

FOXTWOW/030/MGRS:32UNB5900016700 /MGRS:32UNB5210072300/MGRS:32UNB6300035000 /MGRS:32UNB6000035400//

I 12 INDIAW/12// AKNLDG/NO//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 8 - 5. Multiple Bursts (3 Surface Bursts) Multiple Bursts (3 Surface Bursts) Voice MTF Format STRIKWARN MSGID/STRIKWARN/APP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC

JTFZ /035/JUN/-/-/NATO/SECRET/-// A LAMP POST ALFAW/LAMP POST// D 162025Z-162155Z JUN 2010 DELTAW/162025ZJUN2010/162155ZJUN2010// F2 030 32UPA490650, 32UPA511671, 32UPA537674, 32UPA527650, 32UPA515650, 32UPA511656, 32UPA505656, 32UPA505650

FOXTWOW/030/MGRS:32UPA4900065000/MGRS:32UPA5110067100 /MGRS:32UPA5370067400/MGRS:32UPA5270065000 /MGRS:32UPA5150065000/MGRS:32UPA5110065600 /MGRS:32UPA5050065600 /MGRS:32UPA5050065000//

H 3 HOTELW/3// I 22 INDIAW/22// AKNLDG/YES//

Table 8 - 6. Multiple Bursts (3 Surface) and MSD 1 and MSD 2 Multiple Bursts (3 Surface) and MSD 1 and MSD 2 Voice MTF Format STRIKWARN MSGID/STRIKWARN/APP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC

JTFZ /035/JUN/-/-/NATO/SECRET/-// A BURNING WICK ALFAW/BURNING WICK// D 081405Z-081430Z JUN 2010 DELTAW/081405ZJUN2010/081430ZJUN2010// F1 010 32UPA472257, 32UPA493255, 32UPA460236, 32UPA457241

FOXONEW/010/MGRS:32UPA4720025700/MGRS:32UPA4930255032 /MGRS:UPA4600023600/MGRS:32UPA4570024100//

F2 030 32UPA471289, 32UPA501268, 32UPA501241, 32UPA461228, 32UPA448240

FOXTWOW/030/MGRS:32UPA4710028900/MGRS:32UPA5010026800 /MGRS:32UPA5010024100 /MGRS:32UPA4610022800/MGRS:32UPA4480024000//

H 3 HOTELW/3// I 3 INDIAW/3// AKNLDG/YES//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV - TROOP WARNING AND PROTECTION FOR FRIENDLY USE OF NUCLEAR WEAPONS

0813. Friendly Force Protection Level 1. There are two categories of friendly forces warning and protection levels assumed in nuclear weapons employment planning. Those categories are (1) unwarned and exposed and (2) warned and protected.

a. Unwarned Exposed. Personnel are standing in the open at time of burst but are assumed to

have dropped to a prone position by the time the blast wave arrives. They may have a small percentage of their bare skin exposed to direct thermal radiation and may suffer temporary loss of vision. This category also applies to civilian personnel in open areas.

b. Warned Protected. Personnel have some protection against heat, blast and radiation.

Adequate protection includes personnel in tanks, armoured personnel carriers, fighting positions (foxholes), weapons emplacements, and fortified or reinforced command posts and shelters.

0814. Minimum Safe Distance Considerations 1. The closer a unit is to GZ, the greater are the precautions it must take. That is why there are two minimum safe distances (MSDs) in the STRIKWARN. Each MSD corresponds to a degree of protection needed to remain in the area. Thus, if a unit cannot achieve the protection required, it must exit that zone. Table 8 - 7 explains the relationship between MSD and protection.

Table 8 - 7. Relationship between MSD and protection Protection Requirements (See Notes 1 and 2)

Radius Corresponding To Requirements MSD 1 Limit of negligible risk to warned and

protected personnel (See Note 4) Evacuation of all personnel (See Note 3)

MSD 2 Limit of negligible risk to unwarned and exposed personnel. (See Note 4)

Protection (See Notes 5 and 6)

More than MSD 2

No protective measures except against dazzle and EMP

Note 1. The MSD is equivalent to the radius of safety (RS) for the yield, plus a buffer distance

(BD) related to the dispersion of the weapon system used. When surface bursts are used, or an intended airburst has less than a 99 percent assurance of no militarily significant fallout, the fallout hazard will be considered. Details will be transmitted in a subsequent CBRN 3 NUC report if fallout will be a hazard to friendly units.

Note 2. Commanders will be guided to safety criteria as stated in Joint Pub 3-12.2 (NATO),

Nuclear Weapons Employment Effects Data (or appropriate national manuals with the same criteria) covered by STANAG 2111 and by national policies for EMP protection.

Note 3. If a unit commander is unable to evacuate MSD 1, he will immediately initiate actions,

within the scope of the current combat operation, to provide maximum personnel and equipment protection and report through his next higher headquarters to the releasing/executing commander.

Note 4. Higher risks may be accepted. However, negligible risk should not normally be exceeded

unless significant advantages will be gained. Negligible risk corresponds to the likelihood that one percent of personnel at this radius and protection will experience blast, radiation,



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

or thermal injury that may cause short performance degradation and long-term combat ineffectiveness.

Note 5. Maximum protection for ground forces denotes that personnel are in “closed down” tanks

or sheltered in foxholes with overhead protection. Minimum protection for ground forces denotes that personnel are prone on open ground with all skin areas covered and with an overall thermal protection at least equal to that provided by a two-layer uniform.

Note 6. To avoid significant degradation of the airframe or pilot performance (except against

dazzle) severe enough to prevent mission accomplishment, aircraft in flight should remain beyond MSD 2 or the least separation distance (LSD) for light aircraft in flight, whichever is greater.

0815. STRIKWARNING and Unit Actions 1. When a unit receives a STRIKWARN message, the first action is to plot it on the tactical map. This identifies GZ or DGZ and how far the MSDs extend. The commander can then determine what actions to take. Figure 8 - 1 shows a plotted STRIKWARN for a single burst.

MSD 2 MSD 1

A

C

B

Figure 8 - 1. STRIKWARN for a Single Burst

2. The ALFA team in Figure 8 - 1 should evacuate MSD 1 if possible. Otherwise the unit will have to dismount and get in foxholes. Evacuation is first choice followed by seeking shelter with overhead cover. If not evacuated, ALFA team will exceed the specified risk. The other units will as a minimum, if tactically achievable, assume a prone position and protect against dazzle and EMP. However, those not in a warned protected posture may exceed the specified risk.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION V - DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM SAFE DISTANCES FOR MULTIPLE FRIENDLY NUCLEAR STRIKES

0816. Nuclear Weapons Packages 1. Nuclear weapons are often grouped as a weapon package to defeat a particular threat. It would be time consuming to send separate STRIKWARNs for every weapon in the package. For that reason, multiple bursts are grouped as a package, and the outer limits of the MSDs plotted as a box. The coordinates for the corners of the box are then transmitted. 0817. MSD Box 1. Typically, tactical units will only receive the grid coordinates of the box ABCD in Figure 8 - 2. This represents the MSD corresponding to the STRIKWARN line used to transmit the coordinates. STRIKWARNs for multiple bursts may also be given by multiple grid points for each MSD when the MSDs do not form a simple box and friendly forces may be interspersed between designated GZ locations. An example of such a plot is depicted in Figure 8 - 3. 0818. MSD Polygons 1. When formatting a message text format for a STRIKWARN with multiple bursts and the MSD forms an area that is contained within up to 20 different grid coordinates, the field for the MSD distance in the FOXONEW and FOXTWOW will contain “-“. This is necessary to ensure that automated systems interpret the data correctly. Additionally, when the MSD is contained within that area, no MSD distance is required. 0819. Description of MSD Regions 1. Nuclear target planners will use their targeting procedures to establish appropriate MSDs included in STRIKWARN messages. The procedures below describe the typical methods used to determine the areas depicted in MSD shapes that may occur as part of STRIKWARN. Procedures for determining MSD area for multiple strikes (Line FOXONEW or FOXTWOW) are as follows:

a. Determine MSD 1 and/or 2 for each burst and draw the MSD 1 and/or 2 circle around each

DGZ. b. Draw tangents to the peripheral MSD circles to determine the corners of the box. These are

the minimum requirements to be transmitted in Line FOXTWOW. (Points A, B, C, and D below).

c. When transmitting MSD box, the point(s) nearest friendly troops will be transmitted first.

Points will be connected in the sequence given. (Note: Lettering of points as shown in Figure 8 - 2 will NOT be transmitted in Line FOXONEW or FOXTWOW.)

d. Normally, only the FOXTWOW line is transmitted if all forces are outside the box; however, if

FOXONEW is transmitted, FOXTWOW should be transmitted.

e. The minimum to be transmitted for a FOXTWOW line would be points A, B, C, and D.

f. When manoeuvre is limited, the box could be defined by points A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, and K (as shown in Figure 8 - 3) or as many other additional points as required up to 20.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

A B

C

D

Figure 8 - 2. Example plot of multiple burst STRIKWARN

0820. Multiple STRIKWARN Messages 1. If the planned bursts within a multiple strike area are widely separated by time and/or distance, the coordinating commander may find it desirable if necessary to send more than one STRIKWARN message to avoid unnecessary operational restrictions. Additional information required by subordinate units must be requested; i.e., location of DGZs in their vicinity.

A

B

C

D

E

F

GH

IJ

K

Figure 8 - 3. Example plot of multiple burst STRIKWARN under manoeuvre restrictions



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION VI – BALISTIC MISSILE INTERCEPT REPORT 0821. General 1. This section refers to the prediction of the hazard area after the intercept of a ballistic missile (defined as a release above 2 km) of a chemical agent as well as for radiological material releases without nuclear detonation. Calculation tables are provided for releases only up to and including 30 km. Use of other hazard prediction systems will be required for higher altitudes. An example, that of a liquid release from a missile intercept incident, is provided. This section may only be used for ballistic missile intercepts. It describes a chemical agent liquid (or nuclear material) released at high altitude. 2. This section addresses only chemical, radiological and nuclear incidents. 0822. Reporting Coordinating Responsibility 1. A Missile Intercept Report (MIR) is created to report a high altitude release. The responsibility for issuing the missile intercept report rests with the authority conducting the missile intercept tasks. 0823. MIR Distribution 1. Commander responsible for disseminating a MIR must inform:

a. Subordinate headquarters whose units are likely to be affected by the interception. b. Any other headquarters/commands, as appropriate, whose units are likely to be affected by

the hazard area caused by the interception.

c. Next higher level of command, when units not under the command of the coordinating commander are likely to be affected by the interception.

2. Each unit concerned, down to the lowest level, will be warned by its next higher command as to the level of safety measures it should take, in light of their proximity to the intercept point and potential hazard area. It is expected that the MIR will not be issued to the lowest level. This will be done by the use of a CBRN 3 which will be generated by the appropriate CBRN Cell on receipt of the MIR. 0824. Warnings 1. Missile Intercept Report. Warning of the predicted location of the collateral impact from the interception will be initiated by any means of communications. 0825. Message Characteristics 1. Classification. Unless the MIR contains operational information considered classified, all messages should be unclassified. 2. Precedence. Messages will be transmitted with precedence adequate to ensure timely warning of all personnel likely to be affected by the missile interception. 0826. Simplified Hazard Prediction Calculation 1. Simplified procedures are not required.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0827. Detailed Hazard Prediction Calculation 1. Practical Limits of Templates. The boundaries of the zones within the Hazard Area template given are based on analysis of a wide range of possible scenarios. A precautionary approach has been adopted to ensure that measures adopted always assume an appropriate level of caution until confirmed by survey. 2. Hazard prediction calculation and the production of CBRN 3 messages will be conducted as soon as possible upon receipt of the CBRN MIR. 3. Chemical Warhead. In the case of a chemical warhead interception, the warhead may be destroyed and depending on the characteristics of the agent, a percentage will fall to the ground. The release area is a 3 km radius circle on the surface of the earth vertically below the centre of the interception point. The following table provides the maximum probable extent for downwind hazard area distances for persistent chemical agents.

Table 8 - 8. Downwind hazard area distance (km) in case of missile intercept

Height of intercept (km)

Maximum Wind Speed from the Layers in the BWR up to the

Height of Intercept (km/h) 0-54 >54-72 >72

2 12 18 18 4 17 20 24 6 19 24 27 8 22 26 -

10 24 27 - 12 24 - - 14 26 - - 16 26 - - 18 26 - - 20 - - - 22 - - - 24 - - - 26 - - - 28 - - - 30 - - -

Note If a dash appears in the table no ground contamination is expected. 4. Nuclear Warhead. The following scenarios must be considered:

a. Nuclear missile warhead interception without nuclear detonation; plot a 6 km radius circle on the surface of the earth vertically below the centre of the Intercept Point (IP).

b. Missile intercepted but nuclear warhead not destroyed. In this situation there are two possible cases:

(1) Without nuclear detonation: Assume a radiological point source hazard. Until the exact location of the radiological source is identified plot a 6 km radius circle on the surface of the earth vertically below the centre of the IP.

(2) With nuclear detonation: Follow the nuclear chapter procedures.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0828. Hazard Area Prediction – Chemical Warhead Interception 1. Detailed Procedure. For the specific high altitude release sub-case of missile intercept hazard area prediction, detailed procedures require the following information: the heading of the missile relative to True North (BRAVOK), Date Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End (DELTA), the location of the IP, altitude of the intercept and location of the PTP (FOXTROTK), the predicted Payload and Efficiency of kill (GOLFK), the type of agent (INDIA), the meteorological information given in BWR messages. A downwind hazard vector plot must be prepared each time new meteorological data is received. A polygonal shape comprising the predicted hazard area is determined from a graphically computed wind vector (See template.) Example Chemical Warhead Voice format MTF Format MIR MSGID/CBRN MIR/APP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC JTFZ

/025/JUN/-/-/NATO/RESTRICTED// BK 1500/317 Degrees BRAVOK/1500/317DGT// D 211200ZSEP2010 DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-// FK 31UFT412757/4000 Metres/31UFT383788

FOXTROTK/MGRS:31UFT4120075700/4000M/MGRS:31UFT3830078800//

G Suspected /missile/1/bulk warhead GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN// GK SCUD/-/Not known GOLFK/SCUD/-/-// I Air/ VX / Persistant INDIA/AIR/VX/P/-/-// 2. For missile intercepts above 18 km no ground contamination is expected. The procedure to determine the hazard area as a consequence of a missile intercept 18 km and below is described as follows:

a. Determine the intercept point (noted as “IP” in the diagram below), plot it on the map and draw a circle around it with a 3 km radius. (Intercept point: MIR Set FOXTROTK Field 1)

IP

Figure 8 - 4. Example plot of Intercept Point b. Determine the predicted target point (noted as PTP): This is Set FOXTROTK field 3 from MIR.

Draw a straight line through the intercept point in the flight direction of the missile (Set BRAVOK field 2)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

TN

IP

PTP

Figure 8 - 5. Example plot of Intercept Point and Predicted Target Point

c. Determine the effective wind direction based on the BWR and the downwind hazard area

distance for the reported intercept altitude by use of the following procedures: First, from set FOXTROTK Field 2, find the height of intercept. Second, from BWR create a wind vector plot to determine the effective downwind direction for all the layers up to the intercept point. Third, from Table 8 - 8, determine the maximum downwind distance. The downwind hazard area distance should be taken from the column that corresponds to the maximum wind speed in any of the layers in BWR up to the intercept point.

d. Draw a line from the intercept point in the downwind direction, with length as found from Table

8 - 8.

TN

IP

PTP

Downwind direction 90º

Figure 8 - 6. Example plot of IP and PTP and Downwind Direction

e. Draw the Hazard Area:



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(1) Draw a line at the end of the downwind direction line perpendicular to the downwind direction

(2) Extend the downwind direction line in the upwind direction a distance starting at the intercept location equal to 6 km (2 X 3 km radius circle).

(3) Draw two lines from the upwind end of the downwind direction line to the perpendicular line at the other end, which are tangent to the top and bottom of the release area circle

(4) Connect the fan to the PTP as shown. The predicted missile intercept hazard area is constructed as shown in Figure 8-7.

Release Area30°

30°

DOWNWIND DIR. 90°

T N

Hazard Area

IP

PTP

Flight direction of the missile

r = 3 km

Figure 8 - 7. Example plot of Missile Intercept Hazard Area

f. Prepare CBRN 3 Message. After the generation of the CBRN 3, RECCE teams should be tasked to determine the extent of the contaminated area. Once the contaminated area is defined, proceed as described in the chemical chapter.

Example CBRN 3 CHEM ALFA/NLD/A234/010/C// DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UFT4120075700// GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN// INDIA/4000M/SN:VX/P/-/-// PAPAA/3KM/-/17KM/-// PAPAX/211200ZDEC2010/MGRS:31UFT4090075700/MGRS:31UFT3830078800/MGRS:31UFT4290077000/MGRS:31UFT4290074300/MGRS:31UFT4110075500//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0829. Hazard Area Prediction – Nuclear Warhead Interception Sample message Nuclear Warhead Voice format MTF Format MIR MSGID/CBRN MIR/AAP-11(C)/ORIGINAL/CINC JTFZ

/025/JUN/-/-/NATO/RESTRICTED// BK 1500 Meters pr. Sec./350 Degrees BRAVOK/1500MPS/350DGT// D 211200ZSEP2010 DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-// FK 31UFT412757/18000M/31UFT383718 FOXTROTK/MGRS:31UFT4120075700/18000M/MRGS

:31UFT3830071800// G Suspected/missile/ nuclear warhead GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/NWH/1// GK Not known/ - / Not known GOLFK/NKN/-/NKN// IR Not known / Not known / Not known / Not known

INDIAR/NKN/NKN/NKN/NKN//

a. The following procedure applies in the above sample message: Nuclear missile warhead interception without nuclear detonation; plot a 6 km radius circle on the surface of the earth vertically below the centre of the IP.

Release/Hazard Arear = 6 km

IP

Figure 8 - 8. Example plot of Missile Intercept Hazard Area

Example

CBRN 3 RAD ALFA/NLD/123/001/R// DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-// FOXTROT/MGRS:31UFT4120075700// GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/NWH/1// INDIA/NKN/NKN/ NKN/ NKN // PAPAR/-/-/-/6//



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

b. Prepare CBRN 3 Message. After the generation of the CBRN 3, specialist RECCE teams should be tasked to determine the extent of the contaminated area. Once the contaminated area is defined, proceed as described in the radiation chapter to update the hazard area.

0830. Reporting CBRN MIR 1. The MIR will contain the following sets “M” mandatory and “O” operationally determined sets:

Table 8 - 9. CBRN MIR - Example CBRN MIR


Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number O ALFA/UK/A234/001/C// BRAVOK Heading of Missile Intercepted M BRAVOK/1500/350DGT// DELTA Date Time Group of Intercept M DELTA/211200ZSEP2010/-// FOXTROTK Location of the intercept point (IP),

altitude of the intercept and location of the Predicted target point (PTP)

M FOXTROTK/MGRS:31UFT4120075700/4000M/MGRS:31UFT3830078800//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/SUS/MSL/1/BML/NKN// GOLFK Payload and Efficiency Information M GOLFK/SCUD/-/-// INDIA Release Information on CBRN

Incidents M INDIA/AIR/SN:VX/P/-/-//

GENTEXT CBRN Info O (example, an intercept serial number assigned by the air space management authority could be specified here. The dive angle of the missile could be specified also)



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

CHAPTER 9 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL RELEASE WARNING TO FRIENDLY FORCES

(HAZWARN)

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION 0901. Aim 1. The aim of this chapter is to provide NATO forces with a standardized procedure, for transmitting advanced hazard warning of the possibility of a significant CBRN release. Advance warning of hazards from possible future CBRN release covered by this chapter include releases that are both friendly and adversary induced. 2. Friendly induced. Friendly induced is when significant CBRN release is likely as a result, either directly or indirectly, of friendly attack or counter-force operations. 3. Adversary induced. Adversary induced is when significant CBRN release is likely as a result of adversary actions within areas under their control or subject to their attack. 4. A significant release is one that is specifically analyzed and:

a. has the potential to permanently and adversely affect, to an unacceptable level, unprotected

and unwarned populations; or b. may affect areas larger than those addressed by minimum safe distances (MSDs) as they

relate to munitions target interaction and safety distances to unprotected personnel; or c. for air or ground hazards extend farther downwind than those same munitions-related

preclusion distances for unprotected personnel; or

d. the immediate dangerous levels of ground contamination within the MSD area is likely to cause immediate, permanent injury to unprotected personnel.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II – OPERATIONAL PLANNING AND RESPONSIBILITIES 0902. Operations Planning Process 1. Estimates of release consequences are made as part of the operations planning process and are transmitted using the CBRN HAZWARN report message formats with the CBRN incident identifier, “WARN” to signify pre-incident warnings. After CBRN releases occur, hazard estimates, monitoring, warning and reporting continue to be addressed using the CBRN message formats for that particular hazard (CHEM, BIO, RAD and/or NUC). 2. Storage of CBRN weapons and agents includes large CBRN ammunition stockpiles, multiple CBRN bulk storage containers. TIM includes massed storage and/or production facilities. Estimates of the predicted release and hazard areas will be transmitted using the HAZWARN report and will contain the applicable sets therefore characterizing the nature of the expected substance release. A HAZWARN report provides a baseline hazard estimate for dissemination to forces as the warning message. More sophisticated studies and site specific analyses may allow the planning commander to provide subordinate forces with more detailed hazard estimates that will supplement the HAZWARN report. The more detailed estimates should characterize both the immediate release and downwind hazard areas over time after the releases until the releases are no longer of operational consequence. This is done so that personnel and units may take necessary, time-varying measures, as recommended by the warning-originating headquarters, to protect themselves and their equipment. 3. Following the actual release, the pre-release estimates are validated and updated by using updated weather, the assessed release information (appropriate CBRN 2 message), provided updated hazard warning estimation (appropriate CBRN 3 message) and reconnaissance/detection information (appropriate CBRN 4/5/6 message). 0903. Hazard Estimation and Warning Responsibilities 1. Hazard Estimation:

a. Friendly induced release incidents. In the targeting process, commanders and their staffs assess the capabilities of friendly forces to deny an adversary the use of CBRN agents and weapons or selected TIMs in fixed facilities or on mobile transport. It is realized that friendly actions against CBRN agent or TIM containing targets may or may not result in a CBRN release.

b. CBRN message formats will be used. A HAZWARN message will be used to provide details of

an expected release. A HAZWARN message is appropriate when, as part of operations planning, a significant CBRN agent or TIM release is likely to occur.

c. Adversary induced release incidents. During the friendly force planning process, intelligence

preparation of the battle space assesses all threats. Threats considered include geographically focused assessments of region and country-specific CBRN weapons and CBRN weapons infrastructures, TIM facilities and stockpiles. CBRN weapons assessments are considered under the CBRN threat. CBRN non-weaponized material and TIM facilities are considered as CBRN-related concerns as potentially hazardous to friendly forces. If the adversary is assessed to be capable of and willing to initiate non-weaponized, CBRN agent or TIM releases as part of operations, an assessment of the most likely and significant release locations and consequences will be conducted. The highest geographic headquarters capable of conducting the assessment will conduct assessment for dissemination as intelligence information. If the planning headquarters determines that adversary-initiated hazards may permanently and adversely affect, to an unacceptable level, unprotected and unwarned populations that reasonably require friendly protection. Assessments will be disseminated to subordinates as required.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

2. Warning Responsibilities. The commander coordinating an operation, during which friendly or adversary actions are likely to release large quantities of CBRN or TIM, conducts risk analysis and collateral damage assessments in the development of friendly courses of action. CBRN agent or TIM release must be evaluated for potential effects on friendly forces or effects into designated damage or weapons effects exclusion areas. Airborne contamination may extend further than conventional damage and must be assessed as part of consequences of attack or counter-force operations. 0904. Planning 1. Planning for the consequences of adversary-initiated releases of known TIM or CBRN agent stockpiles in an area also uses this method as a pre-release incident warning method. Both the conditions and extent of the expected release are estimated by the commander and areas affected are assessed for significance versus consequences of the planned actions. Releases that may be operationally significant and immediately dangerous may use CBRN hazard methods as appropriate, to provide an estimation of downwind warning and hazard areas. In assessing CBRN agent or TIM releases, the commander also assesses the protection required for those forces or exclusion areas within the expected release areas. Those actions resulting in large area downwind hazards extending into hazard preclusion areas such as areas with unprotected friendly forces will cause initiation of a hazard estimate and CBRN HAZWARN to appropriate friendly forces. Detection of actual contamination will be reported by units using the appropriate CBRN 4 or 5 messages if they are equipped with sensors capable of detecting the specific type of CBRN released. 0905. Determination of Units to be Warned 1. Determination of Headquarters, Units to be Warned of Expected Releases from Actions on CBRN Storage and TIM Facilities. Commanders responsible for conducting operations involving likely large area release of CBRN agents or TIMs, must generate an appropriate hazard estimate, determine safety measures, protection required, and movement actions necessary by forces in the determined hazard areas. Only information, which is of direct interest to the units concerned, will be disseminated. The commander then informs:

a. Subordinate headquarters whose units are likely to be affected by the release. b. Any other land, air, and naval headquarter/commands, as appropriate, whose units are likely to

be affected by the release. c. Next higher level of command when potentially affected units are not under the command of the

coordinating commander but are within the estimated hazard area.

0906. Hazard Estimate and Warning Timeliness 1. Warning of impending friendly actions that may result in large areas of CBRN or TIM hazards will be initiated no earlier than is necessary to complete warning of personnel. Any means of communications chosen by the staff, preferably secure, will be used to ensure all affected personnel are warned. As part of operational plans before releases occur, potentially affected units may be directed to move or to take other passive protection means as necessary as risk reduction methods that are not explicitly linked to a specific release possibility. 0907. Other Warnings 1. In the event that the release is the result of friendly forces using a nuclear weapon, commanders must ensure that a STRIKWARN is disseminated. See Chapter 8 for guidance on the procedures required to disseminate a STRIKWARN.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

0908. Message Characteristics 1. Classifications. CBRN messages depicting warnings of CBRN or TIM releases due to friendly actions should be classified with regard to current operational security instructions and speed of dissemination. Messages will be sent in the clear when the coordinating commander determines that safety warnings override security requirements. A warning message will normally not be sent in clear earlier than necessary to provide units with sufficient time to prepare for, and take protection from the CBRN agent or TIM release. 2. Use of Codes. Only circuits and coding systems that meet NATO security criteria will be used. If secure electronic means are not available, the message should be encrypted using manual methods. 3. Message Precedence. All messages should be given a precedence reflecting operational value and timeliness. Messages will be transmitted with precedence adequate to ensure timely warning of all personnel expected to be affected by the CBRN release. Normally IMMEDIATE would be appropriate; however, due to the nature of a warning message, higher levels of precedence may be considered. 4. Units of Measure. Standard ground units of measure will be used for coordinates, distance, and speed (UTM grid, and meters). Organizations (e.g., naval) which use different units will be responsible for converting units for retransmission to their subordinates and for providing warning messages to land forces when the effects of their weapons may be experienced by those land forces. 5. Position Referencing. When using the HAZWARN APP-11 message text format, locations must be identified by geographical coordinates (LAT/LONG), in WGS84 standard UTM grid coordinates, or by geographical name. SOPs or software must provide for any situation where the use of differing systems may cause confusion. 0909. Warning Cancellation 1. Cancellation of a CBRN HAZWARN message will be sent in clear to friendly forces previously warned, by the most expeditious means possible, when actions that could release CBRN agents or TIM are cancelled. 0910. Reporting HAZWARN 1. A CBRN HAZWARN provides details of the CBRN agent or TIM release. This message will be developed and transmitted by the coordinating commander when analysis indicates that a hazard produced by the friendly or likely adversary actions could affect friendly units downwind. Explanation of the details of the possible release, when not meeting existing CBRN message format legal entry requirements such as the strike time window will be transmitted in the GENTEXT set. 2. This example is for a HAZWARN dealing with a CHEM incident. This message can be used to warn for hazards deriving from a BIO, RAD or NUC incident. This HAZWARN message should than be filled in accordingly.



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table 9 - 1. CBRN HAZWARN - Example CBRN HAZWARN


Set Description Cond. Example ALFA Incident Serial Number M ALFA/UK/A234/001/N// DELTA* Date-Time-Group of Attack or

Detonation and Attack End M DELTA/201405ZSEP2010/-//

FOXTROT Location of Attack or Event M FOXTROT/MGRS:32UNB0580064000/EE//

GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information O GOLF/SUS/AIR/1/BOM/1// INDIA Release Information on CBRN

Incidents M INDIA/SURF/TS:NERV/P/-/-//


O


O MIKER/-/-//

OSCAR Reference DTG for Estimated Contour Lines

C

PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard Area M PAPAA/1KM/3-10DAY/10KM/2-6DAY// PAPAR Radiological Hazard Prediction

Parameters O

PAPAX** Hazard Area Location for Weather Period

M PAPAX/201400ZSEP2010/MGRS:32VNJ4560028000/MGRS:32VNJ4560011900/MGRS:32VNJ5760020000/MGRS:32VNJ5660021700/MGRS:32VNJ4560028000//


O TANGO/URBAN/URBAN//

XRAYB*** Predicted Contour Information O ZULU Measured Weather Conditions O ZULU/4/10C/7/5/1// GENTEXT CBRN Info O * For HAZWARN purposes, the Date Time Group will represent the planned Incident Start and Incident End time period. ** For HAZWARN it is anticipated that Set PAPAX will only be required once, however, the Set can be repeated up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas corresponding to the time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following time period will always include the previous hazard area.

*** Set is repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours



NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONNALY BLANK

NATO UNCLASSIFIED ANNEX A TO

ATP-45

A-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

ANNEX A CBRN OPERATIONAL SYMBOLS

A01. General. APP-6A Military Symbols for Land Based Systems provides for common operational symbols along with details on its display and plotting to ensure the compatibility, and to the greatest extent possible, the interoperability of NATO Land Component Command, Control, Communications, Computer, and Intelligence (C4I) systems, development, operations, and training. APP-6A addresses the use of a standard methodology for symbol hierarchy, information taxonomy, and symbol identifiers. The standard applies to both automated and hand-drawn graphic displays. These symbols are designed to enhance NATO’s joint interoperability by providing a standard set of common C4I symbols. A02. Scope. The contents of this Annex are intended to provide the reader with illustrated examples of those symbols, directly related to CBRN incidents and defence units, which can be displayed for either automated map display systems or for manual map marking. A03. Purpose of Symbols. The purpose of operational symbols is to convey information about incidents, actions and units within the battlespace. APP-6A denotes two types of operational symbols: icon-based symbols and tactical graphics:

a. Icon-based Symbol. An icon-based symbol is composed of a frame (geometric border), fill,

and icon, as shown in Figure A - 1. (1) Frame. The frame is the geometric border of a symbol which, when displayed, provides

an indication of the affiliation, battle dimension, and status of an operational object. The frame is the border of the symbol and does not include associated material inside or outside of the border. Normally, the center of the frame is the location that the symbol relates to. Alternatively, a direction indicator (graphic modifier) can be used to reduce clutter or movement. When used to de-clutter, the unit’s location is represented at the end of the indicator. The frame serves as the base to which other symbol components and modifiers are added. Though sometimes optional, in most cases a icon.

COLOR FILLFRAME

(GEOMETRIC BORDER)

ICON

GE

AJ2455

DIRECTION INDICATOR

(GRAPHIC MODIFIER)TEXT FIELDS

(TEXT MODIFIER)

D

Figure A - 1. Icon-Base Symbol


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(2) Fill. The fill is the interior area within a symbol. If the fill is assigned a color, it provides an enhanced presentation of information about the affiliation of the object. If colour is not used, the fill is transparent.

(3) Icon. The icon is the innermost part of a symbol which, when displayed, provides an

abstract pictorial or alphanumeric representation of an operational object. The icon portrays the role or mission performed by the object.

b. Tactical Graphics. Tactical graphics provide operational information that cannot be presented

via icon-based symbols alone. These graphics portray unit boundaries, special area designations, and other unique markings related to battlespace geometry and necessary for battlefield planning and management.

A04. Symbol Modifiers. A modifier is an optional text field or graphic indicator that provides additional information about the associated symbol or tactical graphic, as shown in Figure A2.

WVT

HB

N

Q

NUCLEAR

STRIKE

WBIO

H

B

Q

BIOLOGICAL

INCIDENT

WCHEM

H

Q

CHEMICAL

INCIDENT

C

W H

Q

RADIOLOGICAL

INCIDENT

RAD R

A A

AA

Y

Y

Y

Y

Figure A - 2. Placement of modifiers for CBRN incidents


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table A - 1. Filed Types and Description of Symbols

Field Field Type Description Text/ Graphic

A Serial number Incident Serial Number Text

B Size Indicator Nuclear detonation (in kilotons) Text and Graphic

H Additional Information Free text (ex. Type of agent) Text

Q Direction of Movement Indicator

With arrow, for chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear release indicates downwind direction. Without arrow, it is used to denote precise location or to de-clutter.

Graphic

T Unique Designation

For friendly nuclear strikes, designates the friendly delivery system (missile, aircraft, etc...). Text

V Type of Equipment Nuclear: Friendly weapon type. Text

W Date-Time Group An alphanumeric designator for displaying a date/time group (DDHHMMSSZMONYY) or “O/O” for on order. Text

Y Location Latitude and longitude or grid coordinates. Text A05. Symbol ID Code. A symbol ID code is an alphanumeric code that can be used to transfer the information required to generate and display symbols and tactical graphics. A06. Colors. Origination of incident and unit symbols, as well as details describing a hazard area, can be further identified through the use of colour as outlining and/or fills.

a. Icon Based Symbols Fills Amber = Unknown Blue = Friendly Green = Neutral Red = Hostile b. CBRN Incident Symbols Fills Yellow = Chemical Blue = Biological Black = Radiological / Nuclear c. CBRN Hazard Prediction Areas Outlines (CBRN 3 Reports - Templates) Yellow = Chemical Blue = Biological Black = Radiological / Nuclear


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

A07. Example CBRN Related Incident and Unit Symbols:

Table A - 2. Example CBRN Related Incident and Unit Symbols

Symbols/Outlines Reference Example Special Drawing Instructions

Icon Based Symbols

Combat Support CBRN

APP-6

See Paragraph A06.a

Combat Support Chemical

APP-6 C

See Paragraph A06.a

Combat Support Smoke

APP-6 S

See Paragraph A06.a

Combat Support Decontamination

APP-6

See Paragraph A06.a

Combat Support Smoke/Decontamination

APP-6 SD

See Paragraph A06.a

Combat Support Smoke/ Decontamination Armoured

APP-6 SD

See Paragraph A06.a

Combat Support Biological

APP-6 B

See Paragraph A06.a

D


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED


Icon Based Symbols

Combat Support Nuclear

APP-6 N

See Paragraph A06.a

Combat Support Chemical Reconnaissance

APP-6 C

See Paragraph A06.a

Decontamination Site/Point (Unspecified) APP-6 3 DCN

See Paragraph A06.a

Alternate Decontamination Site/Point (Unspecified) APP-6

See Paragraph A06.a

Decontamination Site/Point (Troops) APP-6

See Paragraph A06.a

Decontamination Site/Point (Equipment) APP-6

See Paragraph A06.a

Decontamination Site/Point (Equipment and Troops) APP-6

See Paragraph A06.a

Alternate Decontamination Site/Point (Operational) APP-6

See Paragraph A06.a

Decontamination Site/Point (Thorough) APP-6

See Paragraph A06.a 3 DCN TH

3 DCN E/T

3 DCN E

3 DCN T

3 DCN ALT

3 DCNTHO


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED


CBRN Incident Symbols

Nuclear Detonation Friendly Ground Zero APP-6

See Paragraph A06.b

Enemy Nuclear Detonation Known Ground Zero APP-6

DTG

YIELD

HEIGHTENY

See Paragraph A06.b

Enemy Nuclear Detonation Templated APP-6

DTG

YIELD

HEIGHTENY

See Paragraph A06.b

Nuclear Detonation Friendly Planned or On-Order Ground Zero

APP-6

See Paragraph A06.b

Nuclear Detonation Fallout Producing APP-6

See Paragraph A06.b

Radioactive Area APP-6

Shown in Yellow(if Available)

N

See Paragraph A06.b

DTG YIELD

HEIGHT

DTG YIELD

HEIGHT


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED


CBRN Incident Symbols

Biologically Contaminated Area APP-6

See Paragraph A06.b

Chemically Contaminated Area APP-6

Shown in Yellow(if Available)

C

See Paragraph A06.b

Biological and Chemical Incidents APP-6

See Paragraph A06.b

CBRN Hazard Prediction Areas

Dose Rate Contour Lines APP-6

See Paragraph A06.c

25cGy 50cGy

100cGy

DTG DTG DTG FREE TEXT FREE

TEXT

Downwind Direction Downwind

Direction

Shown in Yellow (if Available)

B


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONNALY BLANK

NATO UNCLASSIFIED ANNEX B TO

ATP-45

B-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

ANNEX B CONVERSION TABLE

Table B - 1. Conversion Table and Distance Conversion Factors

To convert To Multiply by

Kilometres Miles

0.62 Kilometres Nautical Miles 0.54 Miles Kilometres 1.61 Miles Nautical Miles 0.87 Nautical Miles Kilometres 1.85 Nautical Miles Miles 1.15 metres feet 3.28 feet metres 0.30 mph km/h 1.61 mph knots 0.87 mph m/sec 0.45 mph ft/sec 1.47 km/h mph 0.62 km/h knots 0.54 km/h m/sec 0.28 km/h ft/sec 0.91 knots km/h 1.85 knots mph 1.15 knots m/sec 0.51 knots ft/sec 1.69 m/sec km/h 3.60 m/sec mph 2.24 m/sec knots 1.94 m/sec ft/sec 3.28 ft/sec km/h 1.10 ft/sec mph 0.68 ft/sec knots 0.59 ft/sec m/s 0.30 kilograms pounds (lb) 2.20 pounds (lb) kilograms 0.45 gallons (US) litres 3.79 litres gallons (US) 0.26

NATO UNCLASSIFIED ANNEX B TO

ATP-45

B-2 EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table B - 2. Conversion Table, Degrees to Mils

Degrees Mils Degrees Mils Degrees Mils Degrees Mils 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

17.78 35.55 53.33 71.11 88.89

106.67 124.44 142.22 160.00 177.78 266.67 355.55 444.44 533.33 622.22 711.11 800.00 888.89 977.78

1,066.67

65 70 75 80 85 90 95

100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160

1,155.55 1,244.44 1,333.33 1,422.22 1,511.11 1,600.00 1,688.89 1,777.78 1,866.67 1,955.55 2,044.44 2,133.33 2,222.22 2,311.11 2,400.00 2,488.89 2,577.78 2,666.67 2,755.55 2,844.44

165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255 260

2,933.33 3,022.22 3,111.11 3,200.00 3,288.89 3,377.78 3,466.67 3,555.55 3,644.44 3,733.33 3,822.22 3,911.11 4,000.00 4,088.89 4,177.78 4,266.67 4,355.55 4,444.44 4,533.33 4,622.22

265 270 275 280 285 290 295 300 305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355 360

4,711.11 4,800.00 4,888.89 4,977.78 5,066.67 5,155.55 5,244.44 5,333.33 5,422.22 5,511.11 5,600.00 5,688.89 5,777.78 5,866.67 5,955.55 6,044.44 6,133.33 6,222.22 6,311.11 6,400.00

NATO UNCLASSIFIED ANNEX C TO

ATP-45

C-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

ANNEX C CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION I - CBRN MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT

C01. General C01.1 This Annex provides explanations for the CBRN Message Text Formats (MTF), as published in

APP-11 (NATO Message Catalogue). This Annex is included in ATP-45 just for readability purposes; the sole reference for NATO Text Messages is APP-11.

a. An ADP formatted CBRN message consists of segments, sets and fields. A segment is a

group of contiguous sets related by content. The general and common message headings (Sets and Fields) are explained in paragraph C02. The CBRN 1 - 6 and CBRN SITREP message heading (Sets and Fields) are explained from paragraph C03.

b. In the instructions the field contents are described by one of the following:

A = alphabetic upper case: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ B = blank N = numeric: 0123456789 S = special characters: . , - ( ) ? a = alphabetic lower case: abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz E = extended special characters: ! @ # $ % ^ & * = _ + [ ] { } \ " ' ; < > ~ | X = refers to A, B, N and S Combinations of the codes exist in some fields. In Field 2 of Set GENTEXT all characters except two consecutive slants are allowed. Additionally the use of a colon double slant sequence “://” is possible.

c. Fields must be filled with the number and type of characters, indicated in the legal entries.

However, some fields have variable length, which is indicated by giving a range for the number of characters (e.g. 1-20AB).

d. Whenever a segment, set or field is repeatable, this is indicated by a preceding asterisk.

For programming purposes the limits of repeatability are specified, e.g. (*=3) indicates that data can be entered up to 3 times.

e. If a repeatable segment is used, then all sets within that segment must be used each time

that segment is repeated. If a repeatable field is repeated, then all following fields in the set must be repeated.

f. Although an asterisk is indicated it should not be entered into the field when actually

filling it with characters.

g. A hyphen (-) may be inserted into a field when the data needed to complete a field is not available or is being withheld. The hyphen can be used in a mandatory field.

. h. In manual procedures all information under one set is put into one sentence. In ADP

systems the information is subdivided into fields. i. Certain fields will contain numeric values where the unit of measurement can be different e.g.

kilometres or nautical miles. In these fields the unit of measurement must follow the numerical value.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

j. In STRIKWARN, the units of measurement are default values and are therefore excluded from the fields.

k. All directional/angular measurements must be stated in either degrees (3N) or mils (4N)

(i.e. 40 degrees = 040, 18 mils = 0018). l. All sets or fields are either mandatory (M), operationally determined (O) or conditional (C) as

defined in C047.

C02. General and Common Message Heading – Sets and Fields Explanation

C02.1. The contents of these sets are common to all CBRN ADP messages. The General Message Heading depends on regulations given by APP-11. It has to be followed by a Common CBRN Message Heading, which is the set CBRN Type (CBRNTYPE).

C02.2. General Message Heading:

Occ Set ID (O) EXER Exercise Identification /- /- // | (O) “NICK:” followed by Exercise Additional Nickname, 1 - 16 ABNS | (O) Exercise Additional Identifier , 4 - 16 AB (M) Exercise Nickname, 1 - 56 ABNS (O) OPER Operation Code Word /- /- /- /- // | | | (O) Secondary Option Nickname, 1 - 23 ABNS | | (O) Option Nickname, 1 - 23 ABNS | (O) Plan Originator and Number, 5 - 36 ABNS (M) Operation Code Word, 1 - 32 ABNS (M) MSGID Message Identifier /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | | | | | | | (O) Message | | | | | | | | | | Security Category, 1 | | | | | | | | | | – 50 ABNS | | | | | | | | | Message Security | | | | | | | | | Classification: | | | | | | | | | (M) Message Security | | | | | | | | | Classification Extended, | | | | | | | | | 11 - 17 AB, or | | | | | | | | | (M) Message Security | | | | | | | | | Classification, other 1 – | | | | | | | | | 50 ABNS | | | | | | | | (M) Message Security Policy, 1 – 50 | | | | | | | | ABNS | | | | | | | (O) Serial Number of Qualifier, 1 - 3 N | | | | | | (O) Qualifier , 3 A | | | | | (M) Reference Time of Publication: | | | | | Month Name abbreviated, 3 A, or | | | | | DateTime (ISO), 16 AN* | | | | (O) Message Serial Number, 1 - 7 ABNSE | | | (M) Originator, 1 - 30 ABNS | | (M) Version of Message Text Format, 1-20 ABNS | (M) Standard of Message Text Format, 1-20 ABNS (M) Message Text Format Identifier (See C0236) 3 - 19 ABN


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(O) REF** Reference(**=3) /- /- /- /- /- /- /-* // (*= 3 ) | | | | | | (O) Signal Indicator Code (SIC) , 3 AN, or | | | | | | (O) “FN:” followed by Filing Number, 1 - 10 ABNSE | | | | | (O) Special Notation, , 5 A | | | | (O) Reference Serial Number, 1 – 30 ABNSE | | | Date and/or Time of Reference: | | | (M) Day-Time Group of Reference, 4 Digit Year, 14 AN or | | | (M) Day-Time of Reference, 7 AN, or | | | (M) Day-Time and Month of Reference, 10 AN, or | | | (M) Date of Reference, DDMMMYYYY, 9 AN, or | | | (M) “DMY:” followed by Date of Reference, DDMMYYYY, 8 N, or | | | (M) “YMD:” followed by Date of Reference, YYYYMMDD 8 N, or | | | (M) Month-Year, 7AN, or | | | (M) Date Time (ISO), 16AN | | (M) Originator, 1 - 30 ABNS | Communication Type: | (M) Message Text Format Identifier , 3 – 19 ABN, or | (M) “Type:” followed by Communication Type , 3 A (M) Serial Letter, 1 A Explanation of Repeatable Set and Field Set REF: Field 7 is repeatable to accommodate up to 3 data entries. Set REF is repeatable three times (C) GEODATUM Geodetic Datum /- /- // (O) National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN (M) Geodetic Datum, 3-6 ABNS Explanation of conditions. Set GEODATUM is required when any geographic position occurs in the message. (M) DTG Date Time Group of Message/Report Created /- // (M) Date-Time-Group in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(M) ORGIDDFT Organisation Designator of Drafter/Releaser /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | | | | | | (C) Unit Identification Code (UIC), 7-9 AN | | | | | | | | (M) Armed Service, 1AN, Qualifier or | | | | | | | | (M) Civilian Agency Code, 2-8 AN, Qualifier | | | | | | | (M) Higher Formation Name, 1-15 ANS | | | | | | (M) Unit Role Indicator Code ‘D’, 2-6 A | | | | | (M) Unit Role Indicator Code ‘C’, 2-6 A | | | | (M) Unit Role Indicator Code ‘B’, 2-6 A | | | (M) Unit Role Indicator Code ‘A’, 2-6 A | | (M) Geographical Entity, 2 A | (M) Unit Size Indicator, 1-7 A (M) Unit Designation Name, 1-15 ANS For further information on entries, refer to national standing operating procedures Explanation of Conditions Set ORGIDDFT: If Field 2 is ‘CORPS’, ’ARMY’, ’AG’, ’MOD’ or ‘MD’ then Field 10 is mandatory, otherwise it is operationally determined.

C02.3. Common CBRN Message Heading. Occ Set ID CBRNTYPE Type of CBRN Report /- /- // | (O) Validation Code, 1-10 ABNS (M) Type of CBRN Report (see C024), 3 - 4 A, or (M) “WEA:” followed by Type of CBRN Weather Report (see C025), 3 A Note: Field 2 is used only with CIS systems

C03. CBRN 1 - 6 and CBRN SITREP Message Heading – Sets and Fields

C03.1. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix is shown at C049 (see Table C - 4). The occurrence depends on which message the set is to be used.

C03.2. The following represents decode of the Set Identification (Set ID) ALFA, which is used for the Incident Serial Number (ISN). Each set includes the occurrence (Occ) and ID (Set ID). For example:

Occ Set ID ALFA Incident Serial Number (ISN) /- /- /- /- // | | | (M) Type of incident (C, B, R, N or U as explained below), 1A. | | (M) Sequence Number, 1-10 X. | Code for Originating Unit, I (M) Code for Originator, 1-6 X, or I (M) “UIC” followed by Unit Identification Code, 7-9 X Geographic Location (M) ISO three letter code for the geographical entities (STANAG 1059), 3 A, or (M) Two letter code for the geographical entities (STANAG 1059), 2 A, or (M) “ACC” followed by code for the Area Control Centre, 3 A.

Field 1:


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

a. This field can only be used by an agency (Area Control Centre) responsible for an Area of Observation in accordance with the definitions in the GLOSSARY. This can be a national or a multinational Area Control Centre (ACC) as defined in NATO and national SOPs.

b. Field 1 will then contain a symbol for this ACC (e.g., the NATO abbreviation for that nation).

c. When the qualifier is used it indicates that the message has been evaluated, correlated, and

approved and is considered as the validated report on a CBRN incident, and the ISN will be known as an Official Incident Serial Number (OISN).

d. Otherwise (e.g. when originated by other units) field 1 is left unused as indicated by /-/, and

the ISN will be known as a Local Incident Serial Number (LISN). Field 2:

a. This field will be used by the originator of the message. b. It will contain an indicator identifying the originator of the report. This is the agency (CBRN

Centre), which creates the message. c. Individual SOPs must define how to use this field. d. To indicate the retransmitting agency the set MSGID explained in para C02 is used.

Field 3:

a. This field will contain the incident sequence number (ISN) assigned by the originator.

b. A separate sequence may or may not be used for each of the incident types listed in field 4. However, NATO or national SOPs must define how to use this field.

Field 4: This field will contain letters C, B, R, N or U depending on the type of incident:

C for CHEM incidents. B for BIO incidents. R for Radiological incidents. N for NUC attacks. U for Not Known

BRAVO Location of Observer and Direction of Incident /- /- // | Direction of Incident from Observer | (M) Direction of Incident from Observer in Degrees (see C019.7), 6-7AN or | (M) Direction of Incident from Observer in Mils (see C019.7), 6-7AN Location of Observer: (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 17 AN, or (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AN, or (M) “NAME:” followed by Geographic Place Name, 1-30 ABNS DELTA Date Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End /- /- // | (O) Date Time-Group Incident ended in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN (M) Date-Time-Group of Start of Incident in Zulu-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

FOXTROT Location of Incident /-* /- // (* = 6) | (M) Location Qualifier (see C028), 2-3 A Incident Location: (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 17 AN, or (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or (M) “NAME:” followed by Place Name, Extended, 1-54 ABNS Explanation of Repeatable Field Set FOXTROT: Fields 1-2 are repeatable to accommodate up to 6 data entries in order to define

a line or area release. GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | Substance Container or Release | | | | (M) Total Release Quantity and Unit of Weight Measurement I I I I (see C019.5) 3-9 ANS or | | | | (M) Total Release Quantity and Unit of Volume Measurement (see I I I I Error! Reference source not found.), 3-9 ANS | | | | (M) Total Release Quantity and Unit of Measurement (see I I I I Error! Reference source not found.), 3-9 ANS | | | | (M) Number of Substance Containers, 1 - 3 N, or | | | | (M) Size of Release (see C014.1for Chem, see C014.2 for Bio or C014.3 I I I I for Rad), 6-7 A | | | (M) Type of Substance Containers (see C013), 3 A | | (M) Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N | (M) Type and Means of Delivery (see C012), 3 A (M) Qualification of Incident (Suspected or Observed) (see C015), 3 A


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and Quantity Information /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | | | | | Accuracy of Total Release: | | | | | | | | (O) Total Release Quantity, 3-9 | | | | | | | | ANS, or | | | | | | | | (O) Maximum Total Release Quantity ), 3-9 ANS,

or | | | | | | | | (O) Minimum Total Release Quantity 3-9 ANS, or | | | | | | | | (O) Total Release Quantity Estimation Method | | | | | | | | (see C016), 3 A | | | | | | | Accuracy of Number of Agent Containers: | | | | | | | (O) Minimum Number of Substance Containers, 1-3 N, | | | | | | | or | | | | | | | (O) Accuracy of Number of Substance Containers, 1-3 | | | | | | | N, or | | | | | | | (O) Maximum Number of Substance Containers, 1-3 N, | | | | | | | or | | | | | | | (O) Number of Substance Containers Estimation | | | | | | | Method (see C016), 3 A, or | | | | | | | (O) Probability of Size of Release, 1-3 N, or | | | | | | | (O) Size of Release Estimation Method (see C016), 3 | | | | | | | A | | | | | | Probability of Substance Container Identification: | | | | | | (O) Probability of Specific Substance Container Identification | | | | | | (see C045), 1-3 N, or | | | | | | (O) Specific Substance Container Identification Estimation | | | | | | Method (see C016), 3 A | | | | | (O) Specific Substance Container Identification, 1-60 X | | | | Probability of Type of Substance Container: | | | | (O) Probability of Type of Substance Container, 1-3 N, (see C045) or | | | | (O) Type of Substance Container Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A | | | Specific Delivery System Identification | | | (O) Probability of Specific Delivery System Identification, 1-3 N, or | | | (O) Specific Delivery System Identification Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A | | (O) Delivery System Identification, 1-60 X | Number of Delivery Systems: | (O) Accuracy of Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or | (O) Maximum Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or | (O) Minimum Number of Delivery Systems, 1-3 N, or | (O) Number of Delivery Systems Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A Type of Delivery: (M) Probability of Type and Means of Delivery, 1-3 N, or (M) Type and Means of Delivery Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A

HOTEL Type of Nuclear Burst /- // (M) Type of Nuclear Burst (see C020), 3-4 A


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INDIA Release Information on CBRN Incidents. /- /- /- /-* /-* // (* = 7) | | | | (O) Detection Confidence level (see C037.3) 3 A | | | (O) Type of Detection (see C038) 3-5 A | | (O) Type of Persistency (see C010), 1-3 A | Substance Definition: | (O) “TS” followed by Type of Substance (see C011.1), 1-5 A, or | (O) “SN” followed by Substance Name (see C011.2), 1-7 A or | (O) UN/NA Identification Number (see ERG), 4 N Substance Release Height: (M) Type of Substance-Release-Height (see C020), 3-4 A, or (M) Substance Release Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN Explanation of Repeatable fields. Set INDIA: Field 4 and 5 are repeatable to accommodate up to 7 entries in order to provide

information on multiple types of detection. INDIAB Release and Sampling Information on Biological Incidents /- /- /- /- // | | | (M) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A | | (O) Probability of Persistency, (see C045), 1-3 N | Substance Probability: | (O) Probability of Type of Substance, (see C045), 1-3 N or | (O) Probability of Substance Name, (see C045), 1-3 N Substance release Height: (O) Probability of Release-Height, (see C045), 1-3 N, or (O) Accuracy of Substance-Release-Height (see C014.4), 21-7 AN, or (O) Maximum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN, or (O) Minimum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1) 2-7 AN Note 1: Some of the info will be available from automated detection (stand off) system. INDIAC Release and Sampling Information on Chemical Incidents /- /- /- /- // | | | (M) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A | | (O) Probability of Type of Persistency, (see C045), 1-3 N | Probability of UN/NA Identification Number | (O) Probability of Type of Substance, (see C045), 1-3 N or | (O) Probability of Substance Name, (see C045), 1-3 N or | (O) Probability of UN/NA Identification Number,(see ERG), (see C045) 1-3 N Probability of Type of Agent-Release-Height : (O) Probability of Release-Height, (see C045), 1-3 N, or (O) Accuracy of Substance-Release-Height (see C014.4), 2-7 AN, or (O) Maximum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN, or (O) Minimum Substance-Release-Height and Units of Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN Note 1: Some of the info will be available from automated detection (stand off) system.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INDIAR Release and Sampling Information on Radiological Incidents /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | (O) Type of Identification (see C038), 4 A | | | (O) Means of Radiological Detection (see C038.2) 3-5 A | | (O) Radioactive Half Life (see Table C - 3), 3-9 ANS | Identification of the Material: | (O) IUPAC Isotope Name (see Table C - 3) and Atomic Weight, 5-6 ANS, or | (O) UN/NA Identification Number (see ERG), 4 N, or | (O) Type of Radioactivity (C044), 3-4 A, or (M) Type of Source (see C043), 3-4 A JULIET Flash-to-Bang Time in Seconds /- // (M) Flash-to-Bang Time in Seconds, 1-3 N KILO Crater Description /- /- // | (O) Crater Width (see C019.1), 2-7 AN (M) Crater Indicator (see C036), 3-6 A LIMA Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width at H+5 Minutes /- // Angular Cloud Width (at H + 5 Min) (M) Angular Cloud Width in Degrees (at H + 5 Min) (see C019.8), 6 AN (M) Angular Cloud Width in Mils (at H + 5 Min) (see C019.8), 7 AN MIKE Stabilised Cloud Measurement at H+10 Minutes /-* /- /- // (* = 2) | | (M) Cloud Height (see C019.1), 2-7 AN | Cloud Angle | (M) Cloud Angle in Degrees (see C019.8), 6 AN or | (M) Cloud Angle in Mils (see C019.8), 7 AN (M) Cloud Section (see C034), 3 A Explanation of Repeatable Field

Set MIKE: Fields 1-3 are repeatable to accommodate up to 2 data entries in order to describe the cloud height and/or the cloud angle for cloud top and/or for cloud bottom.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

MIKECB Description and Status of Chemical, Biological Substance or Storage or Release Information

/- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | | | | | | Accuracy of Pool Size | | | | | | | | | (O) Maximum Pool Size (see C019.1) 2-5 AN | | | | | | | | | (O) Pool Size (see C019.1), 2-5 AN | | | | | | | | | (O) Minimum Pool Size (see C019.1), 2-5 AN | | | | | | | | | (O) Pool Size Estimation Method (see Error! Reference

source not found.), 3 A | | | | | | | | (O) Pool Size (see C019.1), 2-5 AN | | | | | | | Accuracy of Initial Temperature | | | | | | | (O) Maximum Initial Temperature (see C019.4), 2-6 ANS | | | | | | | (O) Accuracy Initial Temperature (see C019.4), 2-6 ANS | | | | | | | (O) Minimum Initial Temperature (see C019.4), 2-6 ANS | | | | | | | (O) Initial Temperature Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A | | | | | | (O) Initial Temperature (see C019.4), 2-6 ANS | | | | | Accuracy of Release Rate | | | | | (O) Release Rate in Kilograms per Second 1-4 NS | | | | | (O) Maximum Release Rate in Kilograms per Second, 1-4 NS | | | | | (O) Minimum Release Rate in Kilograms per Second, 1-4 NS | | | | | (O) Release Rate Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A | | | | (O) Release Rate in Kilograms per Second, 1-4 NS | | | Accuracy of Release Direction: | | | (O) Maximum Release Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 6-7AN | | | (O) Maximum Release Direction in Mils (see Error! Reference source not found.), 6-

7AN | | | (O) Minimum Release Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 6-7AN | | | (O) Minimum Release Direction in Mils (see C019.7), 6-7AN | | | (O) Release Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 3-7AN | | | (O) Release Direction in Mils (see C019.7), 3-7AN | | | (O) Release Direction Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A | | Release Direction | | (O) Release Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN or | | (O) Release Direction in Mils (see C019.7), 7 AN | (O) Status of TIM or Storage Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A (M) Description of TIM or Storage Estimation Method (see C016), 3 A MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, Biological and Radiological Incidents /- /- // | (M) Status of Incident (see C041) 4-5 A (M) Description of Incident (see C040), 3-6 A NOVEMBER Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons /- // (M) Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons, 1- 6 NS OSCAR Date Time Group for Estimated Contour Lines /- // (M) Date-Time-Group for estimated contour lines, 14 AN PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard Area /- /- /- /- // | | | (M) Duration of Hazard in Hazard Area (see C019.3), 5-8 ANS | | (M) Hazard Area Distance (see C019.1), 2-7 AN | (M) Duration of Hazard in Release Area (see C019.3), 5-8 ANS


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

(M) Release Area Radius (see C019.1), 2-8 AN PAPAB Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction Parameters /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | Right Radial Line | | | | (M) Right Radial Line in Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN | | | | (M) Right Radial Line in Mils (see C019.7), 7 AN | | | Left Radial Line | | | (M) Left Radial Line in Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN | | | (M) Left Radial Line in Mils (seeC019.7), 7 AN | | (M) Cloud Radius (see C019.1), 2-7 AN | (M) Downwind Distance of Zone I (see C019.1), 2-7 AN (M) Effective Wind Speed (see C019.2), 6 AN. PAPAC Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive Cloud /-* // (* = 6) External Contour of Radioactive Cloud: (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or Explanation of Repeatable Fields Set PAPAC: Field 1 is repeatable to accommodate up to 6 entries in order to describe the

radioactive cloud outline. PAPAD Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud /- // Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud (M) Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud in Degrees (see C019.7) 6 AN (M) Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud in Mils (see C019.7), 7 AN PAPAR Radiological Hazard Prediction Parameters /- /- /- /- // | | | (O) Release Area Radius (see C019.1) 2-8 AN I I (M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R3 (see C019.1) 1-6 AN | |(M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R2 (see C019.1) 1-6 AN (M) Radiological Hazard Area Distance R1 (see C019.1) 1-6 AN PAPAX** Hazard Area Location for Weather Period (**=3) /- /-* // (* = 20) | Hazard Area Location for weather period 1-22 AN: | (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or | (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or | (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or | (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or | (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or | (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN (M) Date-Time-Group of Start of Meteorological Period in Zulu 14 AN Explanation of Repeatable Set and Field


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Set PAPAX: Set is repeatable up to 3 times in order to describe three possible hazard areas corresponding to the time periods from the CDM. A hazard area for a following time period will always include the previous hazard area.

Set PAPAX: Field 2 is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe the hazard area outline. Note: If Hazard Area Location has only one Position, draw a circle with Radius of the

(Remaining) Hazard Area Distance from set PAPAA(CHEM or BIO) or from set PAPAR(RAD).

If Hazard Area Location has only two Positions, these are the extreme ends of a linear release. For each point, draw a circle with Radius of the Hazard Area Distance from set PAPAA and connect the circles by two tangents.

QUEBEC* Location of Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of Sample/Detection (* = 20) /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | | | | | | Cloud Bottom Angle and Unit of | | | | | | | | | Measurement | | | | | | | | | (O) Cloud Bottom Angle and Unit of | | | | | | | | | Measurement in Degrees (see C019.8), 6

AN or | | | | | | | | | (O) Cloud Bottom Angle and Unit of | | | | | | | | | Measurement in Mils (see C019.8), 7 AN | | | | | | | | Cloud Top Angle and Unit of Measurement | | | | | | | | (O) Cloud Top Angle and Unit of Measurement | | | | | | | | in Degrees (see C019.8), 6 AN or | | | | | | | | (O) Cloud Top Angle and Unit of Measurement | | | | | | | | in Mils (see C019.8), 7 AN | | | | | | | Right Radial Line and Unit of Measurement | | | | | | | | (O) Right Radial Line and Unit of Measurement in

Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN or | | | | | | | | (O) Right Radial Line and Unit of Measurement in Mils

(see C019.7), 7 AN | | | | | | Left Radial Line and Unit of Measurement | | | | | | (O) Left Radial Line and Unit of Measurement in Degrees

(see C019.7), 6 AN or | | | | | | (O) Left Radial Line and Unit of Measurement in Mils (see

C019.7), 7 AN | | | | | (O) Distance to cloud and Unit of Measurement (see C019.1), | | | | | 2-7 AN | | | | (O) Height of Measurement above Ground Level and Unit of | | | | Measurement (see C019.1), 2-7 AN | | | ((O) Means of Detection (see C038.2), 2-5 A | | (M) Type of Detection (see C038.1), 3-5 A | (M) Type of Sample (see C038.3), 3-5 A Location of Reading/Sample/Detection: (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN Explanation of Repeatable Set Set QUEBEC: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detectors, monitoring

or survey points. ROMEO* Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend, and Decay Rate Trend. (* = 20)


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

/- /- /- // | | Radiation Decay Rate | | (O) Relative Decay Rate (see C022), 2 A, or | | (O) Actual Decay Rate, 4 NS. | (O) Dose Rate Trend (see C021), 4 A. Contamination, Dose and Doserate/Dosage (M) “RAT” followed by Level of Dose Rate/Dosage and Unit of Measurement (see C019.9, 4-12 ANS, or (M) “DOS” followed by Level of Dose and Unit of Measurement (see C019.10), 4-13 ANS, or (M) “CON” followed by Level of Contamination and Unit of Measurement (see C019.12), 4-12 ANS, or (M) Miosis (see C019.11), 2-3 A Explanation of Repeatable Set Set ROMEO: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or

survey points. SIERRA* Date Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination (* = 20) /- // Reading or Detection of Contamination: (M) “CON” followed by Date-Time Group of Contamination Detection in Z-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN, or (M) “REA” followed by Date-Time Group of Reading in Z-Time, Month and Year, 14 AN. Explanation of Repeatable Set Set SIERRA: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or

survey points. TANGO* Terrain/Topography and Vegetation Description (* = 20) /- /- // | (M) Vegetation Description (see C018), 3-5 A. (M) Terrain/Topography Description (see C017), 3-6 A. Explanation of Repeatable Set Set TANGO: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or

survey points. WHISKEY* Sensor information (* = 20) /- /- /- /- // | | | (O) Detection Confidence level (see C037.3) 3 A | | Confirmatory Test I I (O) Confirmatory Test, 1 A, or I I (O) Affirmative or Negative Indicator (see C037.2) 3 A | (M) Non Specific Potential Harmful Result (see C037.1) 3 A (M) Generic Alarm Result (see C037.1) 3A Explanation of Repeatable Set Set WHISKEY: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or

survey points. Set WHISKEY: The format is prepared for future use. Procedures how to use it will follow later. XRAYA** Actual Contour Information (** = 50) /- /-* // (*=50) | Limit Contour Line or Area of Contamination: | (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or | (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

| (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or | (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or | (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or | (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN Contamination, Dose, Doserate/dosage and Hazard: (M) Level of Dose Rate/Dosage and Unit of Measurement (see C019.9), 4-12 ANS, or (M) Level of Dose and Unit of Measurement (see C019.10), 4-13 ANS, or (M) Level of Contamination and Unit of Measurement (see C019.12), 4-12ANS, or (M) Level of Hazard (see C019.13), 3-5 AN, or (M) Miosis (see C019.11), 2-3 A Explanation of Repeatable Field and Set

Set XRAYA: Field 2 is repeatable to accommodate up to 50 data entries in order to describe respective contour lines.

Set XRAYA: Set is repeatable up to 50 times to represent multiple contours.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

XRAYB** Predicted Contour Information (** = 50) /- /- /-* // (*=50) | | Limit Contour Line or Area of Contamination: | | (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or | | (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or | | (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), | | 15 AN, or | | (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or | | (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), | | 13 AN, or | | (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN I Contamination, Dose, Doserate/dosage and Hazard | (M) Level of Dose Rate/Dosage & Unit of Measurement (see C019.9) 4-12 ANS or | (M) Level of Dose and Unit of Measurement (see C019.10) 4-12 ANS or | (M) Level of Contamination and Unit of Measurement (see C019.12), 4-13 ANS | (M) Level of Hazard (see Error! Reference source not found.), 3-5 AN, or | (M) Miosis (see C019.11), 2-3 A (M) Type of Contour (see C042), 1-4 N Explanation of Repeatable Field and Set Set XRAYB: Field 3 is repeatable to accommodate up to 50 data entries in order to describe

respective contour lines. Set XRAYB: Set is repeatable up to 50 times to describe multiple contours or segments. YANKEE* Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed (* = 20) /- /- // | (M) Representative Downwind Speed (see C019.2), 6 AN Representative Downwind Direction (see C019.7) (M) Representative Downwind Direction in Degrees (see C019.7), 6 AN or (M) Representative Downwind Direction in MILs (see C019.7), 7 AN. Explanation of Repeatable Set Set YANKEE: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection,

monitoring or survey points. ZULU* Measured Weather Conditions (* = 20) /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | (M) Cloud Coverage (see C033), 1 N | | | (M) Significant Weather Phenomena (see C032), 1 AN | | (M) Relative Humidity Range (see C031), 1 N | (M) Surface Air Temperature and Unit of Measurement, (see C030 and C019.4), 2-6 ANS Air Stability Category: (M) Detailed Air Stability Category, (see C029.2), 1 N or (M) Simplified Air Stability Category, (see C029.1), 1 A. Explanation of Repeatable Set Set ZULU: Set is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple detection, monitoring or

survey points.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

GENTEXT CBRN Info (unlimited free text). /- /- // | (M) Free Text, 1-99 X. (M) Text Indicator, (see C027), 1-61 X. Note: The text limiter 1-99 X indicates an unlimited text.

C04. CBRN Situation Report (SITREP) Message Heading – Sets and Fields

C04.1. Description of SITREP. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).

C04.2. Specific Sets for SITREP. There are no specific sets for a SITREP message.

C05. Missile Intercept Report (MIR) Message Heading – Sets and Fields

C05.1. Description of MIR. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02)followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).

C05.2. Specific Sets for MIR.

Occ Set ID BRAVOK Heading of Missile Intercepted /- /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | | (O) Velocity component Up in m/sec, 4-9 NS | | | | (O) Velocity component North in m/sec, 4-9 NS | | | (O) Velocity component East in m/sec, 4-9 NS | | (O) Dive Angle of attack (Angle of Descent) of Missile in degrees, 1-3 NS | (M) Heading of Missile to True North, 4 AN (M) Velocity in m/sec, 4-9 NS Field 1 will contain the speed of the missile before the intercept in meters per second Field 2 will contain the Heading of the Missile to True North (before Intercept) and Unit of Measurement. Field 3 may contain the Dive Angle/Angle of desent ((Positive or negative) of the intercepted Missile (before Intercept) in degrees. Dive Angle/Angle of Descent is the vertical angle between the horizontal plane and the trajectory (speed vector) of the missile. A negative angle would mean that the intercept took place when the missile was going up. This field is optional because the calculation of the hazard area and the generation of CBRN 2 and CBRN 3 do not require it explicitly as far as the predicted impact point is mandatory given in FOXTROTK. Fields 4, 5, 6 may contain the three directional components of the velocity vector, in the East, North and Up direction respectively, in meters per second. Fields 4, 5 and 6 are optional because the information they contain is redundant if fields 3 is filled out.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

FOXTROTK Location of the Intercept Point (IP), Altitude of the Intercept and Location of the Predicted Target Point (PTP) /- /- /- // | | Predicted Target point Location: | | (O) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or | | (O) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or | | (O) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), | | 15 AN, or | | (O) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or | | (O) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), | | 13 AN, or | | (O) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or | | (O) “NAME:” followed by Place Name, Extended, 1-54 ABNS | (M) Altitude of missile intercept (see C019.1), 2-7 AN Intercept/kill location: (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AaN, or (M) “NAME:” followed by Place Name, Extended, 1-54 ABNS When used in the CBRN MIR report, Field 2 will report the Agent Release Height. GOLFK Payload and Efficiency Information /- /- /- //

| | (O) Percentage of Intercept/Kill Efficiency , 1-4 NS | (O) Interceptor type, 1 - 30 X (M) Missile type, 1-20 X Set GOLFK is used to transmit necessary information about the payload of an intercepted missile and the efficiency of the intercept. The set is (M) for CBRN MIR. Field 1 will contain a free text description of the incoming missile type. Field 2 will contain a free text description of the interceptor type example: PATRIOT Field 3 will contain the estimated percentage of the agent that was neutralized by the intercept

C06. STRIKWARN Reports Message Heading – Sets and Fields C06.1. Description of STRIKWARN. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by

the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5). C06.2. Specific Sets for STRIKWARN.

Occ Set ID ALFAW STRIKWARN Target Identifier /- // (M) Target Number, 1 - 10 X, or (M) Target Nickname, 3 - 10 AN


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

DELTAW Date-Time of Strike/Strike cancelled /- /- // | (M) Date-time Strike Cancelled in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN (M) Date-Time of Strike in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN FOXONEW Minimum Safe Distance One /- /-* // (* = 20) | MSD 1 Box Area: | (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or | (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or | (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or | (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or | (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or | (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AN (M) Minimum Safe Distance 1 in Hundreds of Metres, 3 N Explanation of Repeatable Set Field2: Field is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple positions. FOXTWOW Minimum Safe Distance Two /- /-* // (*=20) | MSD 2 Box Area: | (M) Latitude and Longitude, Minutes, 0-4 Decimal Places, 12-22 ANS, or | (M) “UTM:” followed by Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), 16 AN, or | (M) “MGRS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UTM) (MGRS-UTM), 15 AN, or | (M) “UPS:” followed by Universal Polar Stereographic (UPS), 15 AN, or | (M) “MUPS:” followed by Military Grid Reference System (UPS) (MGRS-UPS), 13 AN, or | (M) “GRID:” followed by National Grid System Coordinates, 1-20 AN (M) Minimum Safe Distance 2 in Hundreds of Metres, 3 N Explanation of Repeatable Set Field2: Field is repeatable up to 20 times in order to describe multiple positions. HOTELW Number of Surface Bursts /- // (M) Number of Surface Bursts, 1-2 N

INDIAW Number of Burst in a multiple Strike /- // (M) Number of Bursts in a Multiple Strike, 1-2 N AKNLDG Acknowledge Requirement /- /-* //(* = 50) | Instructions for, or Force or Unit Required to, Acknowledge | (O) Instructions for Acknowledging, 1 - 50 X | (O) Force or Unit required to Acknowledge, 1 - 30 X (M) Acknowledge Requirement Indicator. (YES or NO), 2 - 3 A Explanation of Repeatable Field: Field 2 is repeatable up to 50 times.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C07. CBRN HAZWARN Reports Message Heading – Sets and Fields C07.1. Description of CBRN HAZWARN. Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02 followed

by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5).

C07.2. Specific Sets for CBRN HAZWARN. There are no specific sets for an HAZWARN message.

C08. CBRN Basic Wind Reports Message Heading – Sets and Fields

C08.1. CBRN Basic Wind Report (CBRN BWR). Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02 followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5):

C08.2. CBRN Effective Downwind Report (CBRN EDR). Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02 followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5):

C08.3. CBRN Chemical Downwind Report (CBRN CDR). Common Message Heading (see paragraph C02) followed by the set (s) identified in the occurrence matrix as shown in paragraph C049 (see Table C - 5):

C08.4. Specific Sets for CBRN Meteorological Reports. Occ Set ID AREAM Area of Validity /- // (M) Name of Area of Validity, 1 - 30 X ZULUM Period of Validity /- /- /- // | | (M) Effective Date-time in Z time, Month and Year Valid to, 14 AN | (M) Effective Date-time in Z time, Month and Year Valid from, 14 AN (M) Observation Date-time in Z time, Month and Year, 14 AN UNITM Units of Measurement /- /- /- /- // | | | (M) Unit of Measurement - Temperature (see C019.4) 1 A | | (M) Unit of Measurement - Speed (see C019.2), 3 A | (M) Unit of Measurement - Direction (see C019.7), 3 A (M) Unit of Measurement - Distance (see C019.1), 1-2A Notes : For BWR or CDR insert a dash in Field 1.

For EDR or BWR insert a dash in Field 4. LAYERM Wind Condition at 2000 m Increments up to 30000 m /-* /- /- // (* = 15) | | (M) Wind Speed, 3 N | (M) Wind Direction, 3-5 NS (M) Layer Indicator (see C035), 2 N Explanation of Repeatable Field

Set LAYERM: Fields 1, 2 and 3 are repeatable to accommodate up to 15 entries for the 2 km - layer wind data.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

ALFAM Effective Downwind for Yield Group ALFA /- /- /- /- // | | | (C) Angle Expansion Indicator (see C039), 1 N | | (C) Wind Speed, 3 N | Downwind Direction I (C) Downwind Direction in Degrees, 3 N I (C) Downwind Direction in Mills, 4 N I (C) Wind Variability Indicator, 3 A (O) Radius of Zone I, 3 N Note: The units of measurement used are always indicated by set UNITM. Explanation of Conditions: If Field 1 is used, field 2, 3 and 4 are not used. If Field 1 is not used, fields 2, 3 and 4 must be used. BRAVOM through to GOLFM as under ALFAM above WHISKEYM Surface Weather for the first two hour Period /- /- /- /- /- /- /- // | | | | | | (M) Cloud Coverage (seeC033), 1 N | | | | | (M) Significant Weather Phenomena (see C032), 1 AN | | | | (M) Relative Humidity Range (see C031), 1 N

| | | (M) Surface Air Temperature (C030); 3 NS | | | (M) Detailed Air Stability Category (see C029.2),1 N, or | | (M) Simplified Air Stability Category (see C029.1), 1 A | (M) Wind Speed, 3 N Downwind Direction (M) Downwind Direction in Degrees, 3 N (M) Downwind Direction in Mills, 4 N (M) Wind Variability Indicator, 3 A Note: Field 1: For variable wind enter VAB. See C019.16 XRAYM Same information as under WHISKEYM above (but for the second two hour

period instead of the first) YANKEEM Same information as under WHISKEYM above (but for the third two hour period

instead of the first)


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION II - LEGAL ENTRIES FOR CIS USE

C09. General

C09.1. This Section describes the legal entries. The codes and definitions listed below, which must be used in ADP messages, should also be used in manually produced CBRN messages. In all mandatory fields a hyphen must be entered if no information is known.

C010. Type of Persistency

P Persistent NP Non-persistent T Thickened NKN Not known

C011. Type of Substances C011.1. Type of Substances. Legal entries for radiological information are found in paragraph C043

Type of Source, new set INDIAR).

Table C - 1. Legal Entries for Type of Substances

Chemical Biological Nuclear

BL Blister agent BAC Bacterial FL Nuclear Weapon Fallout

BLOD Blood agent BIO Biological NKN Not Known

CHOK Choking agent CLA Chlamydia NWH Nuclear warhead

G G agent NIL No substance detected (only used in CBRN 4)

H Mustard agent NKN Not known INCP Incapacitating

agent OTR Other

substance

IRT Irritant RIC Rickettsiae NERV Nerve agent TIB Toxic Industrial

Biological

NIL No substance detected (only used in CBRN 4)

TOX Toxin

NKN Not known VIR Viral OTR Other substance PENT Penetrating agent T Thicken agent TIC Toxic Industrial

Chemical

V V-agent VMT Vomiting agent

Note 1: If OTR, include any details available in set GENTEXT


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C011.2. Substance Name. The following table lists the name of substance of military concern for hazard prediction purposes. In the case of RAD they are also referred to as the IUPAC isotope name.

Table C - 2. Legal Entries for Substance Name or IUPAC Isotope Name

Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear

AC Hydrogen cyanide

ANTB Bacillus anthracis

CS137 Cesium MXR Mixture of radiation

emissions BZ 3-Quinuclidinyl

benzilate BRUB Brucella spp CO60 Cobalt

CG Phosgene VICB Vibrio cholerae

AM241 Americium

CK Cyanogen chloride

ESCB Escherichia Coli

U240 Uranium

CX Phosgene oxime RITB Rickettsia typhi

SR90 Strontium

DP Di-Phosgene BUMB Burkholderia mallei

PU238 Plutonium

GA Tabun BUPB Burkholderia pseudomallei

IR192 Irridium

GB Sarin YPEB Yersinia pestis

SE75 Selenium

GD Soman CBUB Coxiella burnetii

YB169 Yturbium

GF Cyclo-Sarin RICB Rickettsia rickettsii

TM170 Thulium

HD Mustard distilled SALB Salmonella spp

CF252 Californium

HL Mustard-Lewisite OTSB Orientia tsutsugamushi

RA226 Radium

HN Nitrogen mustard SDYB Shigella dysenteriae

I125 Iodine

HT Trimeric mustard FRTB Francisella tularensis

KR85 Krypton

L Lewisite SATB Salmonella Typhi

PM147 Promethium

PS Chloropicrin JUNV Junin virus CM244 Curium SA Arsin MACV Machupo

virus PO210 Polonium

TG Tear gas CHIV Chikungunya virus

AMBE Americium / Berillium

VX VX CCHV Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus

RURH Ruthenium / Rhodiun

EBOV Ebola virus C14 Carbon EEEV Eastern

equine encephalomyelitis virus

P32 Phosphorus

ETBV European tick borne

CL36 Chlorine


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear

encephalitis virus

INFV Influenza virus

I131 Iodine 131

HANV Hantaviruses DEPU Depleted Uranium

LASV Lassa virus NATU Natural Uranium

MARV Marburg virus TH232 Thorium MONV Monkeypox

virus K40 Potassium

OHFV Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus

RVFV Rift Valley fever virus

FLAV Flaviviruses VARV Variola virus VEEV Venezuelan

equine encephalitis virus

WEEV Western equine encephalitis virus

YELV Yellow fever virus

AFLT Aflatoxins BOTT Botulinum

toxins

CLPT Clostridium Perfringens toxins

PALT Palytoxin RICT Ricins SAXT Saxitoxins STET Staphylococc

al Enterotoxins

TETT Tetradotoxin TRMT Trichothecen

e mycotoxins

Note: Nuclear weapon fallout is a mixture of a large number of radionuclides. For most (if not all)

purposes it is not necessary to distinguish specific types. C011.3. List of Radionuclides


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table C - 3. List of Radionuclides Commonly used for Industrial, Medical and Research Applications

Nuclide1 Name Half-life (t½) Principal Emissions Decay Rate

Alpha Beta Gamma Neutron L (1/h) Co-60 Cobalt 5.27 y √ √ 1.50E-05 Cs-137 Caesium 30.00 y √ √ 2.64E-06 Ir-192 Iridium 73.80 d √ √ 3.91E-04

Am-241 Americium 432.20 y √ √ √ (e,g, Am/Be) 1.83E-07

Se-75 Selenium 119.80 d √ √ 2.41E-04 Sr-90/Y-90 Strontium/Yttrium 28.79 y √ 2.75E-06

U-235+ Uranium 7.00E+08 y √ √ √ 1.13E-13 Pu-238 Plutonium 87.70 y √ 2 9.02E-07 Pu-239 Plutonium 24000.00 y √ 2 3.30E-09 Pu-240 Plutonium 6570.00 y √ 2 √ 1.20E-08 C-14 Carbon 5734.00 y √ 1.38E-08 P-32 Phosphorus 14.62 d √ 1.98E-03 P-33 Phosphorus 25.30 d √ 1.14E-03 Cl-36 Chlorine 3.00E+05 y √ 2.64E-10 Cr-51 Chromium 27.70 d √ 1.04E-03 Co-57 Cobalt 271.80 d √ 1.06E-04 Co-58 Cobalt 70.80 d √ 4.08E-04 Ga-67 Gallium 78.30 h √ 8.85E-03 Mo-99/Tc-99m

Molybdenum / Technetium 65.90 h √ √ 1.05E-02

Cd-109 Cadmium 453.00 d √ 6.38E-05 In-111 Indium 2.80 d √ 1.03E-02 I-123 Iodine 13.30 h √ 5.21E-02 I-125 Iodine 59.40 d √ 4.86E-04 I-131 Iodine 8.00 d √ √ 3.61E-03 Ba-133 Barium 10.70 y √ 7.39E-06 Pm-147 Promethium 2.60 y √ √ 3.04E-05 Eu-152 Europium 13.20 y √ √ 5.99E-06 Yb-169 Ytterbium 32.00 d √ √ 9.03E-04 Tm-170 Thulium 128.60 d √ √ 2.25E-04 Au-198 Gold 2.70 d √ √ 1.07E-02 Tl-201 Thallium 72.90 h √ 9.51E-03 Po-210 Polonium 128.40 d √ √ 2.25E-04 Ra-226+ Radon 1600.00 y √ √ √ 4.95E-08 Dep U+ Depleted Uranium 4.50E+09 y √ √ √ 1.76E-14 Cm-244 Curium 18.10 y √ 2 √ 4.37E-06 Cf-252 Californium 2.64 y √ 2 √ 3.00E-05 Nat U+ Natural Uranium 4.50E+10 y √ √ √ 1.76E-15 Th-232+ Thorium 1.40E+10 y √ √ √ 5.65E-15 Ra-226+ Radium 1600.00 y √ √ √ 4.95E-08 K-40 Potassium 1.30E+09 y √ √ 6.09E-14

1. Nuclides with a + indicate that daughter products are likely to be present that could aid detection

2. Low energy X-rays


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

3. XX E8 y: meaning XX x 108 because superscript characters are not supported in formatted messages. 4. The isotopes in Table C-3 are ordered so as to provide a preference list for use as a tie-breaker in procedures to generate CBRN 2 RAD.

C012. Type and Means of Delivery

AIR Aircraft BOM Bomb (delivering Bomblets only) CAN Cannon DEV Device FFF Fuel Fabrication Facility FMS Fissile Material Storage FRF Fuel Reprocessing Facility MLR Multiple-launch Rocket System MOR Mortar MSL Missile NKN Not known PLT Plant RLD Railroad Car RNP Reactor Nuclear Plant RNR Research Nuclear Reactor RWS Radioactive Waste Storage SHP Ship TIR Toxic Industrial Radiological Facility TPT Road Transport

C013. Substance Container Types

BML Bomblets BMP Bulk Missile Payload (Bulk Warhead) BOM Bomb BTL Pressurised Gas Bottle BUK Bunker CMP Canister Missile Payload (Binary agent Warhead) CON Generic Storage Container DRM Nominal 200 litre Storage Drum GEN Generator (Aerosol) IBC Intermediate Bulk Container ISO Large ISO containers MNE Mine (CBRN filled only) NKN Not known NWH Nuclear Warhead PIP Pipe or pipeline RCT Reactor RKT Rocket SHL Shell SMP Sub-munitions Missile Payload (Sub-munitions Warhead) SPR Spray (tank) STK Stockpile TNK Storage Tank (stationary or mobile) TOR Torpedo WST Waste


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C014. Size of Spills and Releases C014.1. Size of Spill or Release for chemicals:

SMLCHEM Small (200 litres or kilograms or Less) MEDCHEM Medium (Greater than 200 litres or kilograms but equal to or less than 1500 litres

or kilograms) LRGCHEM Large (Greater than 1500 litres or kilograms but equal to or less than 50000 litres

or kilograms) XLGCHEM Extra Large (Greater than 50000 litres or kilograms) NKN Not known

C014.2. Size of Spill or Release for TIB:

SMLBIO Small (less than 1 kilogram) MEDBIO Medium (Greater than 1 kilogram but equal to or less than 10 kilograms) LRGBIO Large (Greater than 10 kilograms but equal to or less than 100 kilograms) XLGBIO Extra Large (Greater than 100 kilograms) NKN Not known

C014.3. Size of Radiological Release for TIR:

SMLRAD Small (Evidence of Disruption/Intact Package or Device) LRGRAD Large (Fire/Exposed Source) XLGRAD Extra Large (Explosions and Fire/Damaged Package and Contamination) NKN Not known

C014.4. Accuracy of: Initial Temperature Number of Delivery Systems Number of Substance Containers Pool Size Release Direction Release Rate in Kilograms per Second Substance-Release-Height Total Release Quantity

C015. Suspected/Observed Incident

OBS Observed SUS Suspected

C016. Estimation Method

DET Detected EST Estimated INT Intelligence based MES Measured OBS Human observation SUS Suspected


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C017. Terrain/Topography Description

FLAT Flat HILL Hill NKN Not known SEA Sea URBAN Urban VALLEY Valley

C018. Vegetation Description

BARE Bare NKN Not known SCRUB Scrubby Vegetation URBAN Urban WOODS Wooded Terrain

C019. Units of Measurement C019.1. Length and Height:

FT Feet HM Hectometres (100 metres) KF Kilofeet (1000 feet) KM Kilometres M Metres NM Nautical Miles SM Statute Miles YD Yards

C019.1.1. Intercept Hight for MIR FT Feet M Metres

C019.2. Speed:

KPH Kilometres per Hour KTS Knots MPH Miles per Hour MPS Metres per Second

C019.3. Time:

DAY Days HR Hours MIN Minutes SEC Seconds WK Weeks MON Month

C019.4. Temperature:

C Celsius F Fahrenheit


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C019.5. Weight: KG Kilogram KT Kiloton LB Pound LTN Long Ton MT Megaton STN Short Ton TNE Metric Ton (Tonne) TON Ton

C019.6. Volume:

CM3 Cubic centimetre L Litre M3 Cubic metre MM3 Cubic millimetre ML Millilitre

C019.7. Direction :

DGG Degrees/Grid North DGM Degrees/Magnetic North DGT Degrees/True North MLG Mils/Grid North MLM Mils/Magnetic North MLT Mils/True North

C019.8. Angle:

DEG Degrees MIL Mils

C019.9. Dose Rate:

CGH Centigray per hour CSH Centisievert per hour MGH Milligray per Hour MSH Millisievert per hour UGH Microgray per Hour USH Microsievert per hour

C019.10. Dose:

CGY Centigray CSV Centisievert MGY Milligray MGMM3 Milligram-minute per cubic meter MPK milligram/70 kg person MSV Millisievert NOO Number of microorganisms UGPK Microgram/70 kg person UGY Microgray USV Microsievert

C019.11. Affirmative or Negative Indicator:


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

YES Affirmative Indicator NO Negative Indicator

C019.12. Contamination:

ACPL Agent containing particles per litre BQM2 Becquerel per square metre BQCM2 Becquerel per square centimetre BQM3 Becquerel per cubic metre CFUM2 Colony forming unit per square metre CFUML Colony forming unit per millitre MGM2 Milligrams per square metre MGM3 Milligrams per cubic metre PPB Parts per Billion (109) PPM Parts per Million (106)

C019.13. Level of Hazard: ICT Incapacitating dosage by exposure

ID Incapacitating dose LCT Lethal dosage by exposure LD Lethal dose

C019.14. Activity/source strength BQ Becquerel GBQ Gigabecquerel KBQ Kilobecquerel MBQ Megabecquerel TBQ Terabecquerel C019.15. Yield of Nuclear Weapons

KT Kiloton MT Megaton

C019.16. Wind Direction Variability

VAB Variable wind direction

C020. Type of Nuclear Burst or Type of Substance-Release-Height

AIR Air NKN Not known SURF Surface (release on ground impact) SUBS Sub surface (only used in NUC reports)

C021. Dose Rate Trends/Decay Rates BACK Background DECR Decreasing INCR Increasing INIT Initial PEAK Peak SAME Same


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C022. Relative Decay Rates DN Decay Normal DF Decay Faster than Normal DS Decay Slower than Normal

C023. Message Text Format Identifier

CBRN 1 CHEM CBRN 1 Chemical Report CBRN 2 CHEM CBRN 2 Chemical Report CBRN 3 CHEM CBRN 3 Chemical Report CBRN 4 CHEM CBRN 4 Chemical Report CBRN 5 CHEM CBRN 5 Chemical Report CBRN 6 CHEM CBRN 6 Chemical Report CBRN 1 BIO CBRN 1 Biological Report CBRN 2 BIO CBRN 2 Biological Report CBRN 3 BIO CBRN 3 Biological Report CBRN 4 BIO CBRN 4 Biological Report CBRN 5 BIO CBRN 5 Biological Report CBRN 6 BIO CBRN 6 Biological Report CBRN 1 RAD CBRN 1 Radiological Report CBRN 2 RAD CBRN 2 Radiological Report CBRN 3 RAD CBRN 3 Radiological Report CBRN 4 RAD CBRN 4 Radiological Report CBRN 5 RAD CBRN 5 Radiological Report CBRN 6 RAD CBRN 6 Radiological Report CBRN 1 NUC CBRN 1 Nuclear Report CBRN 2 NUC CBRN 2 Nuclear Report CBRN 3 NUC CBRN 3 Nuclear Report CBRN 4 NUC CBRN 4 Nuclear Report CBRN 5 NUC CBRN 5 Nuclear Report CBRN 6 NUC CBRN 6 Nuclear Report CBRN SITREP CBRN Situation Report CBRN MIR CBRN Missile Intercept Report STRIKWARN Nuclear Strike Warning Message CBRN HAZWARN CBRN Substance Released due to Friendly Targeting CBRN BWR CBRN Basic Wind Report CBRN EDR CBRN Effective Downwind Report CBRN CDR CBRN Chemical Downwind Report

C024. Type of CBRN Report (Incident) CHEM Chemical Report BIO Biological Report MIR Missile Intercept Report NUC Nuclear Report NKN Not known RAD Radiological Report SIT CBRN Situation Report WARN CBRN Warning due to Friendly Targeting of a CBRN Infrastructure


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C025. Type of CBRN Weather Report BWM CBRN Basic Wind Data Message BWF CBRN Basic Wind Data Forecast EDM CBRN Effective Downwind Message EDF CBRN Effective Downwind Forecast CDM CBRN Chemical Downwind Message CDF CBRN Chemical Downwind Forecast

C026. Type of Incident labelling for set ALFA C Chemical Incident B Biological Incident R Radiological Incident N Nuclear Attack U Not Known

C027. Text Indicator CBRN INFO For CBRN 1-6, MIR and HAZWARN reports CBRN SITREP For CBRN Situation Report

C028. Location Qualifier AA Actual Location EE Estimated Location NKN Location Qualifier Not Known

C029. Air Stability Categories C029.1. Simplified:

U Unstable N Neutral S Stable

C029.2. Detailed:

1 Very Unstable 2 Unstable 3 Slightly Unstable 4 Neutral 5 Slightly Stable 6 Stable 7 Very Stable

C030. Air Temperature:

- 99 Minus 99 degrees - 98 Minus 98 degrees --- - 51 Minus 51 degrees - 50 Minus 50 degrees - 49 Minus 49 degrees ---


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

- 01 Minus 1 degree - 00 Zero degrees 01 Plus 1 degree --- 49 Plus 49 degrees --- 999 Plus 999 degrees

C031. Relative Humidity Range

0 00 - 09 Percent 1 10 - 19 Percent 2 20 - 29 Percent 3 30 - 39 Percent 4 40 - 49 Percent 5 50 - 59 Percent 6 60 - 69 Percent 7 70 - 79 Percent 8 80 - 89 Percent 9 90 - 100 Percent

C032. Significant Weather Phenomena

0 No Significant Weather Phenomena 1 Sea Breeze 2 Land Breeze 3 Blowing Snow, Sand Storm, Dust Storm 4 Fog, Ice Fog, Thick Haze (visibility less than 4 km) 5 Drizzle 6 Rain 7 Snow, Rain, Snow mixed (no shower) 8 Showers of Rain, Snow, Rain and Snow mixed, Hail 9 Thunderstorm with or without Precipitation A Top of inversion layer lower than 800 M B Top of inversion layer lower than 400 M C Top of inversion layer lower than 200 M

C033. Cloud Coverage 0 Less than half covered (scattered) 1 More than half covered (broken) 2 Completely covered (overcast) 3 No Clouds (clear conditions)

C034. Cloud Section BOT Cloud bottom TOP Cloud Top

C035. Layer Indicator

02 2000 Metres 04 4000 Metres --- (and so on, in increments of 2000 Metres) 30 30000 Metres


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C036. Crater Indicator CRATER Crater present NKN Not known NONE No crater present

C037. Sensor Results C037.1. Generic Alarm Results:

POS Positive Results NEG Negative Results

C037.2. Confirmatory Test:

YES Yes, Conducted NO No, Not Conducted

C037.3. Detection Confidence level

IND Indicative, PRE Presumptive, DEF Definitive EVI Evidential

C038. Type of Detection, Means of Detection, Type of Sample and Type of Identification C038.1. Type of Detection:

AS Aerial Survey DL Deployed Laboratory MPDS Manned Point Detection System MSDS Manned Stand-off Detection System MSVY Manned Survey OTR Other (use GENTEXT to specify) RD Remote Detection SBD Satellite-Based Detection UAS Un-manned Aerial Survey UGS Un-manned Ground Survey UMDS Un-Manned Detection System UMPDS Un-Manned Point Detection UMSVY Un-manned Survey UMSDS Un-Manned Stand-off Detection

C038.2. Means of Detection (and identification): ACD Automated Chemical Detector ELISA Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay FPD Flame Photometric Detector GC Gas Chromatograph GSPEC Gamma Spectrometer HGSM Hand held Gamma Survey Monitor ICPD Inductively Coupled Plasma Detector IMS Ion Mobility Spectrometer IR Infrared Spectroscope LC Liquid Chromatograph LIDAR Light Detection and Ranging


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

MS Mass Spectrometer NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance PAGE Poly Acrylamide Gel Electrophoresis PC Particle Counting PCR Polymerise Chain Reaction PD Personal Dosimeter PID Photo Ionisation Detector RCP Radiological Contamination Probe RDS Remote Detection System RIA Radioimmunoassay SBD Simple Bio Detection Kit SBDS Satelite-Based Detection System SCD Simple Chemical Detection Kit VBRAD Vehicle Borne Radiation Detector

C038.3. Type of Sample:

LIQ Liquid sample SOIL Soil Sample SOLID Solid Sample VAP Vapour VEG Vegetation Sample WATER Water Sample

C038.4. Type of Identification:

PROV Provisional Identification CONF Confirmed Identification UNAM Unambiguous Identification

C039. Angle Expansion Indicator:

4 40 degrees 5 50 degrees 6 60 degrees 7 70 degrees 8 80 degrees 9 90 degrees 0 100 degrees 1 110 degrees 2 120 degrees 3 More than 120 degrees

C040. Description of Chemical, Biological and Radiological Incident ARDD Activated Radiological Dispersion Device CLOUD Visible Cloud DPC Damaged Package and Contamination ESD Evidence of Site Disruption EXFIRE Explosions and Fire EXS Exposed Source FIRE Burning Fire INT Intact Package or Device INWAT Substance spilled into water LEAK Continuous Flow from Damaged Pipe or Container LIQUID Liquid


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

MSLINT Missile Intercept NARDD Non Activated Radiological Dispersion Device POOL Large Quantity of Still Liquid RUP Catastrophic rupture of a tank SPILL Small Quantity of Still Liquid

C041. Status of Chemical, Biological and Radiological Release CONT Continuous PUFF Single Release of a Cloud SPRAY Spraying

C042. Type of Contour

01 to 99 Probability in percent terms of exceeding value in field 2 of Set XRAYB

C043. Type of Source

FNF Fresh Nuclear Fuel INS Industrial Source MDS Medical Source MWS Military Weapon Source NKN Not Known RDPS Radiological Device Point Source RWM Radiological Waste Material SRF Spent Reactor Fuel

C044. Type of Radioactivity

ALP Alpha BET Beta GAM Gamma MXR Mixture of Radiation Emissions NEU Neutron NKN Not known

C045. Probability of:

Size of release Specific delivery system identification Specific substance container identification Substance name Type and means of delivery Type of persistency Type of substance Type of substance container Type of substance-release-height UN/NA identification number In percentage from 0 to 100


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION III - CBRN MESSAGES, SETS AND OCCURRENCE MATRICES

C046. General

C046.1. The CIS CBRN messages must be formatted to ensure consistency with the manually formatted messages, thereby making messages easy to be read and understood by CBRN defence experts or specialists. In addition computerised systems should use the same formatting rules so that systems are made compatible.

C046.2. It is mandatory that the formatting is made consistent with the rules and procedures laid down in ADatP-3, and that the CBRN Message Text Formats reside inside the APP-11.

C046.3. Teletype CBRN weather messages are formatted in accordance with meteorological regulations. These messages have to be reformatted upon entry into a CBRN ADP system in accordance with the rules in AEP-45.

C046.4. The prescribed message formats do not address those items which are governed by message protocol, i.e. Message Precedence, Message Classification, Addresses, Date-Time Group etc. (see AEP-45).

C047. The Use of Letters (Sets) in ADP Formatted CBRN Messages

C047.1. A CIS system requires information to be entered in specific ways to enable processing to be completed. This is slightly at variance with the manual system. The manual system, for example, allows any letter item to be inserted in any message. Entering information in a CIS system is controlled by several occurrence matrices. Each occurrence matrix shows the relationship between mandatory, operationally determined and conditional set identifiers and the CBRN messages. These matrices are at para C049. Additional letter items can be inserted in this CIS system by using the GENTEXT, thus making it possible to complete the same tasks as in the manual system. Occurrence categories are defined as follows:

a. Mandatory (M). The categorisation of the occurrence of those sets formats and field formats, which are related to essential information. Note: These are the minimum numbers of information items absolutely necessary to complete message processing. If information for a mandatory field is not available, a hyphen (-) must be entered into that field.

b. Operationally Determined (O). The categorisation of the occurrence of those set formats and field formats, which are determined only by operational considerations. Note: If Information for these sets and fields is available it should be entered, but it is not essential for message processing.

c. Conditional (C). The categorisation of the occurrence of those set formats and field formats, the treatment of which depends on the status of specified conditions.

C048. Legal Entries

C048.1. In the manual system variation in spelling and abbreviations are acceptable and will not affect the transmission of messages. If the correct legal entries are not used in a CIS system, message processing cannot take place. The legal entries are defined and required among others for the following information:

a. Persistency indicator,

b. Substance type,

c. Air stability category, and

d. Type of nuclear burst.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C049. Occurrence Matrix

C049.1. This paragraph contains the occurrence matrices as described in para C046. The message types are listed as column headings while the set identifiers are listed vertically. The contents of the matrix show which sets are used in each message.

C049.2. The letters M, O, and C indicate Mandatory, Operationally Determined and Conditional. See para C047 for definitions of these occurrence categories.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C049.3. Occurrence Categories for SETS in MESSAGES and REPORTS

Table C - 4. Occurrence Matrix for Common Messages Heading

SETS

CBRN 1 CBRN 2 CBRN 3 CBRN 4 CBRN 5 CBRN 6

CB

RN

SIT

REP

CB

RN

MIR

STR

IKW

AR

N

HA

ZWA

RN

CB

RN

BW

R

CB

RN

ED

R

CB

RN

CD

R

C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N EXER O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O OPER O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O MSGID M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M REF O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O GEODATUM M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M DTG M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M ORGIDDFT M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M CBRNTYPE M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table C - 5. Occurrence Matrix for CBRN Defence Messages

SET DESCRIPTIONS SETS

CBRN 1 CBRN 2 CBRN 3 CBRN 4 CBRN 5 CBRN 6 CB

RN

SIT

REP

C

BR

N M

IR

STR

IKW

AR

N

HA

ZWA

RN

C

BR

N B

WR

C

BR

N E

DR

C

BR

N C

DR

C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N Aknowledge Requirement AKNLDG M Incident Serial Number ALFA C C C C M M M M M M M M O O O O M M M M O O O O O M Effective Downwind for Yield Group ALFA ALFAM M

STRIKWARN Target Identifier ALFAW M Area of Validity AREAM M M M Location of Observer and Direction of Incident BRAVO M M M M

Heading of Missile Intercepted BRAVOK M Effective Downwind for Yield Group BRAVO BRAVOM O

Effective Downwind for Yield Group CHARLIE CHARLIEM O

DTG of Incident Start and Incident End DELTA M M M M M M M M M M M M O O O O O O O O M M

Effective Downwind for Yield Group DELTA DELTAM O

DTG of Strike or Strike Cancelled DELTAW M Effective Downwind for Yield Group ECHO ECHOM O

Minimum Safe Distance One FOXONEW O Minimum Safe Distance Two FOXTWOW M Location of Incident FOXTROT O O O O M M M M M M M M O O O O M Location of the IP, Altitude of the FOXTROTK M


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED



RN

SIT

REP

C

BR

N M

IR

STR

IKW

AR

N

HA

ZWA

RN

C

BR

N B

WR

C

BR

N E

DR

C

BR

N C

DR

C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N Intercept and Location of the PTP Effective Downwind for Yield Group FOXTROT FOXTROTM O

Delivery and Quantity Information GOLF M M M M M M M M O O O O O O O O O O Confidence in Delivery and Quantity Information GOLFC O O O O

Payload and Efficiency Information GOLFK M Effective Downwind for Yield Group GOLF GOLFM O

Type of Nuclear Burst HOTEL M M M Number of Surface Bursts HOTELW O Release Information on CBRN Incidents INDIA M M M M M M M M M M O O M M

Release and Sampling Information on Biological Incidents INDIAB O O

Release and Sampling Information on Chemical Incidents INDIAC O O

Release and Sampling Information on Radiological Incidents INDIAR M M M M M O O

Number of Bursts in a Multiple Strike INDIAW O

Flash-To-Bang Time in Seconds JULIET O Crater Description KILO O Wind Conditions at 2,000 m Increments up to 30,000 m LAYERM M

Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width LIMA O


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED



RN

SIT

REP

C

BR

N M

IR

STR

IKW

AR

N

HA

ZWA

RN

C

BR

N B

WR

C

BR

N E

DR

C

BR

N C

DR

C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N at H+5 Minutes Stabilised Cloud Measurement at H+10 Minutes MIKE O

Description and Status of Chemical, and Biological Substance or Storage or Release Information

MIKECB O O

Description and Status of Chemical, Biological and Radiological Incidents

MIKER M M M M M M M M M O O O O

Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons NOVEMBER M O DTG for Estimated/Actual Contour Lines OSCAR C C C C M M M M C

Predicted Release and Hazard Area PAPAA M M M

Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction Parameters PAPAB M

Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive Cloud PAPAC O O

Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive Cloud PAPAD O O

Radiological Hazard Prediction Parameters PAPAR M O

Hazard Area Location for Weather Period PAPAX M M M M

Location of Reading, Sample, QUEBEC M M M M M M M M


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED



RN

SIT

REP

C

BR

N M

IR

STR

IKW

AR

N

HA

ZWA

RN

C

BR

N B

WR

C

BR

N E

DR

C

BR

N C

DR

C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N C B R N Detection and Type of Sample Detection Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend & Decay Rate Trend ROMEO O O M M O O O O

DTG of Reading or Initial Detection of Contamination SIERRA M M M M O O O O

Terrain, Topography and Vegetation Description TANGO O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Units of Measurement UNITM M M M Sensor Information WHISKEY O O O O Surface Weather for the First Two-Hour Period WHISKEYM M

Actual Contour Information XRAYA M M M M Predicted Contour Information XRAYB O O O O O Surface Weather for the Second Two-Hour Period XRAYM O

Downwind Direction and Downwind Speed YANKEE O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Surface Weather for the Third Two-Hour Period YANKEEM O

Measured Weather Conditions ZULU O O O O O O O O O O O O O Period of Validity ZULUM M M M CBRN Info GENTEXT O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O M M M O M O O


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C050. Explantion of Conditional Sets

C050.1. Para C049 contains all the sets required for the content of all CBRN reports. A ADP system will present to the operator only those sets required according to the CBRN incident selected. Subsequent conditionality will now only be related to the CBRN incident selected.

a. Set EXER and OPER are mutually exclusive.

b. Set ALFA in CBRN 1 is prohibited if field 1 of set CBRNTYPE is NKN.

c. Set OSCAR in CBRN 3 is required if set XRAYB occurs, otherwise it is prohibited.

C051. Explanation of Segments

C051.1. In a CBRN 4 CHEM, BIO and RAD, set QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are a Segment. Set QUEBEC, SIERRA are mandatory (M). Set ROMEO, TANGO, WHISKEY, YANKEE and ZULU are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated. Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set SIERRA appears. In a CBRN 4 RAD, set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before sets SIERRA and ROMEO appear.

C051.2. In a CBRN 4 NUC set QUEBEC, ROMEO, SIERRA and WHISKEY are a segment and only QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are mandatory (M). If there is a repetition, the whole segment has to be repeated. Set QUEBEC is not allowed to be repeated before set ROMEO and SIERRA appeared.

C051.3. In a CBRN 6 CHEM, BIO, RAD and NUC set QUEBEC, ROMEO and SIERRA are a segment and set QUEBEC is mandatory (M) due to being the first set of a segment. Set ROMEO, and SIERRA are operationally determined (O). If there is a repetition, the whole segment should be repeated.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

SECTION IV – CBRN MESSAGE VALIDATION TABLES

C052. General

C052.1. The logical content tables in this Section are used as computer guidelines to validate information presented in the CBRN 1 observer's report. If the report's fields are not filled in correctly, certain combinations of legal entries will not make sense. The tables provide the ADP system with valid or improbable combinations of information in the completed fields of a message. The table guidelines represent a wide interpretation of combination, and all combinations should not be regarded as 100% legal entries in all cases.

C052.2. Valid combinations are indicated in the tables with a “V”, while an “I” indicates improbable combinations. When the message reports improbable combinations of information, the operator is then alerted by the ADP system to take appropriate action with respect to collecting further information. If this is not possible the operator may override the alert and continue the process being aware that the quality of the result may be less reliable.

C052.3. The information in the tables (except Table C - 7) may be subject to changes in a real battle situation e.g., with intelligence updates to the adversary capabilities. Only the system supervisor should make such changes.

C053. Explanation of Tables

C053.1. Table C - 6: Type and Means of Delivery versus Type of Substance Container. Although the CBRN 1 is a “one incident” report, set GOLF, fields 2-5 allow specification of type and means of delivery, quantity of delivery system, type of substance containers and quantity of substance containers for that one incident. The two type entries are compared to determine valid combinations. Besides the valid combinations indicated in the table, all legal entries paired with "-" are also valid, with the "-" being assigned the value "NKN".

C053.2. Table C - 7: Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Substance Container. Set INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each occurrence of set GOLF, field 4 (type of substance container).

C053.3. Table C - 8: Type of Persistency versus Type of Substance Container. Each entry in set INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency) is compared to each occurrence of set GOLF, field 4 (type of substance container).

C053.4. Table C - 9: Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of Substance Container. Each entry in set INDIA, field 2 (type of substance) is compared to each occurrence of set GOLF, field 4 (type of substance container).

C053.5. Table C - 10: Type of Substance versus Type of Substance-Release-Height. Each entry of set INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each occurrence of set INDIA, field 2 (type of substance).

C053.6. Table C - 11: Type of Substance versus Type of Persistency. Each occurrence of set INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency) is compared to each occurrence of set INDIA, field 2 (type of substance).

C053.7. Table C - 12: Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Persistency. Each occurrence of set INDIA, field 1 (type of substance-release-height) is compared to each occurrence of set INDIA, field 3 (type of persistency).

C053.8. Table C - 13: Type of CBRN Report versus Type of Substance Container. Each occurrence of Set CBRNTYPE, field 1 (type of CBRN report) is compared to each occurrence of Set GOLF, Field 4 (type of substance container).


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

C054. Tables

Table C - 6. Type and Means of Delivery versus Type of Substance Container

A I R

B O M

C A N

D E V

F F F

F M S

F R F

M L R

M O R

M S L

N K N

P L T

R L D

R N P

R N R

R W S

S H P

T I R

T P T

Type of Substance Container

BML VS VS I I I I I I I VS VS I I I I I I I I BMP VL I I I I I I VL I VL VL I I I I I VL I I BOM VL I I VL I I I I I I VL I I I I I I I I BTL I I I VS I I I I I I VS VS VS I I I VS I VS BUK I I I I VL VL VL I I I VL VL I VL VL VL I VL I CMP VL VL VL VL I I I VL I VL VL I I I I I VL I I CON I I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL DRM I I I VS VS VS VS I I I VS VS VS VS VS VS VS VS VS GEN VS I I VS I I I I I I VS I VS I I I VS I VS IBC VL I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL ISO I I I I VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL MNE I I I VS I I I I I I VS I I I I I VS I I NKN VL VL VS VL VL VL VL VL VS VL I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL NWH VL VL VL I I I I I I VL VL I I I I I VL I I PIP I I I I VL VL VL I I I VL VL I VL VL VL I VL I RCT I I I I I I I I I I VL I I VL VL I VL I I RKT VS I VS I I I I VL VS I VL I I I I I VL I VS SHL I I VS VS I I I VL VS I VS I I I I I VS I VS SMP VS I I I I I I VL I VS VS I I I I I VS I I SPR VL I I VS I I I I I I VS I VL I I I VL I VL STK I I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL TNK I I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL TOR VS I I I I I I I I I VS I I I I I VS I I WST I I I VL VL VL VL I I I VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL VL


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

VS = Valid combination. Size of Release = SMLVL = Valid combination. Size of Release I = Improbable combination. Ask Operator or use Size of Release = LRG

Table C - 7. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Substance Container

B M L

BMP

B O M

B T L

B U K

CMP

C O N

D R M

G E N

I BC

I SO

NWH

P I P

R C T

R K T

S H L

SMP

S P R

S T K

T N K

T O R

M N E

N K N

W S T

Type of Substance Release Height

AIR V V V I I V I I V I I V I V V V V V I I I I V I SURF V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V NKN V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V SUBS I I I I V I I I I V V V V V I V I I I I V V V I

V = Valid combination. I = Improbable combination.

Table C - 8. Type of Persistency versus Type of Substance Container

B M L

BMP

B O M

B T L

B U K

CMP

C O N

D R M

G E N

I BC

I SO

NWH

P I P

R C T

R K T

S H L

SMP

S P R

S T K

T N K

T O R

M N E

U N K

W S T

Type of Persistency

P V V V I V V V V V V V I V V V V V V V I I I V V NP V V V V V V V V V V V I V V V V V I V V V V V V T V V V V V V V V I V V I V I V V V V V V V V V V NKN V V V V V V V V V V V I V V V V V V V V V V V V



ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table C - 9. Type of Substance (or Type of Source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of Substance Container

B M L

BMP

B O M

B T L

B U K

CMP

C O N

D R M

G E N

I BC

I SO

NWH

PIP

R C T

R K T

S H L

SMP

S P R

S T K

T N K

T O R

M N E

NKN

W S T

CHEMICAL

BL = H, CX, L, HD, HL, HN, HT

V V V V V V V V I V V I I I V V V V V V I V V V

BLOD = AC, CK V V V V V V V V I V V I I I V V V V V V I I V I

CHOK = CG, DP V V V V V V V V I V V I I I V V V V V V I I V I

INCP = BZ V I V V V V V V V V V I I I V V V V V V V I V I

IRT = TG, PS, SA V I V V V V V V V V V I I I V V V V V V I I V I

NERV = G, GA, GB, GD, GF, V, VX

V V V V V V V V V V V I I I V V V V V V V V V I

PENT I I I V V I V V I V V I I V V I I V V V I I V I TIC I I I V V I V V I V V I I I I I I V V V I I V V VMT I I I I I I I I I I I I I I V V I I V I I I V I OTR V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

BIOLOGICAL

BIO = BAC, CLA, RIC, VIR V V V V V V V V V V V I V I V V V V V I V I V V

TIB I I V I I I V V I V V I V I I I I I I I I I V V TOX V V V V V V V V V V V I V I V V V V V I V I V V OTR V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

RADIOLOGICAL

FNF, MWS, RWM, SRF I I I I V I V V I V V I I V I I I I I V I I V V

MDS, INS I I I I I I V V I V V I I I I I I I I V I I V V RDPS V I V V V V V V V V I I V V V V V V V V V V V

NUCLEAR FL I V V I V I I I I I I V I I V V V I V I V V I I NWH I V V I V I I I I I I V I I V V V I V I V V I I

NKN V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V



ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table C - 10. Type of Substance versus Type of Substance-Release-Height

AIR SURF NKN SUBS

CHEMICAL

BL = H, CX, L, HD, HL, HN, HT V V V I BLOD = AC, CK I V V I CHOK = CG, DP V V V I INCP = BZ V V V I IRT = TG, PS, SA V V V I NERV = G, GA, GB, GD, GF, T, V, VX V V V I PENT V V V I TIC V V V I VMT V I I I OTR V V V I

BIOLOGICAL

BIO = BAC, CLA, RIC, VIR V V V I TIB V V V I TOX I V V I OTR V V V I

RADIOLOGICAL FNF, INS, MDS, MWS, RDPS, RWM, SRF V V V V NUCLEAR FL, NWH V V V V NKN V V V V

It is improbable that materials associated with nuclear plant, industrial or medical facilities will be released from the air.

Deliberate dispersal of material from these sources from the air would constitute an RDD. The set RAD INDIAR has been created and is able to focus more on the specificity of a radiological incident.



ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table C - 11. Type of Substance (or type of source in the case of RAD, set INDIAR) versus Type of Persistency

P NP T NKN

TYPE OF SUBSTANCE

CHEMICAL

BL = H, CX, L, HD, HL, HN, HT V V V V BLOD = AC, CK I V I V CHOK = CG, DP I V I V INCP = BZ I V I V IRT = TG, PS, SA I V I V NERV = G, GA, GB, GD, GF, T, V, VX V V V V PENT I V I V TIC V V V V VMT I V I V OTR V V V V

BIOLOGICAL

BIO = BAC, CLA, RIC, VIR V V I V TIB V V I V TOX V V I V OTR V V I V

RADIOLOGICAL FNF, , RWM, MWS, SRF I I I I MDS, INS I I I I RDPS I I I I

NUCLEAR FL, NWH I I I I

NKN V V V V

Definition of persistent hazard (”In biological or chemical warfare, the characteristic of an agent which pertains to the duration of its effectiveness in the environment….”) is only valid for chemical and biological warfare



ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Table C - 12. Type of Substance-Release-Height versus Type of Persistency P NP T NKN

Type of Substance Release Height

AIR V V V V SURF V V V V NKN V V V V SUBS V I I V


Table C - 13. Type of CBRN Report versus Type of Substance Container

B M L

BMP

B O M

B T L

B U K

CMP

C O N

D R M

G E N

I BC

I SO

NWH

P I P

R C T

R K T

S H L

SMP

S P R

S T K

T N K

T O R

M N E

N K N

W S T

Type of CBRN Report

CHEM V V V V V V V V V V V I V I V V V V V V I V V V BIO V V V V V I V V V V V I V I V V V V V V I I V V RAD V I V V V I V V V V V V I V V V I V V V V V V V NUC I V V I V I I I I I I I I I V V V I V I V I I I MIR I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I V I I I I I I I NKN V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

Note: Include Nuclear Mine as valid combination. All container types are valid for RAD, largely because of possible design of RDD



ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

NATO UNCLASSIFIED ANNEX D TO

ATP-45

D-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

ANNEX D ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS/LEGAL ENTRIES/SETS

1. This list contains abbreviations, legal entries, sets and acronyms used within this publication.

Table D - 1. List of Abbreviation, Acronym, Legal Entries and Sets Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation

A Air Sample act. AA Actual Location ABD Automated Biological Detector AC AC Hydrogen Cyanide ACC Area Control Centre ACD Automated Chemical Detector ACPL Agent containing particles per litre M Atomic Demolition Munitions ADP Automatic/Automated Data Processing AEP Allied Engineer Publication AFLT Aflatoxins AGCF Air-Ground Correlation Factor AIR Aircraft AKNLDG Acknowledge Requirement - Sets introduced to

accommodate APP-11 requirements ALARA As low as reasonably achievable ALFA Incident Serial Number ALFAM Effective Downwind for Yield Group ALFA - Letter “M”

added to identify meteorological sets ALFAW Strikwarn Target Identifier - Letter “W” added to

identify warning sets α ALP Alpha AM Morning AM241 Americium AMBE Americium / Berillium AN Alpha-Numerical ANS Alphabetic Numeric Special characters ANTB Bacillus anthracis ARD Automated Radiation Detector ARDD Activated Radiological Dispersion Device AREAM Area of Validity - Letter “M” added to identify

meteorological sets ATP Allied Tactical Publication B Biological Incident BAC Bacterial BACK Background BARE Bare BD Buffer Distance β BETA Beta BIDS Biological Identification and Detection System BIO BIO Biological BIOCHEM Biological or chemical Report BL BL Blister Agent BLOD Blood Agent BML Bomblet BMP Bulk Missile Payload (Bulk Warhead)


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation BOM Bomb BOM Bomb (delivering Bomblets only) BOT Cloud Bottom BOTT Botulinum toxins BQM2 Becquerel per square metre BQM3 Becquerel per cubic metre BQS Becquerel BRAVO Location of Observer and Direction of Attack or

Incident BRAVOK Heading of Missile Intercepted BRAVOM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Bravo - Letter “M”

added to identify meteorological sets BRUB Brucella spp BSDS Biological Stand-off Detection System BTL Pressurized Gas Bottle BUK Bunker BUMB Burkholderia mallei BUPB Burkholderia pseudomallei BWF Basic Wind Forecast BWM Basic Wind Data Message BWR BWR Basic Wind Report BZ BZ 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate C14 Carbon C Conditional C Chemical Incident C Celcius/Centigrade C4I Command, control, communication, computer and

intelligence CAM Chemical Agent Monitor CAN Cannon CAS Chemical Abstracts Service CB Cloud Bottom CBRN CBRN Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear CBRN 1 CBRN 1 Observers report CBRN 2 CBRN 2 Report for passing evaluated CBRN 1 Reports CBRN 3 CBRN 3 Report for immediate warning of predicted

contamination and hazard areas. CBRN 4 CBRN 4 Report for reporting detection data and passing

monitoring and survey results. CBRN 5 CBRN 5 Report for passing information on areas of actual

contamination. CBRN 6 CBRN 6 Report for passing detailed information on CBRN

incidents. CBRN ACC CBRN ACC CBRN Area Control Centre CBRN BWF CBRN BWF CBRN Basic Wind Forecast CBRN BWM CBRN BWM CBRN Basic Wind Message CBRN BWR CBRN BWR CBRN Basic Wind Report CBRN CC CBRN CC CBRN Collection Centre CBRN CDF CBRN CDF CBRN Chemical Downwind Forecast CBRN CDM CBRN CDM CBRN Chemical Downwind Message CBRN CDR CBRN CDR CBRN Chemical Downwind Report CBRN EDF CBRN EDF CBRN Effective Downwind Forecast CBRN EDM CBRN EDM CBRN Effective Downwind Message CBRN EDR CBRN EDR CBRN Effective Downwind Report


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation CBRN INFO CBRN Information for CBRN 1-6, MIR and HAZWARN

reports CBRNTYPE Type of CBRN Report CBRN RWC CBRN RWC CBRN Reporting & Warning Centre CBRN SCC CBRN SCC CBRN Sub Collection Centre CBRN

SITREP CBRN Situation Report

CBRN WRC CBRN Warning and Reporting Centre CBRN ZCC CBRN ZCC CBRN Zone Control Centre CBUB Coxiella burnetii CC Collection centre CCHV Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus CDF CDF Chemical Downwind Forecast CDM CDM Chemical Downwind Message CDR CDR Chemical Downwind Report Cs-137 CES Cesium-137 CF252 Californium CF CF Correlation Factor CFUM2 Colony forming unit per square metre CFUML Colony forming unit per millitre CG CG Phosgene CGH Centigray per Hour cGy CGY Centigray CHARLIEM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Charlie - Letter

“M” added to identify meteorological sets CHEM CHEM Chemical CHIV Chikungunya virus CHOK Choking agent CK CK Cyanogen chloride CL36 Chlorine CLA Chlamydia CLOUD Visible Cloud CLPT Clostridium Perfringens toxins CM Consequence Management CM244 Curium CM3 Cubic Centimetre CMP Canister Missile Payload (Binary agent Warhead) CO60 Cobalt Co-60 COB Cobalt-60 CON Generic Storage Container CONF Confirmed Identification CONT Continuous CPDS Chemical Prediction Data Sheet CRATER Crater Present CS137 Cesium CSG Challenge Sub-group CSH Centisievert per Hour CSV Centisievert CX CX Phosgene oxime DA Total downwind distance of the center of the BIO

cloud in km. DAY Day DE Extended distance in km.


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation DECR Decreasing DEF Definitive Deg DEG Degrees DELTA Date-Time Group of Incident Start and Incident End DELTAM Effective Downwind for Yield Group DELTA - Letter

“M” added to identify meteorological sets DELTAW Date-Time of Strike or Strike Cancelled - Letter “W”

added to identify warning sets DEPU Depleted Uranium DET Other Automated Detector DET Detected DEV Device DF Decay Faster than Normal DGG Degrees/Grid North DGM Degrees/Magnetic North DGT DGT Degrees/True North DGZ Designated Ground Zero DHD DHD Downwind Hazard Area Distance DL DL Leading edge distance in km. DL Deployed Laboratory DN Decay Normal DP DP Di-Phosgene DPC Damaged Package and Contamination DRM Nominal Storage Drum (55 Gallons/200 litres) DS Decay slower than normal DT Trailing edge distance in km. DTG DTG Date Time Group ECHOM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Echo - Letter “M”

added to identify meteorological sets EBOV Ebola virus EDF Effective Downwind Forecast EDM EDM Effective Downwind Message EDR EDR Effective Downwind Report EDW EDW Effective Downwind EE Estimated Location EEEV Eastern equine encephalomyelitis virus EIH Environmental industrial hazard ELISA Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay EMP Electromagnetic Pulse ERG Emergency Response Guide ESCB Escherichia Coli ESD Evidence of Site Disruption EST Estimated ETA Eearliest Time of Arrival Etbv European tick borne encephalitis virus EVI Evidential EWS Effective Downwind Speed EXER Exercise Identification EXFIRE Explosions and Fire EXS Exposed Source F Fahrenheit FF Fresh Reactor Fuel FFF Fuel Fabrication Facility


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation FIRE Burning Fire FL Nuclear Weapon Fallout FLAT Flat Terrain FLAV Flaviviruses FMS Fissile material storage FNF Fresh Nuclear Fuel FOX CBRN Reconnaissance Vehicle FOXONEW Minimum Safe Distance One - Letter “W” added to

identify warning sets FOXTWOW Minimum Safe Distance Two - Letter “W” added to

identify warning sets FOXTROT Location of Attack or Incident FOXTROTK Location of the IP, Altitude of the Intercept and

Location of the PTP FOXTROTM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Foxtrot - Letter

“M” added to identify meteorological sets FPD Flame Photometric Detector FRF Fuel Reprocessing Facility FRTB Francisella tularensis FT Feet ft/sec Feet per Second G G Nerve G agent χ GAM Gamma GA GA Tabun GB GB Sarin GC Gas Chromatograph GD GD Soman GEN Generator (Aerosol) GENTEXT CBRN Info GEODATUM Geodetic Datum GF GF Cyclo-Sarin GMT GMT Greenwich Mean Time GN GN Grid North GOLF Delivery and Quantity Information GOLFC Confidence in Delivery and Quantity Information GOLFK Payload and Efficiency Information GOLFM Effective Downwind for Yield Group Golf - Letter “M”

added to identify meteorological sets GSPEC Gamma Spectrometer GZ GZ Ground Zero H H Mustard agent

HANV Hantaviruses HAZWARN HAZWARN Hazard Warning HD HD Mustard distilled HGMS Hand held Gamma Survey Monitor HIGH High Confidence HILL Hill HM Hectometres (100 metres) HL HL Mustard-Lewisite HN HN Nitrogen mustard HOB HOB Height of Burst HOTEL Type of Nuclear Burst HOTELW Number of Surface Bursts - Letter “W” added to


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation identify warning sets

hPa Hecto Pascal HQ HQ Headquarters HR Hour HT HT Trimeric mustard IBC Intermediate Bulk Container IBDS Integrated Biological Detector System ICPD Inductively Coupled Plasma Detector ICt ICTXX Incapacitating Dosage ICt50 ICT50 Median Incapacitating Dosage I125 Iodine I131 Iodine 131 IDXX Incapacitating Dose ID Inside Dose Rate ID ID Identification IMS Ion Mobility Spectrometer INCP Incapacitating agent INCR Increasing IND Indicative INDIA Release Information on CBRN Incidents INDIAB Release and Sampling Information on Biological

Incidents INDIAC Release and Sampling Information on Chemical

Incidents INDIAR Release and Sampling Information on Radiological

Incidents INDIAW Number of Bursts in a Multiple Strike - Letter “W”

added to identify warning sets INFV Influenza virus INIT Initial INS Industrial Source INT Intelligence based INT Intact Package or Device IO Iodine IP Intercept Point IPE Individual Protective Equipment IR Infrared Spectroscope IR192 Irridium IRT Irritant ISN Incident Serial Number ISO Large ISO containers INWAT Substance spilled into water JOA Joint Operations Area JULIET Flash-To-Bang Time in Seconds JUNV Junin virus K40 Potassium KF Kilofeet (1000 feet) KG Kilogram KILO Crater Description KM Kilometre km/h KPH Kilometre per Hour KR85 Krypton KT KT Kiloton


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation KTS Knots L Liquid Sample L L Lewisite L Litre LAT/LONG Latitude and Longitude LASV Lassa virus LAYERM Wind Conditions at 2,000m Increments up to 30,000m

- Letter “M” added to identify meteorological sets lb Pounds LC Liquid Chromatograph LCt LCTXX Lethal Dosage LCt50 LCT50 Median Lethal Dosage LDXX Lethal Dose LD50 LD50 Median Lethal Dose LEAK Continuous Flow from Damaged Pipe or Container LIDAR Light Detection and Ranging LIMA Nuclear Burst Angular Cloud Width at H+5 Minutes LIQ Liquid Sample LIQUID Liquid LISN LISN Local Incident Serial Number LOW Low Confidence LRGCHEM Chemical - Large (Greater than 1500 litres or

kilograms but equal to or less than 50000 litres or kilograms)

LRGBIO Biological – Large (Greater than 10 kilograms but equal to or less than 100 kilograms)

LRGRAD Radiological - Large (Fire/Exposed Source) LSCAD Lightweight Stand-off Chemical Agent Detector LoC Lines of communication LSD Least Separation Disctance LTA Latest Time of Arrival LTN Long ton M Mandatory M Metre M3 Cubic Metre MACV Machupo virus MARV Marburg virus MCTXX Eye effecting Dosage xx (Miosis) = MCt1 to MCt99 MDS Medical Source MED Medium Confidence MED MEDCHEM Chemical - Medium (Greater than 200 litres or

kilograms but equal to or less than 1500 litres or kilograms)

MED MEDBIO Biological - Medium (Greater than 1 kilogram but equal to or less than 10 kilograms)

MERWARN MERWARN Warning of fallout endangering merchant shipping MES Measured MET MET Meteorological MeV Million electro Volts MF Multiplication Factor MIKE Stabilised Cloud Measurement at H+10 Minutes MIKECB Description and Status of Chemical, and Biological

Substance or Storage or Release Information MIKER Description and Status of Chemical, Biological and


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation Radiological Incidents

MIL Mils MIR Missile Intercept Report MGM2 Milligrams per square metre mg/M3 MGM3 Milligrams per cubic metre MGRS Military Geographic Reference System MGY Milligray MIN Minute MIR Missile Intercept Report ML Millitre MLG Mils/Grid North MLM Mils/Magnetic North MLRS MLR Multiple-launch Rocket System MLT Mils/True North mg-min/M3 MGMM3 Milligram-minutes per cubic metre MM3 Cubic millimetre MNE Mine MMS Mass Spectrometer MON Month MONV Monkeypox virus MOR Mortar MPDS Manned Point Detection System mph MPH Miles per Hour MPK Milligram/70 kg person m/sec MPS Metres per Second MS Manned Survey MS Mass Spectrometer MSD Minimum Safe Distance MSDS Manned Stand-off Detection System MSGID Message Identifier MSH Millisievert per Hour MSL Missile MSLINT Missile Intercept MSV Millisievert MT MT Megaton MTF Message Text Format MWS Military Weapon Source MXR Mixture of radiation emissions N N Neutral N No, not conducted N Nuclear Attack Num. N Numerical NARDD Non Activated Radiological Dispersion Device NATU Natural Uranium NEG Negative Results NERV Nerve agent n NEU Neutron NF Normalizing Factor NIL No substance detected (only used in CBRN 4) NKN NKN Not known NM NM Nautical Mile NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance NONE No Crater Present


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation NOO Number of microorganisms NOVEMBER Estimated Nuclear Yield in Kilotons NP NP Non-Persistent NUC NUC Nuclear NWH Nuclear Warhead O Immediate (message) O Operationally Determined Obs. OBS Observed OBS Human observed OCF Overall Correlation Factor OD Outside Dose Rate OEF Operational Exposure Guidance OHFV Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus OPER Operation Codeword ORGIDDFT Organization Designator of Drafter/Releaser OSCAR Date-Time-Group for Estimated Contour Lines OISN Official Incident Serial Number OTR Other (use GENTEXT to specify) OTR Other substance OTSB Orientia tsutsugamushi P32 Phosphorus P P Persistent PAGE Poly Acrylamide Gel Electrophoresis PALT Palytoxin PAPAA Predicted Release and Hazard Area PAPAB Detailed Fallout Hazard Prediction Parameters PAPAC Radar Determined External Contour of Radioactive

Cloud PAPAD Radar Determined Downwind Direction of Radioactive

Cloud PAPAR Radiological Hazard Prediction Parameters PAPAX Hazard Area Location for Weather Period PC Particle Counting PCR Polymerise Chain Reaction PD Personal Dosimeter PEAK Peak PENT Penetrating agent PF Protection Factor PID Photo Ionisation Detector PIP Pipe or Pipeline PLT Plant PM Afternoon PM147 Promethium PO210 Polonium POOL Large Quantity of Still Liquid POS Positive results PPB Parts per Billion (109) PPM Parts per Million (106) PRE Presumptive PROV Provisional Identification PS PS Chloropicrin PTP Predicted Target Point


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation PU238 Plutonium Pu PU Plutonium PUFF Single Release of a Cloud QUEBEC Location of Reading/Sample/Detection and Type of

Sample/Detection r Radius R Radiological Incident RA226 Radium RAD RAD Radiological RCP Radiological Contamination Probe RCT Reactor RD Remote Detection RDD Radiological Dispersion Device RDPS Radiological Device Point Source RDS Radius RECCE Reconnaissance REF Reference RES Radiation Exposure State RIA Radioimmunoassay RIC Rickettsiae RICB Rickettsia rickettsii RICT Ricins RITB Rickettsia typhi RKT Rocket RLD Railroad Car RNDSG Radiological and Nuclear Defence Sub-group RNP Release from nuclear power plant RNR Research Nuclear Reactor ROMEO Level of Contamination, Dose Rate Trend & Decay

Rate Trend RS Radius of Safety RURH Ruthenium / Rhodiun RUP Catastrophic rupture of a tank RVFV Rift Valley fever virus RWM Radiological Waste Material RWS Radioactive waste storage S S Stable SA SA Arsin SALB Salmonella spp SATB Salmonella Typhi SAME Same SAXT Saxitoxins SBD Simple Bio Detection Kit SBD Satellite-Based Detection SC75 Scandium SCC Sub Collection Centre SCD Simple Chemical Detection Kit SCRUB Scrubby Vegetation SDYB Shigella dysenteriae SEA Sea SEC Second SHL Shell


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation SHP Ship SIBCA Sampling and Identification of Biological and Chemical

Agent SIBCRA Sampling and Identification of Biological, Chemical

and Radiological Agent SIERRA Date-Time Group of Reading or Initial Detection of

Contamination SIRA Sampling and Identification of Radiological Agent SIT Situation Report SITREP SITREP Situation Report SL Standard Level SM Statute Mile SMLCHEM Chemical - Small (200 litres or kilograms or less) SMLBIO Biological – Small (Less than 1 kilogram) SMLRAD Radiological - Small (Evidence of Disruption/Intact

Package or Device) SMP Sub-munitions Missile Payload (Sub-munitions

Warhead) SNTRY Automated Chemical and Biological Agent Detector SOIL Soil Sample SOLID Solid Sample SOP Standing Operating Procedures SPEC Radiation Spectrometer SPILL Small Quantity of Still Liquid SPR Spray (tank) SPRAY Spraying SR90 Strontium SRF Spent Reactor Fuel STET Staphylococcal Enterotoxins STK Stockpile SUBS Sub surface (SUBS is only used in NUC reports) SURF Surface (release on ground impact) STN Short Ton STRIKWARN Nuclear Strike Warning Message susp. SUS Suspected TANGO Terrain/Topography and Vegetation Description T Thicken agent TETT Tetradotoxin TF Transmission Factor TG TG Tear Gas TH232 Thorium TIB TIB Toxic Industrial Biological TIC TIC Toxic Industrial Chemical TIH Toxic Industrial hazard TIM TIM Toxic Industrial Material TIR TIR Toxic Industrial Radiological TM170 Thulium TN True North TNK Storage Tank (stationary or mobile) TON Ton TOP Cloud Top TOR Torpedo TOX Toxic molecules


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation TOX Toxin TPT Road Transport TRMT Trichothecene mycotoxins U U Unstable U Not Known U240 Uranium UAS Un-manned Aerial Survey UGPK microgram/70 kg person UGS Un-manned Ground Survey UN ID Four-digit United Nations Substance Identification

Number. It is an international standard number which identifies the substance concerned

UNITM Units of Measurement - Letter “M” added to identify meteorological sets

UMPD Un-Manned Point Detection UMDS Un-Manned Detection System UMSD Un-Manned Stand-off Detection UMS Un-manned Survey UNAMB Unambiguous Identification URBAN Urban USH Microsievert per hour USV Microsievert UTM UTM Universal Transverse Mercator V V V-agent VAB Variable VALLEY Valley VAP Vapour VARV Variola virus VBRAD Vehicle Borne Radiation Detector VEEV Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus VEG Vegetation Sample VICB Vibrio cholerae VIR Viral VMT Vomiting agent VX VX VX W West W&R Warning and Reporting WARN CBRN Warning due to Friendly Targeting of a CBRN

Infrastructure WATER Water Sample WEEV Western equine encephalitis virus WHISKEY Sensor Information WHISKEYM Surface Weather for the First Two Hour Period - Letter

“M” added to identify meteorological sets WK Week WGS World Geodetic System WOODS Wooded Terrain WRC Warning and Reporting Centre WST Waste X X Character (N+AN) XLGCHEM Chemical - Extra Large (Greater than 50000 litres or

kilograms) XLGBIO Biological - Extra Large (Greater than 100 kilograms)


ATP-45


NATO UNCLASSIFIED

Abbr./Acronym Legal Entry Set Explanation XLGRAD Radiological - Extra Large (Explosions and

Fire/Damaged Package and Contamination) XRAYA Actual Contour Information XRAYB Predicted Contour Information XRAYM Surface Weather for the Second Two Hour Period -

Letter “M” added to identify meteorological sets Y Yes, conducted YANKEE Downwind Direction And Downwind Speed YANKEEM Surface Weather for the Third Two Hour Period -

Letter “M” added to identify meteorological sets YB169 Yturbium YELV Yellow fever virus YPEB Yersinia pestis YD Yard Z Flash (message) ZCC Zone Control Center ZULU Measured Weather Conditions ZULUM Period of Validity - Letter “M” added to identify

meteorological sets

NATO UNCLASSIFIED ANNEX E TO

ATP-45

E-1 EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

ANNEX E LEXICON

Notes:

1. The terms and the definitions used within ATP-45(D) are drawn from AAP-6 ‘NATO Glossary of Terms and Definitions’ and AAP-21‘NATO Glossary of CBRN Terms and Definitions’. The terms found in these glossaries are not repeated here. 2. Bracket indicates the short title of the source when applicable.

air stability category An index (e.g. a Pasquill Number) determined by air temperature and wind speed, which describes the mixing of CBRN hazards with air.

allocated CBRN RAD messages which are considered to be from the same radiological incident and linked as a result of correlation with existing CBRN 2 RAD messages in the system.

approved A CBRN 2 RAD which has been assessed and considered to be a real incident and has been given an ALFA Incident Serial Number.

atmosphere Gaseous envelope surrounding the earth. (Concise Oxford Dictionary)

chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear incident Any occurrence, resulting from the use of chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear weapons and devices; the emergence of secondary hazards arising from counter-force targeting; or the release of toxic industrial material into the environment, involving the emergence of chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear hazards or effects. Note: Term may be qualified by words such as `suspected´ or `confirmed´ as appropriate to the situation. chemical casualty A person who has been affected sufficiently, by a chemical agent to make him incapable of performing his duties or continuing his mission. 1. Immediate chemical casualty. A person who becomes a casualty within one hour after being subjected to a chemical attack. 2. Delayed chemical casualty. A person who becomes a casualty more than one hour after being subjected to a chemical attack (FM3-10).

command, control and information system An integrated system comprised of doctrine, procedures, organisational structure, personnel, equipment, facilities and communications which provides authorities at all levels with timely and adequate data to plan, direct and control their activities.

Contaminated area The area where a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear agent or toxic industrial material in solid or liquid form is actually present.

Correlation Process to determine the relationship between CBRN messages. Correlation can be carried out by calculation and/or comparison of messages to see if they conform to pre-set criteria which depends on whether the messages are CBRN 1 RAD, CBRN 2 RAD or CBRN 4 RAD.

NATO UNCLASSIFIED ANNEX E TO

ATP-45

E-2 EDITION E, VERSION 1

NATO UNCLASSIFIED

decay rate (radiological) The rate of disintegration of radioactive material with the passage to time.

downwind direction The mean surface downwind direction in the hazard area during the forecast period towards which the cloud travels. (FM 3-10) Related terms: downwind speed.

downwind speed The mean surface downwind speed in the hazard area during the forecast period. Related terms: downwind direction.

elevated release Any release which, due to fire, momentum, or explosion, is carried above 50 m from the ground is considered an elevated release.

hazard area An area in which unprotected personnel and materiel may be affected by a agent or TIM. Note: The hazard area may be defined as the result of a prediction or may be defined based upon measurements of contamination (CBRN 4, 5). These hazard areas are the result of CBRN incidents.

meteorological data Facts or information, pertaining to motions and phenomena of atmosphere, especially for weather forecasting. (Concise Oxford Dictionary)

overlay A printing or drawing on a transparent or semitransparent medium at the same scale as a map, chart, etc. to show details not appearing or requiring special emphasis on the original.

precipitation Rain, snow etc. falling to ground. (Concise Oxford Dictionary)

release area The area predicted to be initially affected by a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear hazard.

Unallocated

CBRN 1 RAD and CBRN 4 RAD messages that cannot be allocated to existing CBRN RAD messages in the system. Examples are:

• CBRN 1 RAD message which correlates with existing messages in the system and is considered to be from an off-target incident.

• CBRN 4 RAD (detection) message which is considered to have preliminary correlation with existing messages in the system.

Documents

ATP-45 EDE V1 E